Home

Perle Systems Sds4 User's Manual

1. e Authentication When a serial port is configured for the Sy Security Console Management or TCP Sockets profile the user can be Authentication authenticated either locally in the IOLAN user profile or la SSH externally This option configures the external authentication H a gi server SeeAuthentication for more information D HTTP Tunnel e SSH This configuration window configures the SSH server in Services the IOLAN See SSH for more information S Clustering e SSL TLS This configuration window configures global ia Option Card jj System SSL TLS settings which can be overridden on the serial port level See SSL TLS for more information e VPN This configuration window configures the Virtual Personal Network VPN IPsec and L2TP IPsec tunnel parameters See VPN for more information e HTTP Tunnel This configuration window configures the Http Tunneling parameters See HTTP Tunneling for more information e Services This configuration window is used to enable disabled client and daemon services that run in the IOLAN See Services for more information Authentication Authentication can be handled by the IOLAN or through an external authentication server Authentication is different from authorization which can restrict a user s access to the network although this can be done through the concept of creating sessions for a user see Sessions Tab for more information Authentication ensu
2. RTD 2 Wire In a 2 wire RTD configuration connect the excite wire to Al the return wire to Al and jumper the sense wire from Als with a insulated wire going to Al E oi ey e ay A ete lt lt lt 2 2 2 LL d tte sense E 2 sl Is EI oO RTD 3 Wire In a 3 wire RTD configuration connect the return wire to A1 the excite wire to Al and the sense wire to Als tod Ge ae o a ae E lt lt lt lt lt lt d d d tte ELL sll 3 4 oO n UO Wiring Diagrams 418 Wiring I O Diagrams RTD 4 Wire In a 4 wire RTD configuration connect the return wire to A1 the excite wire to Al the sense wire to Als and leave the fourth wire disconnected n A AaAag Se ab G4 AS A d d d d ttt d d d ESTs HHE Hog o Relay Output Normally Open Contact To connect Relay channel R1 for a circuit that is normally inactive connect one wire to the COM common connector and one wire to the NO normally open connector Boo B vo O Z 40424 z 2 Normally Closed Contact To connect relay channel R1 for a circuit that is normally active connect one wire to the COM common connector and one wire to the NC normally closed connector o ovo 0440244 N G UO W
3. ccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeees 200 EIN eege Eelere 200 General Tab Field D6SCriptlONnSsercscccnscssnsasscsssicecavadetenenarocannivansnoanene 200 Advanced Tab Field Descriptions AAA 201 Custom Application Profile cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 203 ENEE 203 PUIG OT eA EE 203 General Tab Field Description iciiercanicrisnccauisassisxracdinnntanad cer ibekenscuwanas 203 Advanced Tab Field Description AAA 203 ESCHER 205 MOT VNC WW eege 205 e E 205 Local Port BUM eege EE 205 Remote Port En 206 SR nnne 206 Advanced sisene abina Adap En 208 Advanced Serial Settings Tab cccccssseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 208 MV TVG eege 208 Field SSG MOINS E 208 M dems Tab eieiaeo i ee aa aaaea aaea in ere one eee eee 210 EIERE 210 ele 210 Adding Editing a Modem EE 210 TruePort Baud Rate Tab ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneneeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeanes 211 Table of Contents Uvervlew cr 211 REESEN 211 Field Definitions cccccccecceccecceceeccecceeaeeceececaesceeceeaeeceesesaeeeeeaees 211 Chapter 8 Configuring Users REENEN KEEN EEN 212 teste 212 User Setting S isse AARAA REA 213 VON EE 213 e E E 213 Adding Editing USClS iscsi 214 ITT CIR EE 214 EIERE EE 214 EREM EA 214 Field EE 214 Services Tab EE 216 IESSE See dee EE dE NEE 216 PUG HOTT ANY EE 216 Field DS SC e E 216 Li HEITE 218 Uvervlew 218 e ER E 218 Sessions Tab 9 er
4. The following registers are supported by the IOLAN A4 and T4 Input models Data Model A1 T1 A2 T2 A3 T3 A4 T4 R W Holding Registers MB REG HR AI CLEAR ALARM LATCH 2049 2050 2051 2052 W MB REG HR AI CLEAR MAX 2113 2114 2115 2116 W MB REG HR AI CLEAR MIN 2177 2178 2179 2180 W Input Registers MB_REG_IR_CURR_ENG 2080 2112 2144 2176 R MB_REG_IR_MIN_ENG 2082 2114 2146 2178 R MB REG IR MAX ENG 2084 2116 2148 2180 R MB REG IR CURR RAW 2086 2118 2150 2182 R MB REG IR MIN RAW 2087 2119 2151 2183 R MB REG IR MAX RAW 2088 2120 2152 2184 R MB REG IR ALARM LEVEL 2089 2121 2153 2185 R 295 Modbus I O Access A4D2 A4R2 Registers The following coils and registers are supported by the IOLAN A4D2 and A4R2 I O models Data Model Al A2 A3 JA4 D1 R1 D2 R2 R W Coils MB REG DI SENSOR sree J 6149 6150 R MB_REG_DI SENSOR ALARM STATE Le fe 6213 6214 R W MB REG DO SENSOR ss le 6661 6662 R W Holding Registers MB REG HR DI SENSOR LATCH Leen Lee 6149 6150 R W MB REG HR DO SENSOR PULSE IW Joen 6213 6214 R W MB REG HR DO SENSOR PULSE ASW _ j 6277 6278 R W MB_REG HR DO SENSOR PULSE COUNT one 6341 6342 R W MB REG HR AI CLEAR ALARM LATCH 2049 2050
5. Virtual Modem AT Commands 394 Pinouts and Cabling Diagrams Serial Pinouts DB25 Male This section defines the pinouts for the DB25 male connection used on the 1 port IOLAN The power out pin Pin 9 is available in the SDS model only Pin 1 Pin 13 WM S e eeeeeeee e L r5 al e eeeeeeeeeee Pin 14 Pin 25 The following table provides pinout information EIA 485 EIA 485 Pinout EIA 232 EIA 422 Full Duplex Half Duplex 1 Shield Shield Shield Shield 2 out TxD 3 in RxD 4 out RTS 5 in CTS 6 in DSR 7 GND GND GND GND 8 in DCD 9 Power out Power out Power out Power out 12 Power in Power in Power in Power in 13 CTS 14 TxD TxD DATA 15 TxD TxD DATA IOLAN SDS SCS STS MDC User s Guide Version 4 5 395 Serial Pinouts EIA 485 EIA 485 Pinout EIA 232 EIA 422 Full Duplex Half Duplex 18 RTS 19 RTS 20 out DTR 21 RxD RxD 22 RxD RxD 25 CTS The power in pin pin 12 can be 9 30V DC DB25 Female This section defines the pinouts for the DB25 female connection used on the 1 port IOLAN The power out pin Pin 9 is available in the SDS model only Pin 13 Pin 1 G e e e ee e e e J G ee ee ee ee e od q Pin 25 Pin 14 The following table provides pinout information EIA 485 EIA 485 Pinout EIA 232 EIA 422 Full Duplex Half Duplex 1 Shield Shield Shield Shield 2 in RxD 3 out TxD 4 in CTS 5 out
6. cccsseeeeeeeseeeeeeees 350 Lost admin Password sssssssssssssnnnennnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnna 351 Table of Contents Chapter 16 Applications ccccccsseecssesseeeceeseeeeseeees 352 TRO RT d E 352 Configuring MOOG sscan eae Esana 352 EEN ne ee i a aaa EEN 352 Configuring a Master Gateway 352 Configuring a Slave SAU WAY E 352 Modbus Gateway SettingS ccccccccceneeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesneneeeeeeeeeees 353 Modbus Master Gateway oicccccccccccccececncnecsevenecesesdescssdenesenedenesenescnceies 353 Modbus Slave Gateway cc s cccceneeeeeeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenenensnes 353 Modbus Serial Port SettingS ccccccccccecssseseeseseeeeseeseseeeeceeeeeeeees 354 Modbus Master ne CN 354 Modbus Slave Settings siseccits cecredcceacdetecadecasncsctesegees ciated pode scteaual 355 Configuring PPP Dial On Demand ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 356 Setting Up Printer Se caccrenre a 357 Remote Printing Using LP Ducccccccecveccic ccctvectsecsnestenscnesestteceveiceceesieteets 357 Remote Printing Using RCP ccccccsssseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 358 Remote Printing Using Host Based Print Handling Software 358 Configuring a Virtual Private Network ccccccssssseeeeeeeeeees 359 IOLAN to Host Network ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaes 359 Network to Network ccccccccceeeeeeeeeeese
7. cccccccesseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 423 Starter Kit Adapters Cable cccccceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 426 RJ45F to DB25M DTE Crossover Adaptet cccccccccceteeeeeeetesneeeeeees 426 RJ45F to DB25M DCE Modem Adapter ccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeesetesneeeeeees 427 RJ45F to DB25F DTE Crossover Adapter ccccccccceeeeeeeeeeteeeneeeeeees 428 RJ45F to DB9M DTE Crossover Adaptet cccccccceceeeeeesseseeeneeeeeees 429 RJ45F to DB9F DTE Crossover Adapter ccccccceeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeneeeeeees 430 Sun Cisco RJ45M Connector Cable for Rack Mount Models 430 SCS48C SCS32C SCS16C SCS8C Starter Kit 00000 431 RJ45F to DB25M DTE Crossover Adaptet cccccccccceeeeeseseeesseeeeeees 431 RJ45F to DB25M DCE Modem Adapter cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeneeeeeees 432 RJ45F to DB25F DTE Crossover Adapter ccccccccceeeeeeeeeteeeeeseeeeeees 433 RJ45F to DB9M DTE Crossover Adaptet ccccccccceeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeees 434 RJ45F to DB9F DTE Crossover Adapter ccccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeees 435 Sun Cisco Roll Over Adapter for Rack Mount Models 435 Appendix Troubleshooting ccssceesseeeseeeeeeeeeeaes 436 Introductio EE 436 Hardware Troubleshooting cccccccssseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeees 436 Communication ISS UIC S cceecccctcssecceen teers ee 437 DeviceManager Problems ccccccccesseeeeeeeeeee
8. ssseeeeseeennnnnnn nn nneeeneeeennnenen nnen 327 Bootup Files Tab Field Descrptons 327 Message of the Day MOTD Tab Field Descriptions 329 TFTP Tab Field Descriptions g eenegt stage Eegen e gek 330 SFTP Tab Field HR e EE 331 Console Port Tab Field Descriptions ecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 332 Chapter 14 Controlling the RPS I O Channels IPsec 333 ug ele 0 ol 6 EE 333 RPS e E 333 OV TVS Wo ee 333 Field Descriptions ceisas sxc ceacaveneesdacacee ccencsctcasseasdesscencesndausictancecresertscens 333 Plug ON EE 334 OVETVI EW ena Ett nnd asics ecu ath tata Steeda 334 Field DSS ee EE 334 Serial Port Power Control ccccsssccesesseeeeeeeeeeeseenneessaeeeeseees 336 ENEE 336 Field DESCIIDTIONS ssis uaan ete esi eects 336 Power PIUG ET 336 RE ees 337 EENEG 337 IPsec Tunnel COM Ol ggente cesisisnsesnectitntninsdcdcenstecunaewancctonnenienens 338 Chapter 15 System Administration cccccsseeeeeeees 339 Table of Contents Introduction E 339 Managing Configuration Files ccceceeceeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 339 SAVING Configuration d UE 339 Downloading Configuration Files c cccccssssssseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeees 340 Downloading Configuration Files to Multiple IOLANs 341 Uploading Configuration Files 2 00 ccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeesneeeeeeeeeeees 342 Specifying a Custom Factory Default Configuration
9. Mapped RADIUS Parameters to IOLAN Parameters When authentication is being done by RADIUS there are several Serial Port and User parameters that can be set by the RADIUS server Any parameters sent by that RADIUS server that are not supported by the IOLAN are discarded Below is a list of the RADIUS parameters and their IOLAN parameters RADIUS Parameter Service Type Framed Protocol IOLAN Parameter This has no IOLAN field although it needs to be set to Framed User in the RADIUS server if the port is set for PPP or SLIP For a Console Management profile set the RADIUS Service Type to NAS prompt Set to SLIP or PPP service RADIUS and TACACS 382 RADIUS Framed Address Framed Netmask Framed Compression Framed MTU Idle Timeout Login Service Session Timeout Callback Number Callback ID Remote IP Address field under either SLIP or PPP Caution the exception to the above rule is a Framed Address value of 255 255 255 254 When this value is specified in the RADIUS file the unit will use the Remote IP address configured for a PPP line in the IOLAN IPv4 Subnet Mask field under either SLIP or PPP VJ Compression field under either SLIP or PPP MTU field under SLIP MRU field under PPP Idle Timeout under the serial port Advanced settings Corresponds to one of the following User Service parameters Telnet Rlogin TCP Clear SSH or SSL Raw Session Timeout under the serial port
10. e Console Management Allows users on the network to connect to a serial device that is connected to a serial port on the IOLAN e TruePort Virtual COM Port Allows a networked system to communicate with your serial device through a virtual COM or TTY port using the Perle TruePort software e TCP Sockets Raw TCP Allows hosts on the network to communicate with a serial device that requires raw data throughput such as a printer or card reader connected to the IOLAN serial port e Terminal Allows a terminal device to connect to a specified host on the network through a serial port on the IOLAN Printer Allows hosts on the network to talk to a printer using LPD connected to the IOLAN Serial Tunneling Allows IOLANSs on the network to establish a virtual link between their serial ports Typically one IOLAN s serial port is configured as a Tunnel Server and the other IOLAN s serial port is configured as a Tunnel Client Getting Started 76 Setting Up the Network Setting Up the Network The most important part of setting up the network is assigning an IP address to the IOLAN whether this is a static IP address or enabling a DHCP BOOTP assigned IP address You should also assign a name to the IOLAN to make it easier to recognize This section deals primarily with setting the IP address Using DeviceManager To use the DeviceManager you must first install it on a Windows operating system The DeviceManager
11. Name Local IP Address Local Host Network Remote IP Address Remote Host Network Boot Add The following buttons are available Add Button Click this button to add a new IPsec VPN tunnel Edit Button Select an existing IPsec VPN tunnel to edit the tunnel s parameters Delete Button Select an existing IPsec VPN tunnel to remove the tunnel 243 VPN Adding Editing the IPsec Tunnel When you click the Add button or select an IPsec tunnel and click the Edit button the following window is displayed IPsec Tunnel IPsec Tunnel Name vpn0 Authentication Method Shared Secret s Local Device IOLAN Local IP Address Extemal IP Address Next Hop Host Network Address IPv4 Subnet Mask IPvB Prefix Bits Boot Action Lett O Right Remote IP Address External IP Address Next Hop Host Network Address IPv4 Subnet 255 255 255 Mask IPv6 Prefix Bits Cancel Configure the following parameters Name Authentication Method Provide a name for the IPsec VPN tunnel to make it easy to identify Text Characteristics Maximum of 16 characters spaces not allowed Specify the authentication method that will be used between VPN peers to authenticate the VPN tunnel Data Options e Shared Secret A text based secret that is used to authenticate the IPsec tunnel case sensitive This applies to all VPN tunnels IPsec and L2TP IPsec e RSA
12. 0 IPv4 Remote IP Start Address oO 0 0 0 0 IPv4 Remote IP End Address VE Authentication CHAP O PAP Both Configure the following parameters Allow L2TP IPsec When enabled the IOLAN listens for L2TP IPsec VPN tunnel connections connections Note to allow non VPN tunnel connections to the IOLAN you must create entries in the VPN Exceptions list Default Disabled Local IP Address Ifthe IPsec local address is set to 0 0 0 0 the IOLAN will listen for L2TP IPsec connections on the IP address of the network interface assocaiated with ie on the same network as the IOLAN s default gateway If no default gateway exisits the IOLAN will not listen for L2TP IPsec connections Default 0 0 0 0 Authentication Specify the authentication method that will be used between VPN peers to Method authenticate the VPN tunnel Data Options e Shared Secret A text based secret that is used to authenticate the IPsec tunnel case sensitive e X 509 Certificate X 509 certificates are used to authenticate the IPsec tunnel When using this authentication method you must include the signing authority s certificate information in the SSL TLS CA list and download it to the IOLAN Default Shared Secret 248 VPN Exceptions Remote Validation Criteria IPv4 Local IP Address IPv4 Remote IP Start Address IPv4 Remote IP End Address Authentication VPN Exceptions Depending on the Authentication M
13. 00 342 Resetting the IOLAN to the Default Configuration seen 343 Downloading IOLAN Firmware cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 343 Calibrating VO EE 343 Calibrating Analog Input ssssssssnnnsssnnunnnnnnnnnnunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnne 343 See Re e 344 Calibrating CURING IN EE 344 Calibrating Temperature Input cccccceceeeeeeeeseeeeseeeeesneneeneeeeeeees 344 Calibrating Thermocouple ssccssscssanccimersdieeubciar needed 344 Calibrating CA A eevee eeesedee aaaea aae er rye E REESE 344 Calibrating Analog Channels ccccccssssseecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenees 345 Resetting Calibration Data cccccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 345 Setting the IOLAN s Date and Time ccccccceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeees 346 FRGEDOOTING the IOLAN oine EEN 346 Resetting the IOLAN to Factory Defaults ccceeceeeeees 346 Resetting the SecurlD Node Secret cccssesseeessseeeeeees 347 Language SU ONE E 347 Loading a Supplied Language ccccccceseeeceeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeees 347 Translation Guidance occa aes ces tee Ce nce cee aca eed Reo teceateaee 348 Software Upgrades and Language Files cccccccseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 348 Downloading Terminal Definitions ccccseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 349 Creating Terminal Definition Files 2 0 0 0 ccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 349 Resetting Configuration Parameters
14. IP Address 17216 11322 Protocol Modbus RTU Modbus ASCII 180 Serial Port Profiles Configure the following parameters Mode Destination Slave IP Mappings Button Advanced Slave Settings Button UID Range IP Address Modbus RTU Modbus ASCII Append CR LF Specify how the Modbus Gateway is defined on the serial port Data Options e Modbus Master Typically the Modbus Master is connected to the Serial Port and is communicating to Modbus Slaves on the network e Modbus Slave Typically the Modbus Master is accessing the IOLAN through the network to communicated to Modbus Slaves connected to the IOLAN s Serial Ports Default Modbus Master Gateway Click this button to launch the Destination Slave IP Settings window where you can configure the TCP Ethernet Modbus Slaves that the Modbus Master on the Serial Port will communicate with Click this button to configure global Modbus Slave settings You can specify a range of UIDs 1 247 in addition to individual UIDs Field Format Comma delimited for example 2 35 50 100 103 Set the IP address to be used for this serial port when using the IP Aliasing feature See Enable IP Aliasing for details about how to enable this feature Select this option when the Modbus RTU protocol is being used for communication between the Modbus Master and Slave Default Enabled Select this option when Modbus ASCII protocol is being used
15. OpenLDAP uid O Microsoft Active Directory sAMAccountName O Other Encrypt Passwords Using MDS Digest Authenticate IOLAN With LDAP Server Enable TLS Host Name The name or IP address of the LDAP Microsoft Active Directory host If you use a host name that host must either have been defined in the IOLAN s Host Table before the last reboot or be resolved by DNS If you are using TLS you must enter the same string you used to create the LDAP certificate that resides on your LDAP Microsoft Active Directory server Port The port that the LDAP Microsoft Active Directory host listens to for authentication requests Default 389 Base The domain component dc that is the starting point for the search for user authentication You can enter up to 128 characters for the base 229 Authentication User Attribute Encrypt Passwords Using MD5 digest Authenticate IOLAN with LDAP server Name Append Base to Name Confirm Enable TLS TLS Port This defines the name of the attribute used to communicate the user name to the server Options e OpenLDAP uid Chose this option if you are using an OpenLDAP server The user attribute on this server is uid e Microsoft Active Directory sAMAccountName Chose this option if your LDAP server is a Microsoft Active Directory server The user attribute on this server is sAMAccountName e Other JI you are running something oth
16. Configure the following parameters APN Specify the APN required by your internet provider to access their network See the internet provider documentation for more information User Name Specify the name required by your internet provider to access their network Password Specify the password required by your internet provider to access their network Phone Number Specify the phone number provided by your service provider to access their wireless network Field Format Probably similar to 99 1 Initialization String Specify the initialization string required by your internet service provider for your wireless modem 312 Configuring a USB Modem If you have locked your SIM using a PIN you must enter this PIN here in order to allow the IOLAN to access it If you have never locked your SIM card leave this field blank You can enter up to 8 digits for the PIN PIN When you click the Advanced button the Remote Access PPP profile is displayed The USB modem uses PPP to communicate with its wireless provider See Remote Access PPP Profile for information on how to configure PPP 313 Configuring a Fiber Optic Card Configuring a Fiber Optic Card Overview SCS IOLAN models support the ability to replace the second Ethernet interface with a fiber optic connection Field Descriptions Fiber LAN KTI KG 500F v Configure the following parameters Card Specify the type of fiber card you will be usi
17. Dial In Dial Out Dial Timeout Dial Retry Modem Phone Use this timer to close a connection because of inactivity When the Idle Timeout expires the IOLAN will end the connection Range 0 4294967 seconds about 49 days Default 0 seconds so the port will never timeout Use this timer to forcibly close the session connection when the Session Timeout expires Default 0 seconds so the port will never timeout Range 0 4294967 seconds about 49 days Controls the sending of ASCII strings to serial devices at session start and session termination as follows Send at Start If configured this string will be sent to the serial device on power up of the IOLAN or when a kill line command is issued on this serial port If the monitor DSR or monitor DCD options are set the string will also be sent when the monitored signal is raised Range 0 127 alpha numeric characters Non printable ascii characters must be entered in this format lt 027 gt The decimal numbers within the brackets must be 3 digits long example 003 not 3 e Send at End If configured this string will be sent to the serial device when the TCP session on the LAN is terminated If multihost is configured this string will only be send in listen mode to the serial device when all multihost connections are terminated Range 0 127 alpha numeric characters Non printable ascii characters must be entered in this format lt 027 gt The decimal numbers
18. TFTP Client TFTP Server IOLAN 1 IOLAN 2 10 10 50 2 100 10 50 1 10 10 100 2 100 10 50 60 HTTP Tunnel Data Configure a connect to HTTP tunnel on IOLAN 1 HTTP Tunnel funnen Match name on IOLAN 2 Name Co Connect To Host IP 10010501 IP address of IOLAN 2 Proxy Settings Listen For Connections Restrict To IP optional Shared Secret optional E CI HTTPS C Restrict Access To This IOLAN Only 371 Configuring HTTP Tunnels Configure a Listen for connection HTTP tunnel HTTP Tunnel q Match name on IOLAN 1 Name tunnell O Connect To Proxy Setting Listen For Connections Restrict To IP optional Shared Secret optional HTTPS C Restrict Access To This IOLAN Only On IOLAN 1 under HTTP Tunnel add a Tunnel destination HTTP Tunnel Destination Destination 100 10 50 60 tunnell Select predefined tunnel entry O Same as Tunnel Services Add New Services O Predefined Telnet HTTPS Device Manager Local IP Alia Custom IP address of TFTP Server Select UDP Destination Port Local Port C Local IP Alias C Limit access to serially attached devices only Add number for TFTP packets Local Port number for TFTP packets Local IP Destination Port Limit Access IOLAN IP 69 No Protocol Serv Local
19. UDP Custom 69 The setup for HTTP Tunnel Host to Host is now complete 372 Configuring HTTP Tunnels Tunnel Relay The following example will demonstrate how to setup an IP host 10 10 10 10 to an IP Host 10 10 11 11 connection using HTTP tunnels when both hosts are sitting behind a firewall To do this a third IOLAN which is not behind a firewall is required Because IOLAN 1 and IOLAN 3 are both behind a firewall each will need to initiate a connection to IOLAN2 who is in the open For more HTTP tunneling configuration parameters see HTTP Tunneling IOLAN 1 IOLAN 2 IOLAN 3 10 10 50 3 10 10 50 2 100 10 50 1 HTTP Tunnel Data Telnet Client Telnet Host 10 10 10 10 10 10 11 11 Configure a connect to HTTP tunnel on IOLAN 1 HTTP Tunnel Name Match name on IOLAN 2 Connect To Host IP 10010501 IP address of IOLAN 2 Proxy Settings Listen For Connections Shared Secret optional LJHTTPS C Restrict Access To This IOLAN Only 373 Configuring HTTP Tunnels Configure a Listen for connection HTTP tunnel on IOLAN 2 HTTP Tunnel Match name on IOLAN 1 Configure a second Listen for connection to IOLAN HTTP Tunnel Match name on IOLAN 3 Host 374 Configuring HTTP Tunnels Configure a connect to HTTP tunnel on IOLAN 3 HTTP Tunnel Name tunnel2 Connect To Host IP E Proxy Settings Listen
20. When you add edit an IPv6 tunnel you are determining how an IPv6 message will reach an IPv6 device through an IPv4 network IPv6 Tunnel Name ipv6_tunnell Mode Manual Remote Host None Gateway Interface Ethernet_1 Name Mode Remote Host Interface f Cancel Configure the following parameters The name of the IPv6 tunnel Field Format Maximum 16 alphanumeric characters Default ipv6_tunnell The method or protocol that is used to create the IPv6 tunnel e Manual When enabled the IOLAN will manually create the IPv6 tunnel to the specified Remote Host through the specified Interface e 6to4 When enabled the IOLAN will broadcast to the multicast address 192 88 99 1 through the specified Interface When the closest 6to4 router responds it will create the IPv6 tunnel encapsulating and decapsulating IPv6 traffic sent to and from the IOLAN e Teredo When enabled the Teredo protocol encapsulates the IPv6 packet as an IPv4 UDP message allowing it to pass through most network address translator NAT boxes and create an IPv6 tunnel to the specified Remote Host a Teredo server through the specified Interface Default Manual The IP v4 host that can access the IPv6 network when the Mode is Manual The Teredo server when the Mode is Teredo Default None The interface that the IOLAN is going to use to access the Remote Host The list is comprised of the Ethernet interface s and serial ports config
21. e On the Services tab for each local user to determine the exchange of RIP packets between the IOLAN and remotely connected users connected from the serial side e By the RADIUS server for users authenticated by RADIUS the RADIUS defined Framed Routing parameter determines the exchange of RIP packets There are four options for setting the Routing parameters e None Routing information is not exchanged across the link This is the default setting for a line and a locally defined user e Send Routing information is only transmitted to the remote user e Listen Routing information is only received from the remote user Send and Listen Routing information is transmitted to and received from the remote user The local User Routing parameter or RADIUS Framed Routing parameter if set override the serial port Routing parameter for a connection 105 Advanced Field Descriptions rg Host Table Route List DNS WINS RIP Dynamic DNS IPv6 Tunnels Ethernet Mode None v Authentication Method None O Password OmMD5 Configure the appropriate parameters Ethernet Mode Authentication Method Password Confirm Password ID Start Date Start Time End Date Enable disable RIP Routing Information Protocol mode for the Ethernet interface Data Options e None Disables RIP over the Ethernet interface e Send Sends RIP over the Ethernet interfac
22. e Start Starts the VPN network initiating communication to the remote VPN e Add Adds the VPN network but doesn t initiate a connection to the remote VPN e Ignore Maintains the VPN network configuration but the VPN network is not started and cannot be started through the IPsec command option When defining peer VPN gateways one side should be defined as Start initiate and the other as Add listen It is invalid to define both gateways as Add VPN connection time can take longer when both gateways are set to Start as both sides will attempt to initiate the same VPN connection Default Start Shared Secret Field Description When the Authentication Method is set to Shared Secret you can enter a secret that applies to all VPN tunnels both the IPsec and L2TP IPsec protocols to successfully authenticate and create a valid connection VPN Shared Secret This secret is global and applies to all VPN connections Secret Configure the following parameter Secret When the Authentication Method is set to Shared Secret enter the case sensitive secret word This applies to all VPN tunnels IPsec and L2TP IPsec Field Format Maximum of 16 characters spaces not allowed 246 VPN Remote Validation Criteria Field Descriptions When the Authentication Method is set to X 509 Certificate you can configure the remote validation criteria The information in the remote X 509 certificate must match exactly the
23. 281 Channels Allow Multiple Hosts to Connect Connect to Host Name TCP Port When this option is enabled multiple I O channels and or TCP IP applications can connect to this channel serial signal pin Default Disabled When enabled the channel serial signal pin initiates communication to another T O channel or a TCP IP application Default Enabled The configured host or another IOLAN that the I O channel will connect to Default None The TCP Port that the channel serial signal pin will use to communicate to another IOLAN or a TCP IP application Default 2000 for channel 1 then increments by one for each channel Connect to Multiple When enabled input channel or serial signal pin can communicate to multiple Hosts Define Additional Hosts Button Local connection Enable TCP Keepalive hosts running a TCP IP application or I O channels Default Disabled Click this button to define the hosts IOLANSs that this channel or serial signal pin will connect to This button is also used to define the Primary Backup host functionality When this option is enabled the input or output depending on how the channel or serial signal pin is configured will be associated with another local IOLAN T O channel or serial signal pin e When the channel is configured as digital input or when configuring an input serial signal pin the Output Channels parameter displays all the local digital output signals or relays th
24. 4 RTS Accessories 428 Starter Kit Adapters Cable RJ45F to DB9M DTE Crossover Adapter The following diagram shows the IOLAN RJ45 gt DBO9M crossover adapter pinouts This is model number DBA0021 Ne 6 S V j RJ4SF DB9M RJ45F DB9M TxD 4 2 RxD RxD 5 3 TxD GND 6 5 GND DTR 8 1 DCD 6 DSR DSR 3 4 DTR RTS 2 8 CTS CTS 7 _ 7 RTS Accessories 429 Starter Kit Adapters Cable RJ45F to DB9F DTE Crossover Adapter The following diagram shows the IOLAN RJ45F gt DBO9F crossover adapter pinouts This is model number DBA0020 om el RJ4 amp SF DB9F RJ45F Dat TxD 4 2 RxD RxD 5 3 TxD GND 6 5 GND DTR 8 1 DCD 6 DSR DSR 3 4 DTR RTS 2 8 CTS CTS 7 _ 7 RTS Sun Cisco RJ45M Connector Cable for Rack Mount Models This is a 3 meter RJ45M gt RJ45M 8 wire Sun Cisco modular cable The following diagram shows how the IOLAN RJ45M cable is configured when connecting to the supplied Sun Cisco RJ45 cable This model number is CAB0030 IOLAN Sun Cisco RJ45M RJ45M RTS 2 8 CTS DSR 3 _ 2 DTR TxD 4 6 RxD RxD 5 3 TxD GND 6 4 GND CTS 7 1 RTS DTR 8 7 DSR Accessories 430 SCS48C SCS32C SCS16C SCS8C Starter Kit SCS48C SCS32C SCS16C SCS8C Starter Kit Adapters Cable The IOLAN Starte
25. Application T O Digital TruePort Output The host running TruePort must be in Modbus ASCII or Modbus RTU mode 298 TruePort I O API Over TruePort Only If you have a custom application that talks to a serial port you can use TruePort as a virtual serial port to communicate with the IOLAN over the network to access I O data using the Perle API You also have the option of enabling SSL as a security option to encrypt the data that is communicated between the IOLAN and the host machine SSL TLS must be configured in the Server settings and on the TruePort host See Accessing I O Data Via TruePort for more information on the API LO Access Failsafe Timer UDP Choose the method in which the 1 0 interfaces are accessed via network by an external application Enable 1 0 Access via Modbus protocol up 255 Advanced Modbus Settings Available Network Access Allow Modbus TCP Application API v Allows Modbus RTU ASCII via TruePort Enable 1 0 Access via TruePort C Enable SSL Encryption Listen TCP Port 33816 Available Network Access Allow 1 0 Access via API through TruePort PC running IOLAN e Custom ae Application API 1 O Digital TruePort Output The host running TruePort must be in I O API mode 299 Accessing UO Data Via TruePort Accessing UO Data Via TruePort Introduction Setup Analog and Digital I O data as well as output control can be accessed in several ways
26. Channel Analog Channel Data for each enabled channel Length Enabled 2 Bytes 1 Byte curRawValue minRawValue maxRawValue curEngValue minEngValue maxEngValue 2 Bytes 2 Bytes 2 Bytes 4 Bytes 4 Bytes 4 Bytes e Section Length The total length of the Analog section this value will vary the field length is 2 Bytes This value will vary because it will contain one Analog Channel Data subsection 18 bytes for each Analog channel that is enabled e Channel Enabled The Channel Enabled field is 1 byte in least significant bit order for each channel If the channel is enabled the bit is set to 1 If the channel is disabled the bit is set to 0 zero Channel Enabled 1 Byte one bit for each channel CO a i ae Channel 4 Channel 3 Channel 2 Channel 1 e Analog Channel Data Consists of Analog Channel Data for each enabled Analog channel on the IOLAN If an Analog channel is disabled there is no data for that channel Therefore the Analog Section will contain the Section Length value the Channel Enabled value and 18 bytes of I O data for each enabled Analog channel For example an IOLAN I O model with four Analog channels that has only three of those Analog channels enabled will contain 54 bytes of Analog Channel Data 18 bytes 3 Analog channels The following values make up the Analog Channel Data for each enabled Analog channel e curRawValue The current raw value received by the ch
27. Configuring a USB Modem Overview SCS IOLAN models support a USB Wireless Modem that can be installed to permit access to the IOLAN via the internet or other WAN network If you are using a PCMCIA Wireless Card See Configuring a Wireless PCMCIA WAN Card When the PCI card type has been configured to be USB the serial port associated with the USB Modem is automatically set to PPP No other PPP configuration is typically required The USB Modem will establish a GPRS data connection over the service provider s GSM network The service provider will assign an IP address to your wireless connection This address may be public or private and it may be dynamically or statically assigned depending on the type of account established with the service provider If a static public IP address has been assigned the IOLAN will be directly accessible via that IP address If a dynamic public IP address has been assigned you may access your IOLAN with the assistance of a dynamic DNS service provider These service providers provide a method of accessing your device server using a standard URL for example yourcompany dyndns org when the IP address assigned by the Wireless provider is dynamic The IOLAN SCS supports dynamic DNS updates to DynDNS com see www DynDNS com for more information Field Descriptions use a APN Advanced User Name Password Phone Number Initialization String PIN OK l Cancel
28. IPv6 Remote Interface IPv6 Global Network Prefix 0 D Wu j0 IPv6 Prefix Bits 64 Configure the following parameters IPv4 Local IP The IPV4 IP address of the IOLAN end of the PPP link For routing to work Address you must enter a local IP address Choose an address that is part of the same network or subnetwork as the remote end for example if the remote end is address 192 101 34 146 your local IP address can be 192 101 34 145 Do not use the IOLAN s main IP address in this field if you do so routing will not take place correctly IPv4 Remote IP The IPV4 IP address of the remote end of the PPP link Choose an address that Address is part of the same network or subnetwork as the IOLAN If you set the PPP parameter IP Address Negotiation to On the IOLAN will ignore the remote IP address value you enter here and will allow the remote end to specify its IP address If your user is authenticated by RADIUS and the RADIUS parameter Framed Address is set in the RADIUS file the IOLAN will use the value in the RADIUS file in preference to the value configured here The exception to this rule is a Framed Address value in the RADIUS file of 255 255 255 254 this value allows the IOLAN to use the remote IP address value configured here IPv4 Subnet Mask The network subnet mask For example 255 255 0 0 If your user is authenticated by RADIUS and the RADIUS parameter Framed Netmask is set in the RADIUS file the IOLAN wil
29. See User Service Settings for field descriptions of the various User Service Settings When the serial port is started the IOLAN will initiate a connection to the specified host using the specified protocol With this option user authentication will not be performed by the IOLAN Default Disabled Specify the protocol that will be used to connect to the specified host Data Options Telnet SSH Rlogin Default Telnet Click this button to define the settings for the protocol that will be used to connect the user to the specified host The name resolvable via DNS or IP address of the configured host the IOLAN will connect to The TCP Port that the IOLAN will use to connect to the host Default Telnet 23 SSH 22 Rlogin 513 If the serial port hardware parameters have been setup to monitor DSR or DCD the host session will be started once the signals are detected If no hardware signals are being monitored the IOLAN will initiate the session immediately after being powered up Default Enabled 152 Serial Port Profiles When any datais Initiates a connection to the specified host when any data is received on the received serial port Default Disabled When Initiates a connection to the specified host only when the specified character is lt hexadecimal received on the serial port value gt is received Default Disabled Advanced Tab Field Descriptions General Advanced Hardware Email Alert Packet Forwa
30. The STS8 D and all rack mount IOLAN models have an 8 pin RJ45 connector Pin 1 Pin 10 The following table provides pinout information Pinout Pinout EIA 485 EIA 485 10 pin 8 pin EIA 232 EIA 422 Full Duplex Half Duplex 1 Power In Power In Power In Power In 2 in 1 DCD 3 out 2 RTS TxD TxD DATA 4 in 3 DSR 5 out 4 TxD TxD TxD DATA 6 in 5 RxD RxD RxD 7 6 GND GND GND GND 8 in 7 CTS RxD RxD 9 out 8 DTR 10 Power out Power out Power out Power out The power in pin Pin 1 can be 9 30V DC The 2 port IOLAN has power in on Port 2 only The 4 port IOLAN has power in on Port 4 only Pinouts and Cabling Diagrams 398 Serial Pinouts RJ45 for SCS48C SCS32C SCS16C SCS8C models This section defines the pinouts for the RJ45 connection for the SCS48C SCS32C SCS16C SCS8C Sun Cisco models only Pin 1 Pin 8 The following table provides pinout information including the different pinouts for the Admin port and serial ports Pinout EIA 232 EIA 232 8 pin Admin Port Serial Ports 1 DCD in RTS out 2 RTS out DTR out 3 DSR in TxD out 4 TxD out GND 5 RxD in GND 6 GND RxD in 7 CTS in DSR DCD in 8 DTR out CTS in Pinouts and Cabling Diagrams 399 Serial Pinouts RJ45 for SDS32C SDS16C SDS8C Dual Ethernet and Electric Utility models This section defines the pinouts for the RJ45 connection for the Dual Ethernet SDSxxC models and Electric Utility mo
31. UDP Entry 2 UDP Entry 3 UDP Entry 4 Configure the following parameters UDP Entry When enabled broadcasts I O status data to the specified range of IP addresses Default Disabled Start IP Address The first host IP address in the range of IP addresses for IPV4 or IPV6 that the IOLAN will listen for messages from and or send messages to Field Format Pv4 or IPv6 address End IP Address The last host IP address in the range of IP addresses for IP V4 not required for IPV6 that the IOLAN will listen for messages from and or send messages to Field Format Pv4 address Port The UDP port that the IOLAN will use to relay messages to servers hosts Default 0 zero 267 Settings Temperature Functionality Overview The Temperature tab configures the temperature scale settings for T4 models Field Descriptions 1 0 Access Failsafe Timer UDP Temperature Temperature Scale Celsius v Configure the following parameter Temperature Scale Select the temperature scale that will be used to display temperature data Data Options Fahrenheit or Celsius Default Celsius 268 Channels Channels Analog The Channels section displays the I O Channels window through which you can enable disable the 1 O channels 1 0 Channels I ES Channel KE Name v Di Digital Input Iv D2 Digital Input Iw R1 Relay Iw KR Relay Highlight a channel and then click the Edit button to confi
32. priv lvl x x 12 15 Admin x 8 11 Normal x 4 7 Restricted x 0 3 Menu Perle Line Access i x i port number x 0 Disabled x 1 Read Write x 2 Read Input x 3 Read Input Write x 4 Read Output x 5 Read Output Write x 6 Read Output Input x 7 Read Output Write timeout x x session timeout in seconds idletime x x Idle timeout in seconds Perle Clustered Port Access x Settings for WebManager and service EXEC priv lvl 12 Perle Line Access i x x x mM SS NN be ll Disabled Enabled ll O x x DeviceManager access 12 15 Admin port number Disabled Read Write Read Input Read Input Write Read Output Read Output Write Read Output Input Read Output Write HAYA OF w HAHO 1 enabl Perle Clustered Port Access clustered port access RADIUS and TACACS 390 SSL TLS Ciphers Introduction This appendix contains a table that shows valid SSL TLS cipher combinations WEE Valid SSL TLS Ciphers This chart displays all of the valid SSL TLS combinations SSL Key Key Full Name Ver Exchange Authentication Encryption Size HMAC ADH AES256 SHA SSLv3 Kx DH Au None Enc AES 256 Mac SHA1 DHE RSA AES256 SHA SSLv3 Kx DH Au RSA Enc AES 256 Mac SHA1 DHE DSS AES256 SHA SSLv3 Kx DH Au DSS Enc AES 256 Mac SHA1 AES256 SHA SSLv3 Kx RSA
33. you wish to dedicate this serial port to a single remote user who will be authenticated by the IOLAN or e you are using the IOLAN as a router back to back with another IOLAN Password means the following e When PAP is specified this is the password the remote device will use to authenticate the port on this IOLAN e When CHAP is specified this is the secret password known to both ends of the link upon which responses to challenges shall be based Field Format You can enter a maximum of 16 alphanumeric characters Complete this field only if you have specified PAP or CHAP security protocols in the Security field and e you wish to dedicate this line to a single remote user who will be authenticated by the IOLAN or e you are using the IOLAN as a router back to back with another IOLAN When Dial In or Dial In Dial Out is enabled the Remote User is the name the IOLAN will use to authenticate the port on the remote device Your IOLAN will only authenticate the port on the remote device when PAP or CHAP are operating When connecting together two networks enter a dummy user name for example DS_SALES Note If you want a reasonable level of security the user name and password should not be similar to a user name or password used regularly to login to the IOLAN This option does not work with external authentication Field Format You can enter a maximum of 254 alphanumeric characters 163 Serial Port Profiles
34. 2051 2052 W MB REG HR AI CLEAR MAX 2113 2114 2115 2116 W MB REG HR AI CLEAR MIN 2177 2178 2179 2180 Lon W Input Registers MB_REG_IR_CURR_ENG 2080 2112 2144 2176 R MB_REG_IR_MIN_ENG 2082 2114 2146 2178 R MB REG IR MAX ENG 2084 2116 2148 2180 Lon R MB REG IR CURR RAW 2086 2118 2150 2182 Leon R MB REG IR MIN RAW 2087 2119 2151 2183 EE R MB REG IR MAX RAW 2088 2120 2152 2184 R MB_REG_IR_ALARM_LEVEL 2089 2121 2153 2185 Lon R For DI alarm state read will get state write will clear alarm 296 Modbus I O Access D4 D2R2 Registers The following coils and registers are supported by the IOLAN D4 and D2R2 I O models Data Model DI D2 D3 R1 D4 R2 R W Coils MB_REG DI SENSOR 6145 6146 6147 6148 R MB REG DI SENSOR ALARM STATE 6209 6210 6211 6212 R W MB REG DO SENSOR 6657 6658 6659 6660 R W Holding Registers MB_ REG HR DI SENSOR LATCH 6145 6146 6147 6148 R W MB_ REG HR DO SENSOR PULSE ISW 6209 6210 6211 6212 R W MB_ REG HR DO SENSOR PULSE ASW 6273 6274 6275 6276 R W MB REG HR DO SENSOR PULSE COUNT 6337 6338 6339 6340 R W For DI alarm state read will get state write will clear alarm Serial Pin Signals The following coils and registers are supported by the IOLAN I O models Data Model Pin R W Coils
35. Disabled When enabled automatically clears the alarm when the trigger condition changes for example if the Trigger is Inactive and the alarm is triggered once the input becomes active again the alarm will automatically be cleared Default Enabled When enabled a triggered alarm must be manually cleared Default Disabled 178 Serial Port Profiles Email Syslog SNMP When enabled sends an email alert to an email account s set up in the System settings when an alarm is triggered or cleared The email alert data includes the severity level and the value that caused the alarm to trigger or clear The Email Alert is associated with Level Critical Default Disabled When enabled sends a message to syslog when an alarm is triggered or cleared The syslog entry includes the severity level and the value that caused the alarm to trigger or clear The syslog message is associated with Level Critical Default Disabled When enabled sends an SNMP trap when an alarm is triggered or cleared The trap consists of the severity level and whether the alarm was triggered or cleared Default Disabled Output Signal Field Descriptions See Digital I O Extension for information about the I O Extension tab General LO Extension Digital Output DTR Description Digital Output Settings Failsafe Action None v Configure the following parameters Description Failsafe Action Provide a description of the
36. Enabled 250 HTTP Tunneling HTTP Tunneling Overview A HTTP tunnel is a firewall safe communication channel between two IOLAN s HTTP tunnels can transport arbitrary TCP IP or UDP IP data for applications such as Telnet SSH or any other TCP application and most UDP applications You can configure the IOLAN for e aserial to serial HTTP tunnel connection e aserial to host HTTP tunnel connection e ahost to host HTTP tunnel connection e Tunnel Relay connection See Configuring HTTP Tunnels for more information on setup requirements for these scenarios Functionality The information in this section applies only to setting up HTTP tunnels A minimum of two IOLAN s must be configured to create a communication channel One IOLAN must be configured as the listener and the other IOLAN must be configured as the connecting IOLAN Adding Editing the HTTP Tunnel Field Descriptions HTTP Tunnel Tunnels ike Connection HTT Proxy Restrict Access Secret Connect to 100 50 50 1 The following buttons are available Add Button Click the Add button to add an HTTP Tunnel entry to the list Edit Button Highlight an HTTP Tunnel entry and click the Edit button to change the entry Delete Button Highlight an HTTP Tunnel entry and click the Delete button to remove the entry from the list 251 HTTP Tunneling Configuring HTTP Tunnel Field Descriptions Connect To CIxXTTPS Name tunnel2 Liste
37. Host Name TCP Port Connect Manually Via AT Command Phone Number to Host Mapping Button Send Connection Status As Verbose String Success String Failure String Numeric Codes Default 10000 serial port number for example serial port 12 defaults to 10012 When enabled automatically establishes the virtual modem connection when the serial port becomes active Default Enabled The preconfigured target host name The port number the target host is listening on for messages Default 0 zero When enabled the virtual modem requires an AT command before it establishes a connection Specify this option when your modem application sends a phone number or other AT command to a modem The serial device can supply an IP address directly or it can provide a phone number that will be translated into an IP address by the IOLAN using the mapping table Default Disabled When your modem application provides a phone number in an AT command string you can map that phone number to the destination host See Phone Number to Host Mapping for information about the window that appears when you click this button When enabled the connection success failure indication strings are sent to the connected device otherwise these indications are suppressed This option also determines the format of the connection status results that are generated by the virtual modem Default Enabled When enabled the connection status is sen
38. O Remote Access PPP O Remote Access SLIP Custom App Plugin As you select the different serial port profiles a short description and a picture representing a typical application of the profile is displayed When you have selected the appropriate profile for the serial port click OK and those serial port profile configuration options will be displayed Copying a Serial Port Once you configure a serial port you can copy the serial port settings to other serial ports by selecting a serial port and then clicking the Copy button on the Serial Ports Settings window Copy Port 1 Configuration PR Choose the port s to which you wish to copy port 1 settings a a orl Port 4 Port 5 Port 6 Port 7 Port 8 Port 9 vv 116 Serial Port Profiles Resetting a Serial Port When you change a serial port s configuration you can download the configuration file to the IOLAN and then reset a specific serial port s to see how you change affects the serial port s behavior To reset a serial port select Tools Reset Serial Port s Reset Ports Choose the port s to reset eg 3 Port 2 Pot 3 Pot 4 OPot5 Port 6 Port 7 Port 8 Part 9 w Select All Clear All Serial Port Profiles Common Tabs Overview There are several functions that are common to more than one profile These functions are Hardware Con
39. Online Help in the DeviceManager automatically installed with the DeviceManager application Link to knowledge base IOLAN SDS SCS STS MDC User s Guide Version 4 5 25 Typeface Conventions Typeface Conventions Most text is presented in the typeface used in this paragraph Other typefaces are used to help you identify certain types of information The other typefaces are Typeface Example Usage At the C prompt type add host Set the value to TRUE This typeface is used for code examples and system generated output It can represent a line you type in or a piece of your code or an example of output The typeface used for TRUE is also used when referring to an actual value or identifier that you should use or that is used in a code example subscribe project subject run yourcode exec The italicized portion of these examples shows the typeface used for variables that are placeholders for values you specify This is found in regular text and in code examples as shown Instead of entering project you enter your own value such as stock trader and for yourcode enter the name of your program File Save This typeface and comma indicates a path you should follow through the menus In this example you select Save from the File menu IOLAN User s Guide This typeface indicates a book or document title See About the IOLAN for more information This indicates a cross reference to anot
40. Remote Password Routing Configure Req Timeout Configure Req Retries Terminate Req Timeout Terminate Req Retries Configure NAK Retries Complete this field only if you have specified PAP or CHAP security protocols in the Security field and you wish to dedicate this serial port to a single remote user and this user will be authenticated by the IOLAN or you are using the IOLAN as a router back to back with another IOLAN Remote password means the following e When PAP is specified this is the password the IOLAN will use to authenticate the remote device e When CHAP is specified this is the secret password known to both ends of the link upon which responses to challenges will be based Remote Password is the opposite of the parameter Password Your IOLAN will only authenticate the remote device when PAP or CHAP is operating Field Format You can enter a maximum of 16 alphanumeric characters Determines the routing mode RIP Routing Information Protocol used on the PPP interface This is the same function as the Framed Routing attribute for RADIUS authenticated users Data Options e None Disables RIP over the PPP interface Send Sends RIP over the PPP interface e Listen Listens for RIP over the PPP interface e Send and Listen Sends RIP and listens for RIP over the PPP interface Default None The maximum time in seconds that LCP Link Control Protocol will wait before it co
41. and create a valid SSL TLS connection SSL Validation Criteria CO Country CO State Province O Locality C Organization C Organization Unit C Common Name C Email Configure the following parameters Country State Province Locality Organization Organization Unit A country code for example US This field is case sensitive in order to successfully match the information in the peer SSL TLS certificate Data Options Two characters An entry for the state province for example IL This field is case sensitive in order to successfully match the information in the peer SSL TLS certificate Data Options Maximum 128 characters An entry for the location for example Chicago This field is case sensitive in order to successfully match the information in the peer SSL TLS certificate Data Options Maximum 128 characters An entry for the organization for example Accounting This field is case sensitive in order to successfully match the information in the peer SSL TLS certificate Data Options Maximum 64 characters An entry for the unit in the organization for example Payroll This field is case sensitive in order to successfully match the information in the peer SSL TLS certificate Data Options Maximum 64 characters 241 VPN Overview Common Name An entry for common name for example the host name or fully qualified domain name This field is case sensitive in order to succ
42. every time a freezer door is opened an alarm is triggered and a syslog message is sent to a syslog server where the monitoring application notes the time Input Digital UO Monitoring lte Application Input amp ST Industrial Freezers ll 3 271 Channels Field Descriptions General LO Extension Digital D1 Description Input Mode Output Mode Digital Input Settings Latch None v C Invert Signal Alam Settings Trigger Disabled v Configure the following parameters Description Input Mode Latch Invert Signal Trigger Provide a description of the channel making it easier to identify Data Options Maximum 20 characters including spaces When selected the channel will be reading the status of the line input The internal jumpers must match the software configuration the internal jumpers are factory configured for Input Mode Default Input Mode Latches remembers the activity transition active to inactive or inactive to active Data Options None Inactive to Active Active to Inactive Default None When enabled inverts the actual condition of the I O signal in the status therefore an inactive status will be displayed as active Default Disabled When the trigger condition is met triggers the specified alarm action Data Options e Disabled No alarm settings This is the default e Inactive When the expected Digital input is active going
43. found on your CD ROM UO Modbus Slave If you have a Modbus serial or TCP application it can access I O connected to the IOLAN when the T O Global Modbus Slave is enabled You must supply a unique UID for the IOLAN as it will act as a Modbus Slave LD Access Failsafe Timer UDP Choose the method in which the 1 0 interfaces are accessed via network by an external application Enable 1 0 Access via Modbus protocol UID 255 Advanced Modbus Settings Available Network Access Allow Modbus TCP Application API v Allows Modbus RTU ASCII via TruePort Enable 1 0 Access via TruePort Enable SSL Encryption Listen TCP Port 33816 Available Network Access Allow 1 0 Access via API through TruePort There are three ways your Modbus Application can connect to the IOLAN to access I O Modbus Serial Application Connected to the Serial Port Your Modbus serial application can be connected right to the IOLAN serial port to access I O Gear UID 15 g oe PC running a Modbus Serial Application T O Digital Output Modbus Serial Application Connected to the Network If you want to access the I O from a LAN connection you can install TruePort on the PC running the Modbus serial application as described in TruePort I O and connect to the IOLAN over the network UID 15 oS ae IOLAN Neg PC running a Modbus Serial Application T O Digital Output 292 Modbus I O Access M
44. information configured in this window in order to successfully authenticate and create a valid connection IPsec Remote Validation Criteria A CO Country CO State Province CO Locality CO Organization C Organization Unit C Common Name C Email Configure the following parameters Country State Province Locality Organization Organization Unit Common Name Email A country code for example US This field is case sensitive in order to successfully match the information in the remote X 509 certificate Data Options Two characters asterisk works as a wildcard An entry for the state province for example IL This field is case sensitive in order to successfully match the information in the remote X 509 certificate Data Options Maximum 128 characters asterisk works as a wildcard An entry for the location for example Chicago This field is case sensitive in order to successfully match the information in the remote X 509 certificate Data Options Maximum 128 characters asterisk works as a wildcard An entry for the organization for example Accounting This field is case sensitive in order to successfully match the information in the remote X 509 certificate Data Options Maximum 64 characters asterisk works as a wildcard An entry for the unit in the organization for example Payroll This field is case sensitive in order to successfully match the information in th
45. private key This private key and passphrase are required for both HTTPS and SSL TLS connections unless an unencrpyted private key was generated then the SSL passphrase is not required Make sure that you download the SSL private key and certificate if you are using the secure HTTP option HTTPS or SSL TLS If both RSA and DSA private keys are downloaded to the IOLAN they need to be generated using the same SSL passphrase for both to work 238 SSL TLS Cipher Suite Field Descriptions The SSL TLS cipher suite is used to encrypt data between the IOLAN and the client You can specify up to five cipher groups Cipher Suite Encryption Min Key Size Max Key Size Key Exchange HMAC Any 40 256 Any Any OK Cancel The following buttons are available on the Cipher Suite window Add Button Adds a cipher to the cipher list Edit Button Edits a cipher in the cipher list Delete Button Deletes a cipher from the cipher list Move Up Button Moves a cipher up in preference in the cipher list Move Down Button Moves a cipher down in preference in the cipher list 239 SSL TLS Adding Editing a Cipher See Appendix B SSZ TLS Ciphers on page 375 for a list of valid SSL TLS ciphers Cipher Suite Edit Encryption Min Key Size Max Key Size Key Exchange HMAC Cancel Configure the following parameters Encryption Min Key Size Max Key Size Key Exchange Select the type of encryption that wi
46. the status will not return to discovering until a reboot is performed or a kill line is issued on this port e Waiting reboot Monitored host has not responded to all PING retries It is now marked as needing a reboot and is executing the delay before reboot if configured e Rebooting The monitor host has determined that the host is not responding and has initiated a power cycle on the plug in order to re boot the host e Monitoring The host is being monitored and is responding to PING requests The Reboots field above can contain the number of times that this power plug has been cycled due to a failure to respond to the PINGs The Last Reboot field above can contain the date and time of the last reboot to take place due to a failure to respond to the PINGs The following buttons are available 334 RPS Control Power Controls the power state of the plug as follows On Button Turns the selected plug on Off Button Turns the selected plug off Cycle Button Turns the selected plug off and then on Monitor Host If host monitoring has been enabled on this plug these buttons control the state of the feature as follows On Button Enables the host monitor function Off Button Disables the host monitor function Reset Statistics Button Resets the reboots and Last Reboot fields OK Button Closes the window 335 Serial Port Power Control Serial Port Power Con
47. the warning can be lost With Port Buffering enabled the messages will be captured in memory or in a file and can be viewed later to aid administrators in diagnosing and fixing problems Local Port Buffering Port buffer information for the serial port can be viewed after successful connection to a device on a serial port The user can toggle between communicating to the device on the serial port and viewing the port buffer data for that device by entering a the View Buffer String default view Local port buffering is limited to 256Kb and will be flushed after the IOLAN reboots To view the local port buffer for a particular serial port you must 1 Connect to the device on that serial port by Telnet or SSH the serial port s must be set to the Console Management profile to support this type of connection 2 Once you have established a connection to a device you can enter the View Buffer String at any time to switch the display to the content of the port buffer for that particular serial port 3 To return to communicating to the device press the ESC key and the communication session will continue from where you left off To navigate through the port buffer data the following chart illustrates the keyboard keys or hot keys that can be used to view the port buffer data Press the ESC key and to continue to communicate with the device on that particular serial port Keyboard Buttons Hot Keys Direction Page Up
48. this is the default setting To configure Channel 2 for Current jumper both J2 pins as shown Close the IOLAN case by replacing the case lid and the five screws You can now power it on with the new settings Setting Jumpers 414 I O Wiring Diagrams Wiring I O Diagrams This section describes how to wire the various IOLAN I O models Digital UO Make sure the Digital I O jumpers support the software setting see Digital I O Module for jumper settings Digital Input Wet Contact If you are using a wet contact for your Digital input for channel D1 connect one wire to D1 and the other wire to GND The power source is supplied by external sources A ZS OU xa Zoo D OU O gt Power Source Digital Input Dry Contact If you are using a dry contact for your Digital input for channel D1 connect one wire to D1 and the other wire to COM The power source is supplied by the COM common connector A ZS OU xa Zoo AA OU gt Power Source IOLAN SDS SCS STS MDC User s Guide Version 4 5 415 Wiring I O Diagrams Digital Output Sink For a Digital output sink ground configuration for channel D1 follow the diagram below Battery Device Digital Output Source For a Digital output source voltage configuration for channel D1 follow the diagram below Device UO Wiring Diagr
49. 180 300 Default 5 seconds Sets the default state of the plug Data Options On Off Default Off When a server or router has its console port connected to one of the serial ports on this IOLAN and that server router is also powered by this RPS the server router serial port number should be entered here This will give you direct access to some RPS commands when managing that server or router using Telnet or SSH 188 Serial Port Profiles Monitoring Tab Field Descriptions Power Plug 1 Plug Settings Monitoring Configure a host to be monitored If the host does not respond to pings this plug s power will be cycled Montor Host Advanced Ping Interval 15 minutes Timeout 60 seconds Retries 2 C Wait Before Cycling Power gt minutes Configure the following parameters Monitor Host This is the host which is to be monitored via PINGs If the host stops responding to the PINGs the power on this plug will be cycled in an attempt to recover the host Default None Ping e Interval Specify the frequency in minutes at which the configured host will be PING ed Default 15 minutes e Timeout Specify the length of time in seconds to wait for a reply Default 60 seconds e Retries Specify the number of times to re try the PING when the host does not reply This is in addition to the orginial PING request Default 2 189 Serial Port Profiles Wa
50. 2 Right click and Copy the AUTOEXEC NT file 3 Browse to windir system32 usually C WINDOWS System32 4 Right click inside the window and Paste the file The error condition described here may also be the result of corruption of the AUTOEXEC NT file in which case the above procedure may be helpful to restore a valid file If the above procedure does not fix the DeviceManager installation problem see http support microsoft com kbid 324767 for the official Microsoft explanation Troubleshooting 437 Host Problems Host Problems Cannot access a host by name e fusing DNS or if DNS is required ensure a nameserver is configured on your IOLAN and is accessible ping it e Ifnot using DNS verify that the host is configured in the Host Table Check access to the host by pinging it using the host s IP address Cannot access a host on a local network verify e The network address is correct e The subnet mask is set correctly and reflects the network configuration e The broadcast address is set correctly and reflects the network configuration Cannot access a host on a remote network e Use the show route command to verify that there is a route to the remote host If no gateway is specified verify that a default gateway is specified Ping the default gateway to check if it is working e Consider the situation beyond the gateway for example are intermediate gateways and the remote host available Also check the
51. 46 Acct Session Time 47 Acct Input Packets 48 Acct Output Packets 49 61 NAS Port Type 77 Connect Info 87 NAS Port Id 95 NAS IPv6 Address Login IPv6 Host Acct Terminate Cause Number of seconds for which the user has been connected to a specific session Number of packets which were received from the user during this session Number of packets which were transmitted to the user during this session Indicates how the session was terminated Supported values include 1 User Request 2 Lost Carrier 3 Lost Service 4 Idle Timeout 5 Session Timeout 14 Port Suspended 16 Callback For reverse telnet and reverse ssh connections a type of Virtual 5 will be sent For a PPP connection type a type of Async 0 will be sent For all direct connect service types a type of Async 0 will be sent For reverse telnet reverse ssh and direct serial connections the serial port baud rate is send to the radius accounting server For sessions originating from the serial port lt line name gt or SERIAL xx where xx starts at serial port 1 For reverse Telnet and SSH Ethernet sessions ETH REVSESS xx where xx is the serial port being accesses otherwise 00 for a ILOAN management session For Device manager sessions DEVMGR For HTTP sessions HTTP The IPv6 address of the IOLAN For LOGIN and CALLBACK service types the IPv4 address of the login host is sent to the radius accounting host
52. Au RSA Enc AES 256 Mac SHA1 EDH RSA DES CBC3 SHA SSLv3 Kx DH Au RSA Enc 3DES 168 Mac SHAI1 EDH DSS DES CBC3 SHA SSLv3 Kx DH Au DSS Enc 3DES 168 Mac SHAI1 DES CBC3 SHA SSLv3 Kx RSA Au RSA Enc 3DES 168 Mac SHAI1 DES CBC3 MD5 SSLv2 Kx RSA Au RSA Enc 3DES 168 Mac MD5 ADH AES128 SHA SSLv3 Kx DH Au None Enc AES 128 Mac SHA1 DHE RSA AES128 SHA SSLv3 Kx DH Au RSA Enc AES 128 Mac SHA1 DHE DSS AES128 SHA SSLv3 Kx DH Au DSS Enc AES 128 Mac SHA1 AES128 SHA SSLv3 Kx RSA Au RSA Enc AES 128 Mac SHA1 RC2 CBC MD5 SSLv2 Kx RSA Au RSA Enc RC2 128 Mac MD5 DHE DSS RC4 SHA SSLv3 Kx DH Au DSS Enc RC4 128 Mac SHA1 RC4 SHA SSLv3 Kx RSA Au RSA Enc RC4 128 Mac SHA1 RC4 MD5 SSLv3 Kx RSA Au RSA Enc RC4 128 Mac MD5 RC4 MD5 SSLv2 Kx RSA Au RSA Enc RC4 128 Mac MD5 RC4 64 MD5 SSLv2 Kx RSA Au RSA Enc RC4 64 Mac MD5 EDH RSA DES CBC SHA SSLv3 Kx DH Au RSA Enc DES 56 Mac SHA1 EDH DSS DES CBC SHA SSLv3 Kx DH Au DSS Enc DES 56 Mac SHA1 IOLAN SDS SCS STS MDC User s Guide Version 4 5 391 Valid SSL TLS Ciphers SSL Key Key Full Name Ver Exchange Authentication Encryption Size HMAC DES CBC SHA SSLv3 Kx RSA Au RSA Enc DES 56 Mac SHA1 DES CBC MD5 SSLv2 Kx RSA Au RSA Enc DES 56 Mac MD5 EXP EDH RSA DES CBC SHA SSLv3 Kx DH 512 Au RSA Enc DES 40 Mac SHA1 EXP EDH DSS DES CBC SHA SSLv3 Kx DH 512 Au DSS Enc DES 40 Mac SHA1 EXP DES CBC SHA SSLv3 Kx RSA 512 Au RSA Enc DES 40 Mac SHA1 EXP RC2 CBC MD5 SSLv3 Kx RSA 512 Au RSA Enc RC2 40 Mac
53. Backup Host Default 10000 Adding Editing a Multihost Entry When you click the Add or Edit button the Host Entry window appears The hosts in the multihost list must already be defined see Host Table to learn how to create a host If you add a host that was defined with its fully qualified domain name FQDN it must be resolvable by your configured DNS server Configure the following parameters Host Name Specify the preconfigured host that will be in the multihost list Default None 142 Serial Port Profiles TCP Port Specify the TCP port that the IOLAN will use to communicate to the Host Default 0 143 Serial Port Profiles Advanced Tab Field Descriptions General Advanced Hardware Email Alet Packet Forwarding SSL TLS Advanced TCP Socket Settings C Athenticate User C Enable TCP Keepaive Enable Message ofthe Day MOTD C Enable Data Logging Ide Timeout 0 seconds Session Timeout 0 seconds Session Strings Send at Statt Send at End Delay after Send 10 miliseconds Dial Options WOH Dial Out Dial Timeout 45 seconds Dial Sen 2 Modem wl Phone Configure the following parameters Authenticate User Enables disables login password authentication for users connecting from the Enable TCP Keepalive network Default Disabled Enables a per connection TCP keepalive feature After the configured number of seconds the connection will send a gratuitous ACK to
54. Card Introduction SCS models have a built in option card slot that supports one of the E iB Configuration following options cards purchased separately Gi Network Perle IOLAN modem card is Serial Users PCMCIA Wireless Wan card H Q Security USB modem card is Clustering Option Card Fiber optic card offered in Fast Ethernet or Gigabit speeds Perle PCI Adapter card for use with a user supplied USB modem card Perle PCI Adapter card for use with a user supplied wireless WAN card Option Card Settings Overview The Option Card settings allow you to configure the option card slot for the specific card being installed in the unit IOLAN Functionality In order to activate the option card you must install the card into the PCI slot of the IOLAN and configure the operating parameters To install the option card please follow the instruction IOLAN described in Installing a Perle PCI Card Configuring the IOLAN Modem Card The IOLAN Modem card Configure button automatically takes you to the Terminal serial port profile although you can set and configure any serial port profile appropriate for modem use See the Chapter 7 Configuring Serial Ports for information on the configuration options for the serial port profile that fits your modem usage IOLAN SDS SCS STS MDC User s Guide Version 4 5 309 Configuring a Wireless PCMCIA WAN Card Configuring a Wireless PCMCIA WAN Card Overview SCS IOLAN model
55. Ciphers v 3DES V Blowfish Vv AES v CAST v Arcfour Break String break Enable Verbose Output Allow Compression Login Timeout 120 seconds Configure the following parameters Allow SSH 1 Protocol RSA DSA Keyboard Interactive Password 3DES CAST Blowfish Arcfour Allows the user s client to negotiate an SSH 1 connection in addition to SSH 2 Default Disabled When a client SSH session requests RSA authentication the IOLAN s SSH server will authenticate the user via RSA Default Enabled When a client SSH session requests DSA authentication the IOLAN s SSH server will authenticate the user via DSA Default Enabled The user types in a password for authentication Default Enabled The user types in a password for authentication Default Enabled The IOLAN SSH server s 3DES encryption is enabled disabled Default Enabled The IOLAN SSH server s CAST encryption is enabled disabled Default Enabled The IOLAN SSH server s Blowfish encryption is enabled disabled Default Enabled The IOLAN SSH server s Arcfour encryption is enabled disabled Default Enabled 236 SSL TLS AES The IOLAN SSH server s AES encryption is enabled disabled Default Enabled Break String The break string used for inband SSH break signal processing A break signal is generated on a specific serial port only when the server s break option is enabled and the user currently conne
56. Default Disabled Timeout The number of seconds that must elapse before the channel serial signal pin Failsafe Action is triggered Range 1 9999 Default 30 seconds 265 Settings UDP Functionality Overview The UDP tab configures the I O UDP broadcast settings The I O UDP broadcast feature periodically broadcasts the I O channel status in a UDP message You can configure up to four sets of IP address entries each entry consisting of a start and end IP address range to broadcast I O status data The broadcast frequency of the UDP packets to the configured UDP IP addresses can be defined to accommodate network traffic and monitoring PC application requirements For details of the UDP I O datagram see I O UDP Field Descriptions 1 0 Access Failsafe Timer UDP UDP Broadcast Lol Enable UDP Broadcast of 1 0 Status Broadcast Interval 30 seconds Settings Configure the following parameters Enable UDP Enables disables UDP broadcast of I O channel status data Broadcast of I O Default Disabled Status Broadcast Interval Enter the interval in seconds for UDP broadcasts of I O channel status data Range 1 9999 Default 30 seconds Settings Button Click this button to configure the UDP IP addresses that will receive the I O status information See I O UDP Settings for field descriptions for the I O UDP Settings window 266 Settings UO UDP Settings 1 0 UDP Settings UDP Entry 1
57. Destination Slave IP Mappings button and click the Add button in the Destination Slave IP Mappings window Configure the Destination Slave IP Mappings window as follows Destination Modbus Slave IP Settings UID Start 22 Destination Type Host O Gateway IP Address Start 10 10 10 11 End 10 10 10 12 Protocol UDP TCP Port 502 The IOLAN will send a request and expect a response from the Modbus Slave with an IP Address of 10 10 10 11 on Port 502 with UID 22 and from the Modbus Slave with and IP Address of 10 10 10 12 on Port 502 with UID 23 remember when Type is set to Host the IOLAN increments the last octet of the IP address for each UID specified in the range 354 Configuring Modbus Modbus Slave Settings When you have Modbus Slaves on the serial side of the IOLAN configure the serial port to the Modbus Gateway profile acting as a Modbus Slave There is only one Slave Gateway in the IOLAN so all Modbus serial Slaves must be configured uniquely for that one Slave Gateway all serial Modbus Slaves must have unique UIDs even if they reside on different serial ports because they all must be configured to communicate through the one Slave Gateway Modbus Master Slave Gateway Serial Port 1 SP es IOLAN IP 10 10 10 10 PE Modbus Slave Modbus Slave ULD 7 UID 6 UID 8 To configure the Modbus Gateway on serial port 1 do the following 1 Select the Modbus Gateway profi
58. E 177 Input Signal Field DeSCriptions cccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 178 Output Signal Field Descriptions EEN 179 Modbus Gateway Rene eeriesreckueekrenCueCE SEENEN 180 EE 180 e Der MOM AUG E 180 General Tab Field Descriptions EE 180 Advanced Field Descnptons EEN 181 Table of Contents Modbus Slave IP Settings Field Descriptions 0000nnnnnnnnneeeeeeenena 182 Adding Editing Modbus Slave IP SettingS ccc eeeeeececeeeeeeeeeeeees 184 Modbus Slave Advanced Settings Field Descriptions 000 00000 185 Power Management Profile ccccccccceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeees 187 EEN 187 F nctionalty eicecien rnae dadseceddetsdeauebeteuaten 187 General Tab Field Descrptons 187 Advanced Tab Field Descriptions s ssseeeeseeenennnnn nn eneeeneeeennnenen nnne 187 Editing Power Management Plug Settings Field Descriptions 188 Monitoring Tab Field Descriptions eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 189 Remote Access PPP Profile eceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeees 191 OVETVIOW AEE 191 EMT 191 General Tab Field DESCripllOnSsiceiccsocsconananseasenaxanrdanenanan tekrravunecunanon 192 Dynamic DNS Field Descriptions cscsseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenees 193 Authentication Tab Field Descriptions cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 194 Advanced Tab Field Descriptions AAA 197 Remote Access SLIP Profile
59. Emai Aet Advanced Power Management Settings Session Strings Senda Stat l Delay after Send 10 miliseconds 187 Serial Port Profiles Configure the following parameters Session Strings Controls the sending of ASCII strings to serial devices at session start as follows e Send at Start If configured this string will be sent to the serial device on power up of the IOLAN or when a kill line command is issued on this serial port If the monitor DSR or monitor DCD options are set the string will also be sent when the monitored signal is raised Range 0 127 alpha numeric characters Range hex 0 FF e Delay after Send Jr configured will inset a delay after the string is sent to the device This delay can be used to provide the serial device with time to process the string before the session is initiated or terminated Default 10 ms Editing Power Management Plug Settings Field Descriptions Plug Settings Monitoring Name Power Up Interval 5 y seconds Defaut State oF e Associated Pot None Configure the following parameters Name Power Up Interval Default State Associated Port Specify a name for the plug to make it easier to recognize and manage Specify the amount of time in seconds that the RPS will wait before powering up a plug This can be useful if you have peripherals that need to be started ma specific order Data Options 5 1 2 5 15 30 60 120
60. Field Format Pv6 address IPv6 Address IPv6 Specify the network prefix bits for the IPv6 address Prefix Bits Range 0 128 Default 64 96 IP Settings Advanced Overview The Advanced tab configures Active Standby SCS and SDS8 16 32C models only DNS update IPv6 Advertising Router settings and the Ethernet interface s hardware speed and duplex Configure the parameters in the Advanced tab only if e you have already set up Dynamic DNS with DynDNS com e you want to enable Active Standby SCS models only you want to specify the line speed and duplex e you want the IOLAN to act as an IPv6 Advertising Router Field Descriptions localhost Offline ui Settings IPv6 Settings Advanced E P Settings Advanced IP Settings Interface 1 Interface 2 z CO Serial Register Address in DNS Register Address in DNS vm 1500 Bytes vm 1500 Bytes Enable Active Standby Advanced IPv6 Settings nterface 1 Interface 2 Enable IPv6 Router Advertisement Enable IPv6 Router Advertisement Hardware Speed and Duplex Settings Interface 1 Auto v Interface 2 awo ei Configure the appropriate parameters Register Address in When this parameter is set the Terminal Server will provide the DNS DHCP DHCPv6 server with a fully qualified domain name FQDN so that the DHCP DHCPVv6 server can update the network s DNS server with the newly assigned IP address Default Disabled
61. Forwarding SSL TLS TruePort Settings Connect to remote system Server Initiated Connection Host name None el TCP Port 10000 Connect to Multiple Hosts TruePort Lite Mode C Send Name On Connect Listen for connection Client initiated Connection l Configure the following parameters Connect to remote system Host Name TCP Port Connect to Multiple Hosts Send Name on Connect Define Additional Hosts Button Listen for Connection TCP Port When enabled the IOLAN initiates communication to the TruePort client Default Enabled The configured host that the IOLAN will connect to must be running TruePort Default None The TCP Port that the IOLAN will use to communicate through to the TruePort client Default 10001 for serial port 1 then increments by one for each serial port When enabled the IOLAN will establish a connection to multiple clients Hosts When using the multiple hosts feature all TruePort clients must be running in Lite mode Default Disabled When enabled the port name will be sent to the host upon session initiation This will be done before any other data is sent or received to from the host Default Disabled Click this button to define the hosts that this serial port will connect to This button is also used to define the Primary Backup host functionality See Adding Editing Additional TruePort Hosts for more information When enabled t
62. Hardware Speed and Duplex Define the Ethernet connection speed desktop models can support up to 100 Mbps and rack mount and medical unit models can support up to 1000 Mbps Data Options Auto automatically detects the Ethernet interface speed and duplex 10 Mbps Half Duplex 10 Mbps Full Duplex 100 Mbps Half Duplex 100 Mbps Full Duplex 1000 Mbps Full Duplex Default Auto Define the Ethernet connection speed available on dual Ethernet models only Data Options Auto automatically detects the Ethernet interface speed and duplex 10 Mbps Half Duplex 10 Mbps Full Duplex 100 Mbps Half Duplex 100 Mbps Full Duplex 1000 Mbps Full Duplex Default Auto 99 Advanced Advanced Host Table Overview The Host table contains the list of hosts that will be accessed by an IP address or Fully Qualified Domain Name FQDN from the IOLAN This table will contain a symbolic name for the host as well as its IP address or FQDN When a host entry is required elsewhere in the configuration the symbolic name will be used Functionality You can configure up to 50 hosts using IPv4 or IPv6 internet addresses on desktop IOLAN models you can configure up to 100 hosts on rack mount and medical unit IOLAN models Field Descriptions I Host Table Route List DNS WINS RIP Dynamic DNS IPv6 Tunnels Host Name Host Address warehouse 10 10 200 60 office 10 10 200 61 scs48 10 10 200 94 Add IP Filtering O Al
63. IOLAN Connecting to the IOLAN Using DeviceManager Before you can use DeviceManager you need to install it on your Windows operating system from the IOLAN CD ROM or you can download it from the Perle website After the DeviceManager application is installed click Start All Programs Perle DeviceManager DeviceManager to start the application When you launch the DeviceManager it will scan the network for IOLANs Establish Connection to Model MAC Address IP Address Server Name Firmware Discovered IOLAN SDS2 00 80 D4 06 00 02 Not Configured localhost ER Auto Refresh Configuration Methods 57 DeviceManager All discovered IOL ANS will be displayed on the list along with their name and IP address When a new IOLAN is discovered on the network that has not yet been assigned an IP address it will be displayed with an IP Address of Not Configured To configure the IP address click on the IOLAN and then click the Assign IP button Assign IP Assign IP The Device Server s current IP Address Not Configured Enter the IP Address of the device o Have the Device Server automatically get a temporary IP Address Choose the method you want to use to assign an IP address to the IOLAN e Type in the IP address that you want to assign to this IOLAN e Enable the Have the IOLAN automatically get a temporary IP Address option This will turn on DHCP BOOTP so the IOLAN will attempt to get its IP
64. IP Address Remote IP Address re a ee Subnet Mask MTU Routing 0 0 0 0 256 None v VJ Compression Configure the following parameters Local IP Address Remote IP Address Subnet Mask MTU Routing The IPv4 address of the IOLAN end of the SLIP link For routing to work you must enter an IP address in this field Choose an address that is part of the same network or subnetwork as the remote end for example if the remote end is address 192 101 34 146 your local IP address can be 192 101 34 145 Do not use the IOLAN s main IP address in this field if you do so routing will not take place correctly The IPv4 address of the remote end of the SLIP link Choose an address that is part of the same network or subnetwork as the IOLAN If your user is authenticated by the IOLAN this remote IP address will be overridden if you have set a Framed IP Address for the user If your user is authenticated by RADIUS and the RADIUS parameter Framed Address is set in the RADIUS file the IOLAN will use the value in the RADIUS file in preference to the value configured here The network subnet mask For example 255 255 0 0 If your user is authenticated by RADIUS and the RADIUS parameter Framed Netmask is set in the RADIUS file the IOLAN will use the value in the RADIUS file in preference to the value configured here The Maximum Transmission Unit MTU parameter restricts the size of individual SLIP packets being
65. Interface Identifier ACCM MRU Authentication The remote IPv6 interface identifier of the remote end of the PPP link Choose an address that is part of the same network or subnetwork as the IOLAN If you enable Negotiate IP Address Automatically the IOLAN will ignore the remote IP address value you enter here and will allow the remote end to specify its IP address If your user is authenticated by RADIUS and the RADIUS parameter Framed Interface ID is set in the RADIUS file the IOLAN will use the value in the RADIUS file in preference to the value configured here Field Format The first 64 bits of the Interface Identifier must be zero therefore abcd abcd abcd abcd is the expected format Specifies the ACCM Asynchronous Control Character Map characters that should be escaped from the data stream Field Format This is entered as a 32 bit hexadecimal number with each bit specifying whether or not the corresponding character should be escaped The bits are specified as the most significant bit first and are numbered 31 0 Thus if bit 17 is set the 17th character should be escaped that is 0x11 XON The value 000a0000 will cause the control characters 0x11 XON and 0x13 XOFF to be escaped on the link thus allowing the use of XON XOFF software flow control If you have selected Soft Flow Control on the Serial Port you must enter a value of at least 000a0000 for the ACCM Default 00000000 which means no characters will b
66. MD5 ADH DES CBC3 SHA SSLv3 Kx DH Au None Enc 3DES 168 Mac SHA1 ADH DES CBC SHA SSLv3 Kx DH Au None Enc DES 56 Mac SHA1 EXP ADH DES CBC SHA SSLv3 Kx DH 512 Au None Enc DES 40 Mac SHA1 ADH RC4 MD5 SSLv3 Kx DH Au None Enc RC4 128 Mac MD5 EXP ADH RC4 MD5 SSLv3 Kx DH 512 Au None Enc RC4 40 Mac MD5 EXP RC2 CBC MD5 SSLv2 Kx RSA 512 Au RSA Enc RC2 40 Mac MD5 EXP RC4 MD5 SSLy3 Kx RSA 512 Au RSA Enc RC4 40 Mac MD5 EXP RC4 MD5 SSLv2 Kx RSA 512 Au RSA Enc RC4 40 Mac MD5 SSL TLS Ciphers 392 Virtual Modem AT Commands Virtual Modem Initialization Commands You can initialize the modem connection using any of the following commands Command ATQn Description Quiet mode Determines if result codes will be sent to the connected terminal Basic results codes are OK CONNECT RING NO CARRIER and ERROR Setting quiet mode also suppresses the RING message for incoming calls Options n 0 result codes will be sent default n 1 no result codes will be sent ATVn ATEn Verbose mode Determines if result codes are displayed as text or numeric values Echo mode Determines whether characters sent from the serial device will be echoed back by the IOLAN when VModem is in command mode Any AT commands not supported will return an ok if n 1 n 0 display as numeric values n 1 display as text default n 0 disable echo n 1 enable echo default ATH ATA Hang up This comm
67. Maximum The Maximum Transmission Unit MTU size of an IP frame that will be sent Transmission Unit over the network If your IOLAN has more then one Ethernet interface each MTU interface can be set separately however only one MTU size can be set for both IPV4 or IPV6 frames MTU IPV4 68 1500 bytes MTU IPV6 68 1500 bytes 97 IP Settings Domain Prefix Enable Active Standby Dual Ethernet models only A domain prefix to uniquely identify the Ethernet interface to the DNS when the IOLAN has two Ethernet interfaces The FQDN that is sent to the DNS will be one of the following formats depending on what is configured in the System Settings section on the IPv4 Settings tab Aerer Name gt lt Domain Prefix gt lt Domain Name gt e lt Server Name gt lt Domain Prefix gt Field Format Maximum 8 alphanumeric characters SCS and SDS8 16 32C models only Active Standby permits the grouping of Ethernet LAN connections to provide for link failover Both Ethernet connections will have the same Ethernet MAC address Active standby refers to the process by which a failure of one interface can be automatically overcome by having its traffic routed to the other interface Default Disabled Monitoring Interval SCS and SDS8 16 32C models only The interval in which the active interface Recovery Delay Enable IPv6 Router Advertisement Advertise DHCPv6 Advertise DHCPv6 Configuration Options Advertise the following N
68. Mode Console mode is used when you have a direct connection between a serial device like a terminal or a PC and the IOLAN accessed by the admin user to configure manage the IOLAN Console mode automatically sets serial port settings as Serial Interface to EIA 232 Speed to 9600 Flow Control to No Bits to 8 Stop Bits to 1 Parity to None Console mode also displays extra system messages Serial port 1 will ignore any Serial Port settings when in Console mode so you need to turn Console mode off to use serial port 1 in your network Serial Mode Serial mode is used when the IOLAN acts as a communications server or anytime you are not connecting directly to the IOLAN to configure it You can connect directly to the IOLAN in Serial mode but the IOLAN will not display all the messages information you will get in Console mode Hardware and Connectivity 44 Connecting your IOLAN to the Network Dedicated Console Port The rack mount IOLAN models have a dedicated Console port located on the LED side of the IOLAN You can use the supplied Administration cable with the supplied RJ45 DROP adapter if needed to connect a terminal to the Console Admin port to view diagnostic information and or configure the IOLAN using the Menu or Command Line Interface CLI You can configure the baud rate and flow control of the dedicated Console port Connecting your IOL AN to the Network To connect the IOLAN to the network use a straight
69. RTS 6 out DTR 7 GND GND GND GND 8 in DCD 9 Power out Power out Power out Power out 12 Power in Power in Power in Power in 13 RTS 14 RxD RxD Pinouts and Cabling Diagrams 396 Serial Pinouts RJ45 EIA 485 EIA 485 Pinout EIA 232 EIA 422 Full Duplex Half Duplex 15 RxD RxD 18 CTS 19 CTS 20 in DSR 21 TxD TxD DATA 22 TxD TxD DATA 25 RTS The power in pin pin 12 can be 9 30V DC The RJ45 serial connector is available on IOLAN rack mount desktop Sun Cisco and medical unit models The RJ45 pinouts vary depending on the IOLAN model See the appropriate section for the RJ45 pinout information specific to your IOLAN model IOLAN model desktop 1 port 2 port 4 port and 8 port rack mount SCS48C SCS32C SCS 16C SCS8C Sun Cisco SDS8C SDS16C SDS32C Dual Ethernet and Electric Utility models medical unit models Number of Pins See 10 RJ45 for desktop and rack mount models 8 RJ45 for desktop and rack mount models 8 RJ45 for SCS48C SCS32C SCS16C SCS8C models 8 RJ45 for SDS32C SDS16C SDS8C 10 RJ45 for medical unit models Pinouts and Cabling Diagrams 397 Serial Pinouts RJ45 for desktop and rack mount models This section defines the pinouts for the RJ45 connection 1 port 2 port and 4 port desktop IOLAN models have a 10 pin RJ45 connector however they can support an 8 pin connector if there is no requirement for power in pin 1 or power out pin 10
70. SDS2 Tracy SDS2 Uptime 0 Days 2 Hours 41 Minutes 11 Seconds IPv4 Address 10 10 200 25 Model IOLAN SDS2 Version J 3 3 s 7 IP Address Configuration Area 10 10 200 25 MAC Address 00 80 d4 06 00 02 b System Info Navigation EasyPort Web WebManager also launches EasyPort Web which is a browser based management tool that can be used to manage clustered IOLANs Remote Power Switches RPSs power plugs and I O channels available only when an I O model is accessed EasyPort Web can also be launched by any user who can connect to the IOLAN through a web browser EasyPort Web Logged in as admin Welcome to EasyPort Web m EasyPort Web allows users to perform tasks of communicating to serial devices and provides a real time Web Manager view of all equipment connected to the IOLAN System Name Manage Serial Ports Tracy SDS2 Establish a connection to devices attached to the IOLAN or serial devices on additional IOLAN Model slaves IOLAN SDS2 Control attached Remote Power Switches RPS Version Manage I O Channels 33 Monitor and control individual UO interfaces IP Address 10 10 200 25 MAC Address 00 80 d4 06 00 02 Using DeviceManager and WebManager 86 Using DeviceManager to Connect to the IOLAN Using DeviceManager to Connect to the IOLAN DeviceManager can connect to existing IOLANs or assign an IP address to a new IOLAN Whenever you connect to the IOLAN through t
71. Session Strings If the device is remote and will be dialing in via modem or ISDN TA enable this parameter Default Disabled If you want the modem to dial a number when the serial port is started enable this parameter Default Disabled Enable this option when you want the serial port to do either of the following e accept a call from a modem or ISDN TA e diala number when the serial port is started Default Disabled Specify this option when the serial port is connected to a Microsoft Guest device Default Enabled Enable this option when the serial port is connected to a Microsoft Host device Default Disabled The number of seconds the IOLAN will wait to establish a connection to a remote modem Range 1 99 Default 45 seconds The number of times the IOLAN will attempt to re establish a connection with a remote modem Range 0 99 Default 2 The name of the predefined modem that is used on this line The phone number to use when Dial Out is enabled Controls the sending of ASCII strings to serial device at session start as follows e Send at Start H configured this string will be sent to the serial device on power up of the IOLAN or when a kill line command is issued on this serial port If the monitor DSR or monitor DCD options are set the string will also be sent when the monitored signal is raised Range 0 127 alpha numeric characters Range hexadecimal 0 FF e Delay after Send If configure
72. Settings Host IP Port The following parameters are available for configuring the Proxy specific parameters Use HTTP Proxy Enables the Proxy parameters Host IP The Host name or IP address of the Proxy server Port The HTTP HTTPS port number of the Proxy server Default 8080 Username The username which will be used by the Terminal Server to authenticate with the proxy server if authentication is required by the proxy server Password The password which will be used by the Terminal Server to authenticate with the proxy server if authentication is required by the proxy server Domain This field is only used if authentication is needed with the proxy server If the proxy server does not expect this field it can be left blank 253 HTTP Tunneling Configuring HTTP Tunnel Proxy Advanced Field Descriptions HTTP Tunnel Proxy Proxy Advanced Keepalive Interval Maximum Connection Age Keepalive Interval The number of seconds between sending keepalives for HTTP connections Keepalives are used to prevent idle connections from closing In most cases this value does not need to be changed Default 30 seconds Maximum The maximum amount of time an HTTP connection will stay open in minutes Connection Age In most cases this value does not need to be changed Default 1440 mins 1 day Configuring HTTP Tunnel Destination Destinations Tunnel Destina
73. Signature RSA signatures are used to authenticate the IPsec tunnel When using this authentication method you must download the IPsec RSA public key to the IOLAN and upload the IPsec RSA public key from the IOLAN to the VPN gateway e X 509 Certificate X 509 certificates are used to authenticate the IPsec tunnel When using this authentication method you must include the signing authority s certificate information in the SSL TLS CA list and download it to the IOLAN Default Shared Secret 244 VPN Secret Remote Validation Criteria Button Local Device Local IP Address Local External IP Address Local Next Hop Depending on the Authentication Method Shared Secret Specify the text based secret that is used to authenticate the IPsec tunnel case sensitive This applies to all VPN tunnels IPsec and L2TP IPsec X 509 Certificate Specify the remote X 509 certificate validation criteria that must match for successful authentication case sensitive Note that all validation criteria must be configured to match the X 509 certificate An asterisk is valid as a wildcard See Shared Secret Field Description for more information See Remote Validation Criteria Field Descriptions or more information on the X 509 certificate validation criteria When the VPN tunnel is established one side of the tunnel is designated as Right and the other as Left You are configuring the IOLAN side of the VPN tunnel Data O
74. System Power Management O Remote Access PPP O Remote Access SLIP Custom Application e Console Management The Console Management profile configures a serial port to provide network access to a console or administrative port This profile sets up a serial port to support a TCP socket that listens for a Telnet or SSH connection from the network e TruePort The TruePort profile configures a serial port to connect network servers or workstations running the TruePort software to a serial device as a virtual COM port This profile is ideal for connecting multiple serial ports to a network system or server e TCP Sockets The TCP Sockets profile configures a serial port to allow a serial device to communicate over a TCP network The TCP connection can be configured to be initiated from the network a serial device connected to the serial port or both This is sometimes referred to as a raw connection or a TCP raw connection e UDP Sockets The UDP Sockets profile configures a serial port to allow communication between the network and serial devices connected to the IOLAN using the UDP protocol e Terminal The Terminal profile configures a serial port to allow network access from a terminal connected to the IOLAN s serial port This profile is used to access predefined hosts on the network from the terminal e Printer The Printer profile configures a serial port to support a serial printer that can be accessed by the networ
75. To have access from an application running on a workstation or server the I O Applications Program Interface API provided within Trueport can be used This API uses a command response format to get or set data on each individual I O channel register A sample program i0apiotp c demonstrating typical usage can be found on the IOLAN product CD ROM After TruePort has been properly installed and configured on the workstation or server and initiated from the application it will setup a connection to the appropriate IOLAN It will then be available to relay commands to the IOLAN and communicate responses back the application TruePort will create a COM port to which the application can write commands to and read responses from Since all communications are done via this COM port the application need only use standard serial communication interface calls The following steps should be taken 1 Install the Trueport software on the server or workstation on which the application will be running Configure the virtual communication port COM see Zrueport User Guide for details 3 Run the application Typically the application will a Open the COM port b Send Commands to the COM port using standard write commands c Read Responses from the COM port using standard read commands d Once the desired operations are completed the COM port can be closed 300 Accessing UO Data Via TruePort Format of API Commands There are two grou
76. Usage 6 Input 2 Input 2 is connected to the positive input or the DC sources Use with partner terminal Input 2 7 Input 2 Input 2 is connected to the negative input or the DC sources Use with partner terminal Input 2 E Chassis Ground Chassis Ground is a connection to the chassis that can be used for earth bonding 1 For terminal 1 through 7 strip insulation from wire 9 32 5 16 7 8mm using stranded wire size 18 12 AWG Tighten screw to a torque of 4 5 Lb in 0 51Nm 2 For terminal E Chassis ground the use of ring terminal size 8 M4 is recommended using stranded wire size AWG 18 14 Tighten screw to a torque of 12 Lb in 1 36 Nm 3 When power is applied if both sources are available both power LED 1 and LED 2 on front of unit will be luminated indicating power detected from both sources 4 Unit is suitable for installation as part of the Common Bond Network CBN The LDC s power supply input terminals are isolated from the equipment frame ground TELCO NEBS Models The Perle IOLAN LDC TELCO NEBS models have been certified to be NEBS compliant To ensure compliance power up the IOLAN LDC model and perform the following steps 1 Ensure that the power supply side of the connection is been powered down before attempting to connect the wires on the IOLAN side Connect the power as outlined in the wiring section below Enable power to unit Unit should now power up Safety warnings for TELC
77. VPN software as the remote VPN gateway If the VPN tunnel is being configured for an IPv6 network that is going through a router s the router s must have manual IPv6 address entry capability similar to what Windows Vista provides VPN servers clients can support various VPN parameters However the following parameters are REQUIRED to be set to the following values to support a VPN tunnel between the IOLAN and a VPN server client perfect forward secrecy no protocol ESP mode tunnel not transport opportunistic encryption no aggressive mode no 242 VPN IPsec IKE Phase 1 Proposals The following IKE Phase 1 proposals are supported by the IOLAN VPN gateway e Ciphers 3DES AES e Hashes MD5 SHA1 e Diffie Hellman Groups 2 MODP1024 5 MODP1536 14 MODP2048 15 MODP3072 16 MODP4096 17 MODP6144 18 MODP8192 ESP Phase 2 Proposals The following ESP Phase 2 proposals are supported by the IOLAN VPN gateway e Ciphers 3DES AES e Authentication Algorithms MD5S SHA1 SHA2 When an IPsec tunnel becomes active you are requiring that all access to the IOLAN go through the configured IPsec tunnel s so you must configure any exceptions first see Exceptions for more information on exceptions or you will not be able to access the IOLAN through the network unless you are configured to go through the IPsec tunnel you can still access the IOLAN through the Console port Field Descriptions
78. When lt hexadecimal value gt is received Send name on Connect Permit Connections in Both Directions The TCP port that the IOLAN will use to listen for incoming connections Default 10000 plus the serial port number so serial port 5 would have a default of 10005 When this option is enabled multiple hosts can connect to the serial device that is connected to this serial port Default Disabled Enables disables the ability to access a serial device connected to the serial port by an IP address or host name that can be resolved to the Internet Address in a DNS network instead of the IOLAN s IP address and port number Default Disabled Users can access serial devices connected to the IOLAN through the network by the specified Internet Address or host name that can be resolved to the Internet Address in a DNS network Field Format IPv4 or IPv6 Address When enabled the IOLAN initiates communication to the Workstation Server Default Disabled The name resolvable via DNS or IP address of the configured host the IOLAN will connect to The TCP Port that the IOLAN will use to communicate to the client Default 0 When enabled allows a serial device connected to this serial port to communicate to multiple hosts Default Disabled Click this button to define the hosts that this serial port will connect to This button is also used to define the Primary Backup host functionality If the serial port hardwar
79. When the direction is LAN to Serial the role of the additional parameters is as follow Start IP Address This is the IP address of the host from which the UDP data will originate If the data will originate from a number of hosts this becomes the starting IP address of a range End IP Address If you wish to receive data only from the single host defined by Start IP address leave this entry as is 0 0 0 0 If you wish to accept data from a number of hosts this address will represent the upper end of a range starting from Start IP Address Only data originating from this range will be forwarded to the serial port UDP port This is the UPD port from which the data will originate There are three options for this parameter e Auto Learn The first UDP message received will be used to define which UDP port we are going to accept UDP data from Once learned only data from this UDP port will be accepted The data must also originate from a host which is in the IP range defined for this entry e Any Port Any UDP port will be accepted as long as the data originates from a host in the IP range defined for this entry e Port Only data originating from the UDP port configured here as well as originating from a host in the IP range defined for this entry will be accepted When the direction is Serial to LAN the role of the additional parameters is as follow Start IP Address This is the IP address of the host to which the serial
80. When you are done configuring parameters in a screen press the Enter key and then the Enter key again to Accept and exit the form 4 Ifyou want to discard your changes press the Esc key to exit a screen at which point you will be prompted with Changes will be lost proceed y n type y to discard your changes or n to return to the screen so you can press Enter to submit your changes 5 Ifthere are a number of predefined options available for a field you can scroll through those items by pressing the Space Bar or you can type 1 lowercase L to get a list of options use the up down arrows to highlight the option you want and then press Enter to select it Configuration Methods 65 DHCP BOOTP DHCP BOOTP Overview Features Several IOLAN parameters can be configured through a DHCP BOOTP server during the IOLAN bootup This is particularly useful for configuring multiple IOL ANS Not all configuration parameters are supported in the DHCP BOOTP configuration see DHCP BOOTP Parameters for supported configuration parameters so you will need to use another configuration method such as DeviceManager WebManager or CLI to complete the configuration DHCP BOOTP supports the following features e DHCP BOOTP can supply the IOLAN s IP address e The DHCP BOOTP server can configure certain server and user configuration parameters when the IOLAN is booted e The DHCP BOOTP server can auto configure the IOLAN with basic setup info
81. accepted from For a direction of Both there are two valid option for the UDP Port as follows e Auto Learn The first UDP message received will be used to define which port we are going to accept UDP data from Once learned only data from this UDP port will be accepted and serial data being forwarded to the LAN will be sent to this UDP port Until the port is learned data from the serial port intended to be sent to the LAN will be discarded 147 Serial Port Profiles e Port Serial data being forwarded to the LAN from the serial device will sent to this UDP port Only data originating from the UDP port configured here as well as originating from a host in the IP range defined for this entry will be forwarded to the serial device Special values for Start IP address 0 0 0 0 This is the auto learn IP address value which is valid only in conjunction with the LAN to Serial setting The first UDP packet received for this serial port will set the IP address from which we will accept future UDP packets to be forwarded to the serial port For this setting leave the End IP Address as 0 0 0 0 255 255 255 255 This selection is only valid in conjunction with the LAN to Serial setting It will accept all UDP packets received for this serial port regardless of the originating IP address For this setting leave the End IP Address as 0 0 0 0 Subnet directed broadcast You can use the Start IP Address field to enter
82. actually three hours ahead of your PC s time Therefore if you set the IOLAN s time to 2 30 pm in the DeviceManager the IOLAN s actual internal clock time is 5 30 pm This is the only configuration method that interprets the time and converts it between time zones as necessary Network Time Tab Field Descriptions You can configure your NTP SNTP client in the IOLAN to automatically synchronize the IOLAN s time Network Time Time Zone Summer Time Daylight Saving Time NTP SNTP Settings Mode None H 4 Enable Authentication None None 0 Configure the following parameters 323 Management NTP SNTP Mode NTP SNTP Version Enable Authentication Key ID Primary Host Secondary Host The NTP SNTP mode Data Options e None NTP SNTP is turned off e Unicast Sends a request packet periodically to the Primary host If communication with the Primary host fails the request will be sent to the Secondary host e Broadcast Multicast Listen for any broadcasts from an NTP SNTP server and then synchronizes its internal clock to the message e Manycast Anycast Sends a request packet as a broadcast on the LAN to get a response from any NTP SNTP server The first response that is received is used to synchronize its internal clock and then operates in Unicast mode with that NTP SNTP server Default None Version of NTP SNTP Range 1 4 Default 4 Sets NTP SNTP server authentication on or
83. address into the Address field of your web browser and press the Enter key Using a Direct Serial Connection to Specify an IP Address You can connect to the IOLAN s serial console port using a PC with a terminal emulation package such as HyperTerminal or a terminal 1 Connect the IOLAN to your PC or dumb terminal Make sure the DIP switch is in Console mode for desktop models this sets the IOLAN serial port 1 to E A 232 or that you are connected to the dedicated Console port for rack mount models When connecting a terminal or PC directly without modems the E A 232 signals need to be crossed over null modem cable See Appendix D ETA 232 Cabling Diagrams for cabling diagrams Using a PC emulation application such as HyperTerminal or from a dumb terminal set the Port settings to 9600 Baud 8 Data bits No Parity 1 Stop Bits and No Hardware Flow control to connect to the IOLAN You can change these settings for future connections on the rack mount models the IOLAN must be rebooted for these changes to take place When prompted type admin for the User and superuser for the Password You should now see the a prompt that displays the model type and port number for example SCS16 You are now logged into the IOLAN and can set the IP address by typing from the command line using the Command Line Interface CLI For single Ethernet connection models type set server internet lt ipv4address gt For dual Ethe
84. address from your DHCP BOOTP server If you don t have a DHCP BOOTP server DeviceManager will temporarily assign an IP address in the range of 169 254 0 1 169 254 255 255 that will be used only for the duration of the DeviceManager IOLAN communication After you configure the IP address click the Assign IP button The refreshed list will now display the assigned IP address for the new IOLAN To connect to the IOLAN click the IOLAN entry and click OK You will be asked to supply the admin password the factory default password is superuser el Authentication required Please enter the password for the admin user Password If you have a successful connection the DeviceManager will retrieve the configuration and then display the IOLAN s System Information and you can begin configuring the IOLAN Configuration Methods 58 DeviceManager Using DeviceManager After you have successfully connected to the IOLAN DeviceManager displays the following window DeviceManager localhost 10 10 200 152 Connected Menu Quick Access Buttons localhost 10 10 200 152 Connected i System Info Configuration System Info Summary o Network KS im Serial Modet Dan spe Users f shige see Firmware 36 611 ee Uptime 5 Days 05 45 06 Interface s Details Interface Name Ethemet 1 MAC Address 00 80 D4 44 44 88 Interface Active Yes IPv4 Details ai Address 10 10 200 152 DHCP Enabled No Subnet Mask 255 0 0 0 D
85. appendix provides additional information about the Data Logging Feature Trueport Profile The following features are not compatible when using the Data Logging feature Allow Multiple Hosts to connect Connect to Multiple Hosts Monitor DSR or DCD Signals high when not under Trueport client control Message of the day Session timeout TCP Socket Profile The following features are not compatible when using the Data Logging feature Allow Multiple Hosts to connect Connect to Multiple Hosts Monitor DSR or DCD Permit connections in both directions Authenticate user Message of the day Session timeout IOLAN SDS SCS STS MDC User s Guide Version 4 5 446 Modbus Remapping Introduction This appendix provides additional information about the Modbus Remapping feature Modbus Remapping Feature The Modbus remapping feature allows a TCP Modbus Master to poll a Modbus slave device and have the IOLAN translate the UID to a different UID for the slave device The Master UID has to be unique on the IOLAN The Slave UID must be unique on each serial port The translate rules are controlled by a file downloaded to the IOLAN The following procedure will allow you to use the Modbus remapping feature Create a configuration file e The file must be called modbus_remap e One translate rule per line e The fields on a line are separated by a comma Line format for one UID is port master_uid slave_uid e port is the IOLAN por
86. board Channel 2 4 J5 D Pint O J3 Channel 1 3 Pin1 UO 3 To turn line termination on locate and jumper J8 for Half Duplex Rx Tx 4 To configure either Channel 1 or Channel 3 depending on how many Digital channels your I O supports and following the mylar channel definitions for Input jumper J3 pin 1 and 2 as shown this is the default setting To configure either Channel 2 or Channel 4 depending on how many Digital channels your I O supports and following the mylar channel definitions for Output jumper J5 pin 2 and 3 as shown 5 Close the IOLAN case by replacing the case lid and the five screws You can now power it on with the new settings Analog Input Module IOLANs that have Analog Input have a voltage current jumper that must be set for each channel and must match the software configuration for each channel To change the settings do the following 1 Detach the IOLAN from the electrical power source and disconnect everything from the box Setting Jumpers 413 Introduction 2 Open the case by unscrewing the five side screws two on each side plus the grounding screw and lifting off the top of the case You should see the following configuration for the analog input board Channel 1 Channel 2 Channel 3 Channel 4 oo ee JP3 UO JP4 oo JP1 UO JP2 To configure Channel for Voltage no jumper should be set as shown
87. by unscrewing the two side screws one on each side and lifting off the top of the case You should see the following Screw a E Q O o Power oPin1 2 Switch a wito d Reset o S 2 RJ45 O O OQ ail Ca dE 6 e Screw 3 To change the power pin out locate J4 For the fixed 5V DC output jumper pins 1 and 2 For the output to equal the external adapter input jumper pins 2 and 3 4 To turn line termination on locate and jumper J1 for Full Duplex Rx 422 or J9 for Half Duplex Rx Tx 485 5 Close the IOLAN case by replacing the case lid and the two screws You can now power it on with the new settings 1 Port IOLAN RJ45 P Power Over Ethernet To change the settings do the following 1 Unplug the IOLAN from the electrical outlet and disconnect everything from the box 2 Open the case by unscrewing the two side screws one on each side and lifting off the top of the case You should see the following Screw oo S 2 D Power p DIP am e Ze Switch Reset o Q D si Sie S RJ45 cog oO Screw 3 To change the power pin out locate J4 For the fixed 5V DC output jumper pins 1 and 2 For the output to equal the external adapter input jumper pins 2 and 3 4 To turn line termination on locate and jumper J7 for Full Duplex Rx or locate and jumper J8 for Half Duplex Rx Tx 5 Close the IOLAN case
88. com E dictionary perle into Add attribute for clustered port access Add new line access right values for ports Add new line access right values original release for vendor specific field OD Jo OF WN EH 99 gt H ER EH e ER EECH Oo OO O OO Oo Jo UD FWN EF CO NNNNNNNNNAt DIR Us LA Ha OL le by putting the line SINCLUD the main dictionary file 30 21 May 2008 1 20 30 Nov 2005 up to 49 1 10 11 Nov 2003 00 17 Jul 2003 1966 tensions Perle Clustered Port Access Perle User Level Perle Line Access Port 1 Perle Line Access Port 2 Perle Line Access Port 3 Perle Line Access Port 4 Perle Line Access Port 5 Perle Line Access Port 6 Perle Line Access Port 7 Perle Line Access Port 8 Perle Line Access Port 9 Perle Line Access Port 10 Perle Line Access Port 11 Perle Line Access Port 12 Perle Line Access Port 13 Perle Line Access Port 14 Perle Line Access Port 15 Perle Line Access Port 16 Perle Line Access Port 17 Perle Line Access Port 18 Perle Line Access Port 19 Perle Line Access Port 20 Perle Line Access Port 21 Perle Line Access Port 22 Perle Line Access Port 23 Perle Line Access Port 24 Perle Line Access Port 25 Perle Line Access Port 26 Perle Line Access Port 27 Perle Line Access Port 28 Perle Line Access Port 29 N LO in in in in in in in in in in in in in in in in in in in in in in in in in in in in in in in teger teger teger teger teger teger te
89. completed setting the variables in a folder you will want to submit your changes to the IOLAN To do this set the Status variable to 4 If you want to discard the changes set the Status variable to 6 e 4 Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be submitted to the IOLAN e 6 Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be discarded If you want to save all the changes that have been submitted to the IOLAN you need to expand the adminInfo container folder and SET the adminFunction to 1 to write to FLASH To make the configuration changes take effect SET the adminFunction to 3 to reboot the IOLAN Configuration Methods 69 IOLAN Interface IOLAN Interface Overview For environments that have both IOLAN and IOLAN models or for users who prefer to configure using the IOLAN Menu or CLI the IOLAN user interface is available The IOLAN interface is supported on all IOLAN SDS SCS and STS models up to and including 16 serial ports Access Platforms The Menu is accessed by any application that supports a Telnet or SSH session to the IOLAN s IP address such as Putty SecureCRT or from a command prompt You can also access the Menu from a dumb terminal or PC connected to a serial port Connecting to the IOLAN to Use the IOLAN Interface To connect the IOLAN to using the IOLAN interface follow the directions for Connecting to the IOLAN Using the CLI Using the lIOLAN Interface After y
90. devname override please use the usb delete modem file command This command will also remove any custom downloaded usb_modem and modeswitch files see next section Downloading Custom USB Modem Configuration Files If you have a usb_modeswitch file which you have found for your USB modem and this modem is not currently in the IOLAN database you can download the file as follows 1 Connect a terminal to the IOLAN using the console port and cable 2 Login as admin 3 Issue the following CLI command netload customapp file lt ip address gt lt filename gt ip_address is the address of your tftp server filename is the usb_modeswitch file full path and name This will transfer the usb_modeswitch file from your TFTP server to the IOLAN The file name is in the format vvvv pppp where Troubleshooting the USB Modem 453 USB Modem Support and Custom Options vvvv Vendor ID pppp Storage Product ID At this point you can either re boot the IOLAN or kill the PCI port to re try the USB modem Troubleshooting the USB Modem 454 Glossary This chapter provides definitions for Device Server terms BOOTP BOOTstrap Protocol Callback CHAP Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol Community SNMP DHCP Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol Direct Connection Ethernet Fixed Callback Local Authentication LPD Modem Initialization String MOTD Multicast NAK Negative Acknowledgment A
91. don t have a DHCP BOOTP server DeviceManager will temporarily assign an IP address in the range of 169 254 0 1 169 254 255 255 that will be used only for the duration of the DeviceManager IOLAN communication Click the Assign IP button 9 You are now ready to configure the IOLAN Double click the IOLAN you just configured IP address for to open a configuration session Type superuser the factory default admin user password in the Login window and click OK 10 Expand the Server Configuration folder and select Server Verify the IP address configuration You should also enter a name in the Server Name field to make the IOLAN easily identifiable 11 To make your edits take effect you need to download the new configuration file and then reboot the IOLAN Download the configuration file to the IOLAN by selecting Tools Download Configuration to Unit or click the Download All Changes button 12 Reboot the IOLAN by selecting Tools Reboot Server or click the Reboot IOLAN button For more information on configuring the IOLAN using DeviceManager see Chapter 5 Using DeviceManager and WebManager Getting Started 77 Setting Up the Network Using WebManager To use the WebManager as your configurator you must first assign an IP address to the IOLAN You can use the Easy Config Wizard to assign an IP address to the IOLAN or any of the other methods described in this section Once the IP address is assigned to the IOLAN simply type the IP
92. dynamic IP address it will inform the DynDNS com service provider of its new IP address Users can then use DynDNS com as a DNS service to get the IP address of the IOLAN In order to take advantage of this service the following steps need to be taken 1 Create an account with DynDNS com and configure the name your IOLAN will be known by on the internet the Host name For example create a host name such as yourcompanySCs DynDNS org 2 Enable the Network Dynamic DNS feature and configure the IOLAN s dynamic DNS parameters to match the Host s configuration on the DynDNS com server Every time the IOLAN gets assigned a new IP address it will update DynDNS com with the new IP address 3 Users accessing the IOLAN via the internet can now access it via its fully qualified host name For example telnet yourcompanySCS DynDNS org Field Descriptions Host Table Route List DNS WINS RIP Dynamic DNS Pv6 Tunnels C Enable Dynamic DNS for the system Account Settings Configure the appropriate parameters Enable Dynamic Enables disables the dynamic DNS feature When Dynamic DNS is enabled DNS for the system the IOLAN will automatically update its IP address with DynDNS org if it changes Default Disabled Host Specify the registered hostname with DynDNS org that will be updated with the IOLAN s IP address should it change Put in the full name for example mydeviceserver dyndns org 107 Advanced User N
93. for the IOLAN by using the Perle SDK See the SDK Programmer 5 Guide the SDK and guide are accessible via a request form located on the Perle website at www perle com supportfiles SDK_Request shtm1 for information about the functions that are supported Functionality You must download the program and any ancillary files to the IOLAN and set the serial port to the Custom App Plugin profile to actually run a custom application You must also specify the program executable and any parameters you want to pass to the program in the Command Line field The custom application is automatically run when the serial port is started General Tab Field Description General Advanced Hardware Packet Forwarding Custom Application Plugin Settings To install a custom application 1 Download the application files to the IOLAN using Tools gt Advanced gt Custom Files gt Download Custom App Plugin 2 Set the command line below 3 Reboot the IOLAN Configure the following parameter Command Line The name of the SDK program executable that has been already been downloaded to the IOLAN plus any parameters you want to pass to the program Use the she11 CLI command as described in the SDK Programmer 5 Guide to manage the files that you have downloaded to the IOLAN For example using sample outraw program you would type outraw 192 168 2 1 10001 Acct 10001 if you were starting the application on a serial port Field Format Maximu
94. in alarm e 1 In Alarm e Current Status of Input 1 Byte e 0 Inactive for digital input e Active for digital input e Reserved for future use Reserved bytes will have the value 0x00 10 Bytes Applications should be written in such a way so that they look at the Message type byte to determine the format of the message If the application encounters a Message type it does not recognize it should discard the message and read the next 20 byte block 280 Channels Field Descriptions The Local connection option is different depending on whether you are configuring a Digital Input or a Digital Output Relay channel The Local connection option for Digital Input lists all the local Digital Output channels or output serial signal pins that it is associated with Digital Input can be connected to multiple local Digital Output or Relay channels or output serial signal pins However a Digital Output can only be associated with one Digital Input channel or input serial signal pin The Local connection option for Digital Output configures the specific local Digital Input channel or input serial signal pin on the same IOLAN that it is to be connected to For a description of the SSL TLS parameters not available when Local connection is configured see SSL TLS Settings Tab Field Descriptions Digital Input DSR DCD CTS Digital Output Relay DTR RTS General LO Extension SSL TLS General LO Extension SSL TLS o Digital 1 0 Extensio
95. in the IOLAN is Dumb which does not support the graphics characters necessary to view the text based menus Screen corruption when using the text based menu system e Verify that the terminal setup in the IOLAN matches your terminal e Verify that entries in the term file match your terminal setup e fusing a PC computer verify that the type of terminal emulation selected in your application matches those supported by the IOLAN When using the function keys on your keyboard nothing happens or your sessions keep swapping e Change your Hotkey Prefix character The function keys on the keyboards of some terminals like WYSE60 send character sequences which begin with a unfortunately a is also the default Hotkey Prefix which you use to switch between sessions A valid alternative would be b hexadecimal 02 If you are the system administrator you can change any user s Hotkey Prefix character When using a downloaded terminal definition you are having problems using arrow keys e Use Ctrl K Ctrl J Ctrl H and Ctrl L for up down left and right respectively When switching from a session back to the text menus both screen images are superimposed e Press Ar to redraw the screen INIT Error in terminal file lt filename gt e This error indicates that you have exceeded the 80 character limit for one or more of the terminal capabilities defined in the reported file INIT Error on line n in terminal file lt filename gt
96. inactive will trigger an alarm e Active When the expected Digital input is inactive going active will trigger an alarm Default Disabled 272 Channels Auto Clear Mode Manual Clear Mode Email Syslog SNMP When enabled automatically clears the alarm when the trigger condition changes for example if the Trigger is Inactive and the alarm is triggered once the input becomes active again the alarm will automatically be cleared Default Enabled When enabled a triggered alarm must be manually cleared Default Disabled When enabled sends an email alert to an email account s set up in the System settings when an alarm is triggered or cleared The email alert data includes the severity level and the value that caused the alarm to trigger or clear The Email Alert is associated with Level Critical Default Disabled When enabled sends a message to syslog when an alarm is triggered or cleared The syslog entry includes the severity level and the value that caused the alarm to trigger or clear The syslog message is associated with Level Critical Default Disabled When enabled sends an SNMP trap when an alarm is triggered or cleared The trap consists of the severity level and whether the alarm was triggered or cleared Default Disabled 273 Channels Digital Output Overview When the channel is set for digital output either voltage is applied to the channel or the channel is grounded N
97. l2 lain I2 l2 es DB25F e e DB25M e e Serial Connectors RJ45 e e H o e e e e DB9M e D e e iGalvanically RJ45 e Isolated Serial Ports EIA 232 e e e e e e e e D e Serial Interface EIA 422 S e jo e e EJA 485 e e e D e e DB25F e e Serial Power In DB25M e Pin RJ45 e e e e o DB25F e Serial Power Out DB25M Pin RJ45 e e D e el Introduction 28 IOLAN Features Hardware Features IOLAN Models Auto Sensing 10 100 e H H e D e o o e Ethernet terface 10 100 1000 e o e PCI Interface e VO Interface Optional V 92 Modem e e Power over e e Ethernet GEES External AC e e e ei eleie Internal AC e e o o DC e e e D Dedicated Console Port o e Note 1 Not supported on STS8 D Note 2 Optional power supply Software This section describes the supported software features available Accessing the IOL AN All IOLAN models can be accessed through any of the following methods Easy Config Wizard an easy configuration wizard that allows you to quickly setup the IOLAN in a Windows environment DeviceManager a fully functional Microsoft Windows NT Windows 2000 Windows Vista Windows Server 2003 Windows 2003 R2 Windows 2008 Windows 2008 R2 Windows XP Windows 7 Windows 8 and Windows Server 2012 configuration managemen
98. manually added server to connect to it Using DeviceManager and WebManager 87 Using DeviceManager to Connect to the IOLAN Assigning a Temporary IP Address to a New IOLAN You can temporarily assign an IP address to the IOLAN that is connected to your local network segment for the purpose of connecting to it and downloading a configuration file containing a permanent IP address To temporarily assign an IP address to the IOLAN do the following 1 2 Click the Refresh button The IOLAN will be displayed in the IP Address column as Not Configured Select the new IOLAN and click the Assign IP button The following window is displayed Assign IP kdi Assign IP The Device Server s current IP Address The Device Server s current IP Address Not Configured Not Configured Set a new Device Server IP Address Set a new Device Server IP Address Have the Device Server automatically get a temporary IP Address Version 3 1 or lower Version 3 2 or higher Type a valid temporary IP address into the address field or in version 3 2 or higher enable the Have the IOLAN automatically get a temporary IP address If you enable the temporary IP address the IOLAN will enable DHCP BOOTP on your IOLAN and attempt to get an IP address from the DHCP BOOTP server this will permanently enable DHCP BOOTP in your IOLAN s configuration until you change it If your network does not have a DHCP BOOTP server the IOLAN will temporarily assig
99. milliseconds after a character to determine the end of frame Range 10 10000 Default 30 ms Message Timeout Time to wait in milliseconds for a response message from a Modbus TCP or serial slave depending if the Modbus Gateway is a Master Gateway or Slave Gateway respectively before sending a Modbus exception Range 10 10000 Default 1000 ms Session Strings Controls the sending of ASCII strings to serial devices at session start as follows e Send at Start H configured this string will be sent to the serial device on power up of the IOLAN or when a kill line command is issued on this serial port If the monitor DSR or monitor DCD options are set the string will also be sent when the monitored signal is raised Range 0 127 alpha numeric characters Range hex 0 FF e Delay after Send JC configured will inset a delay after the string is sent to the device This delay can be used to provide the serial device with time to process the string before the session is initiated or terminated Default 10 ms Modbus Slave IP Settings Field Descriptions This window is used to configure the Modbus Slaves 182 Serial Port Profiles Destination Slave IP Settings UID Start UID End Destination IP Address Protocol Port Dest Type The following buttons are available Add Button Adds an entry into the Modbus Destination Slave IP Settings table Edit Button Edits an entry in the Modbus Destination Sl
100. multiple entries of the same user name even if the passwords are different Troubleshooting 438 Login Problems Login Problems You cannot obtain a login on any of the serial ports e Connect via the Admin port and check the settings of the front mounted ports they have probably been set to a profile that does support serial connections such as the Console Management profile in CLI or Menu direct or silent telnet rlogin Try setting the serial port s to the Terminal profile DSlogin in CLI or Menu You have lost or don t know your password as Admin user e You must reset the IOLAN to its factory default settings using the Reset switch on the rear panel There is no procedure to access the IOLAN without a password Problems with Terminals The following section concerns problems with the appearance of data on your terminal screen The IOLAN logs me out after a few minutes e Check the Idle Timer value set for the user The default setting for the Idle Timer for all users is 0 seconds does not timeout Corrupt data e Check your line settings baud rate stop bits etc Missing data e Verify that the same type of flow control is set in both your terminal and on the IOLAN s port Error message not permitted on a dumb terminal after typing the CLI command screen e Set your Line to Termtype VT100 ANSI or WYSE60 or other form of terminal emulation if you have downloaded one The default line type
101. of registers to set If this value is greater than 1 the response will contain the values of multiple consecutive registers 6 1 The length of the data in bytes to be written to the registers 7 n n Data to be written to the registers If accessing registers which are 2 or 4 bytes the data is in Network order Big endian format that is MSB LSB For Boolean registers the value field will be a bit field with the LSBit corresponding to the IO channel referenced by the starting register 302 Accessing UO Data Via TruePort Successful Response Format Byte s ofBytes Value 1 1 Command code from request 2 2 Starting register number see 44 T4 Registers A4D2 A4R2 Registers or D4 D2R2 Registers for this value from request 4 2 Number of registers written Unsuccessful Response Format Byte s ofBytes Value 1 1 Command that this is a response to If an error has been detected the command value will have the high bit set OR with 0x80 For example The Command is 0x10 so the command field in the response would be 0x90 1 1 Error code see Error Codes Example 1 Turn on the first relay on a D2R2 unit The first relay R1 is a digital out coil register with a decimal value of 6659 hexadecimal 0x1A03 Request 0x0F 0x1A 0x03 0x00 0x01 0x01 0x01 Response 0x0F 0x1A 0x03 0x00 0x01 Example 2 Turn on the first and second relay on a D2R2 unit The first relay R1 is a digital out coi
102. off Default Off Specify the key id associated with this host This key must exist in the ntp sntp symmetric key file that was downloaded to the IOLAN Valid key ID s 1 65534 Note the structure for the ntp sntp symmetric key file can be found in your IOLAN User 5 Guide Appendix L The name of the primary NTP SNTP server from the IOLAN host table Valid with Unicast and Multicast modes although in Multicast mode the IOLAN will only accept broadcasts from the specified host NTP SNTP server The name of the secondary NTP SNTP server from the IOLAN host table Valid with Unicast and Multicast modes although in Multicast mode the IOLAN will only accept broadcasts from the specified host NTP SNTP server 324 Management Time Zone Summer Time Tab Field Descriptions You can configure an automatic summer time daylight savings time time change Network Time Time Zone Summer Time Time Zone Time Zone Name Summer Time Summer Time Name Summer Time Mode None O Fixed O Recurring Time Zone Offset 00 00 Summer Time Offset 60 P Configure the following parameters Time Zone Name Time Zone Offset Summer Time Name Summer Time Offset Summer Time Mode Fixed Start Date Fixed End Date The name of the time zone to be displayed during standard time Field Format Maximum 4 characters and minimum 3 characters do not use angled brackets lt gt The offset from UTC f
103. plate or the two side screws of the 48 port removable face plate of the piece you just took off 32 port model 48 port model The 8 port 16 port 32 port models are displayed below with the face plate and bracket taken apart Unscrew the screw in the bracket The 8 port 16 port 32 port bracket is shown below Slide the PCI adapter card into the bracket 32 port model 48 port model Accessories 424 Installing a Perle PCI Card T 8 9 The black bracket should then fit on the inside of the PCI adapter card bracket Align the adapter card bracket and then insert the screw and tighten it to keep it firmly in place 32 port model 48 port model If you are installing the PCI Adapter card slide the wireless WAN card into the adapter card 10 You can now replace the top of the IOLAN chassis by aligning it and sliding it into the base You can throw away the face plate as you will not be needing it 32 port model 48 port model 11 Replace all the screws on the top and the serial side of the IOLAN If you installed a wireless WAN card you can now attach the external antenna to the card Accessories 425 Starter Kit Adapters Cable Starter Kit Adapters Cable The IOLAN Starter Kit includes the following for all IOLAN models except the medical unit models RJ45F to DB25M DTE Crossover Adapter RJ45F to DB25M DCE Modem Adapter RJ45F to DB25F DTE Crossover Adapter RJ45F to DB9M DT
104. radio communications Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference in which case the user will be required to correct the interference at his her own expense EN 55022 1998 Class A Note WARNING This is a Class A product In a domestic environment this product may cause radio interference in which case the user may be required to take adequate measures Caution the IOLAN Device Server is approved for commercial use only C ATEX Directive Information ONLY APPLIES TO THE IOLAN SDS4 HL MODEL In order to comply with the ATEX directive the IOLAN SDS4 HL must be installed in an ATEX certified IP54 min enclosure and the IOLAN SDS4 HL must be installed so that the unit s labelling is visible after installation ATEX labelling perle IOLAN SDS4 HL Conforms to ANSI UL 60950 1 Certified to CAN CSA STD C2 2 No 60950 1 Class1 Div 2 Groups A D T5 40 degreeC lt Tamb lt 74 degreeC This equipment complies with the requirements in Part 15 of the FCC Rules and EN55022 for a Class A computing device 81 08 0513M10001 Conforms to ANSI ISA 12 12 01 ER Product Number 04030370 m 3071452 Ethemet Address 00 80 D4 60 01 05 WARNING EXPLOSION HAZARD DO NOT DISCONNECT WHILE CIRCUI
105. resets the configuration to the seconds solid amber when you factory default either the Perle or custom release the RESET button default configuration Over 10 seconds Blinking amber then turns Reboots and resets the configuration to the solid amber when you Perle factory default configuration release the RESET button Downloading IOLAN Firmware To upgrade the IOLAN firmware software e In DeviceManager select Tools Advanced Download Firmware to IOLAN You can browse to the firmware location Once the firmware download is complete you will be prompted to reboot the IOLAN You can choose to reboot the IOLAN at another time by selecting Tools Reset Reboot IOLAN e In WebManager under the Administration option select Update Firmware Either browse to the firmware file and then click the Upload button or configure the TFTP or SFTP server and click the Upload button Note If you use the TFTP or SFTP option the specified TFTP or SFTP server must be on the same subnet as the IOLAN Upgrading the firmware does not affect the IOLAN s configuration file or downloaded custom files Calibrating I O All I O channels are factory calibrated and should not need recalibration during initial use However should calibration be required you can recalibrate in DeviceManager or WebManager In DeviceManager you calibrate the I O channel s by selecting Tools I O Channels Calibrate In WebManager you calibrate the I O channel s by selec
106. sent by the IOLAN Enter a value between 256 and 1006 bytes for example 512 The default value is 256 If your user is authenticated by the IOLAN this MTU value will be overridden when you have set a Framed MTU value for the user If your user is authenticated by RADIUS and the RADIUS parameter Framed MTU is set in the RADIUS file the IOLAN will use the value in the RADIUS file in preference to the value configured here Default 256 Determines the routing mode RIP Routing Information Protocol used on the SLIP interface as one of the following options e None Disables RIP over the SLIP interface e Send Sends RIP over the SLIP interface e Listen Listens for RIP over the SLIP interface Send and Listen Sends RIP and listens for RIP over the SLIP interface This is the same function as the Framed Routing attribute for RADIUS authenticated users Default None 159 Serial Port Profiles VJ Compression When enabled Van Jacobson compression is used on this link When enabled C SLIP or compressed SLIP is used When disabled plain SLIP is used C SLIP greatly improves the performance of interactive traffic such as Telnet or Rlogin If your user is authenticated by the IOLAN this VJ compression value will be overridden if you have set a Framed Compression value for a user If your user is authenticated by RADIUS and the RADIUS parameter Framed Compression is set in the RADIUS file the IOLAN will use the v
107. setting the IP address to be used with this serial port When enabled Modbus Slave Gateway messages to remote TCP Modbus Masters are encrypted via SSL TLS Default Disabled 186 Serial Port Profiles Power Management Profile Overview The Power Management profile applies when there is a Perle Remote Power Switch RPS connected to the serial port This profile is used to configure the RPS See RPS Control for information on how to actively management the RPS Functionality The Power Management profile configures a serial port to communicate with a Remote Power Switch s RPS administration port This allows network access to the RPS and permits access to statistics and control of the RPS s power plugs General Tab Field Descriptions General Advanced Email Alert Power Management Settings These settings determine the operation of the Remote Power Switch RPS connected to this serial port RPS Name RPS Model RPS820 el Plug Name Power Up Interval Default St Associated Port Monitor Host 5 Off None 2 5 Off None 3 5 Off None 4 5 Off None 5 5 Off None 6 5 Off None 7 5 Off None 8 5 Off None Configure the following parameters RPS Name Specify a name for the RPS RPS Model Specify the RPS model Data Options RSP820 RPS830 RPS1620 RPS1630 Default RSP820 Edit Button Highlight a plug and then click the Edit button to configure the plug Advanced Tab Field Descriptions General Advanced
108. ssssssusssnnnnnnnnnnnnnunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nnne 32 Available ACC SSOTLI S cccccccceseececcecceseeeeseeeeeueeeueeuseeeueeuseeeeeeueeeneeeesans 33 IOLAN SDS SCS STS MDC User s Guide Version 4 5 Table of Contents Power Supply Specifications ccscceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 33 Desktop Models siissesicscacsastscnascccntecetscnnanstisnsccecesesass nesensceyestsensecssmsencemee 33 Power Over Ethernet PoE Modelen 33 VO BAGS ugereegt enee 34 Rack Mount Models except Electric Utility models seen 34 DC Power Requirements 2 gesgeitcegeeegueegeENgekdedee uedEEEdNEeEe ege ee 34 AG eege HTC En 34 Medical Unit Models eeneg dee 34 Electric Utility Models asa ccc ebessen secbcenstcdettecentmectiederecene 34 Power ON Stee cesuee ve errea re ere EO EEE erie EEEE EEE 34 DC eu En E 35 AC Power REQUINCIMIOMIS EN 35 TELCO NEBS e ET 35 Getting to Know Your IOLAN ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeees 36 OU TVG Wass tescscsiesshascieedececmentenecbetaandanehvecdaneeewoc was aaa aaraa ida EAE 36 USP OO aioi cnc cs a anneer ace oes saporas aa ana aa ARE E Eaua NA E ESEESE RRA 37 Pe EE 38 4 Port and 8 Port desktop models ceeeeeeeesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 39 e E A E E 40 TOD VIEW eet 40 e RTE 40 Rack N t eege 41 Console Gei RRE 41 Serial Ethernet VICW eegenen geeeeeh 41 Medical Unit arise siani eea aiaia paee aipa kaaa dap aaan daaa a aaa iiaiai 42 TOPVIEW EEN 42 SSA KE
109. the Serial Port To connect to the IOLAN through the serial port to configure manage it using the CLI or Menu see Using a Direct Serial Connection to Specify an IP Address After you have established a connection to the IOLAN you will get a Login prompt You can login as the admin user or as a user with Admin Level rights If the login is successful you will get a prompt that displays the IOLAN model and number of ports Login admin Password SDS2 You will see a prompt that displays the model and number of the IOLAN You are now ready to start configuring managing your IOLAN using the CLI Using the CLI Menu Overview After you have successfully logged in you can start configuring managing the IOLAN by typing in commands at the prompt If you are not sure what commands are available you can type a question mark at any time during a command to see your options See the Command Line Interface Reference Guide for more information about the CLI The Menu is a graphical representation of the CLI You can look up Menu parameter explanations in the Command Line Interface Reference Guide The only operations that the Menu does not support are the downloading and uploading of files to from the IOLAN Access Platforms Features The Menu is accessed by any application that supports a Telnet or SSH session to the IOLAN s IP address such as Putty SecureCRT or from a command prompt You can also access the Menu from a dum
110. the box 2 Open the case by unscrewing the two side screws one on each side and lifting off the top of the case You should see the following Screw amd A Pin1 DIP G Switch Reset ts gt S 5 RJ45 D Oo CH Screw For the fixed 5V DC output locate and jumper J220 for Line 1 as shown in the diagram and or jumper J221 for Line 2 To turn line termination on for Line 1 locate and jumper J7 for Full Duplex Rx or locate and Jumper J8 for Half Duplex Rx Tx To turn line termination on for Line 2 locate and jumper J209 for Full Duplex Rx or locate and Jumper J210 for Half Duplex Rx Tx Setting Jumpers 411 Introduction 5 Close the IOLAN case by replacing the case lid and the two screws You can now power it on with the new settings 4 Port Desktop IOLAN To change the settings do the following 1 Unplug the IOLAN from the electrical outlet and disconnect everything from the box 2 Open the case by unscrewing the two side screws one on each side and lifting off the top of the case You should see the following Screw O RB Power gO o DIP OVO Glo O S Switch fe H go 4 Reset s0 O amp D a 5 Joo The pin with the N w Oz square represents S Pin 1 gt 0 Plo O RJ45 20 A Jo e A Slo O Screw 3 The following tab
111. the network peer thus either ensuring the connection stays active OR causing a dropped connection condition to be recognized This parameter needs to be used in conjunction with Monitor Connection Status Interval parameter found in the Serial Advanced Advanced Settings tab The interval specifies the inactivity period before testing the connection Default Disabled Enable Message of Enables disables the display of the message of the day the Day MOTD Enable Data Logging Default Disabled When enabled serial data will be buffered if the TCP connection is lost When the TCP connection is re established the buffered serial data will be sent to its destination If using the Trueport profile data logging is only supported in Lite Mode The minimum data buffer size for all models is 1 KB The maximum data buffer size is 2000 KB for DS1 TS2 STS8D all other models are 4000 KB If the data buffer is filled incoming serial data will overwrite the oldest data Values 1 2000 KB DS1 TS1 STS8D Default 4 KB Values 1 4000 KB all other models Default 256 KB Default Disabled Note A kill line or a reboot of the IOLAN causes all buffered data to be lost Some profile features are not compatible with the data logging feature See Appendix J Data Logging To change the default data logging buffer size see Advanced Serial Settings Tab 144 Serial Port Profiles Idle Timeout Session Timeout Session Strings
112. the sending of ASCII strings to serial devices at session start and session termination as follows Send at Start JI configured this string will be sent to the serial device on power up of the IOLAN or when a kill line command is issued on this serial port If the monitor DSR or monitor DCD options are set the string will also be sent when the monitored signal is raised Range 0 127 alpha numeric characters Range hexadecimal 0 FF Send at End TIf configured this string will be sent to the serial device when the TCP session on the LAN is terminated If multihost is configured this string will only be send in listen mode to the serial device when all multihost connections are terminated Range 0 127 alpha numeric characters Range hexadecimal 0 FF Delay after Send If configured will inset a delay after the string is sent to the device This delay can be used to provide the serial device with time to process the string before the session is initiated or terminated Default 10 ms 171 Serial Port Profiles Virtual Modem Profile Overview Virtual Modem Vmodem is a feature of the IOLAN that provides a modem interface to a serial device It will respond to AT commands and provide signals in the same way that a serially attached modem would This feature is typically used when you are replacing dial up modems with the IOLAN in order to provide Ethernet network connectivity Functionality The serial port will be
113. through two pair Category 5 unshielded twisted pair UTP cable or four pair for Gigabit connections Connect the RJ 45 Ethernet port on the IOLAN to a switch hub repeater server or other network device Powering up your IOLAN Desktop Rack Mount Models excluding Electric Utility models To power up the desktop or rack mount IOLAN perform the following steps 1 Rack mount models only Using the rack mount brackets included with your IOLAN you can rack mount the IOLAN from the front or the back of the chassis depending on your environment Make sure you don t block the IOLAN s side air vents Each IOLAN is 1U in height and does not require any extra space between units therefore you can rack mount up to five IOLANs in a 5U rack 2 Plug the external power supply into the IOLAN and then into the electrical outlet Connect it to the PSE if you have a P series Power over Ethernet model 3 Rack mount models only Power on the IOLAN unit using the Power ON OFF switch 4 You will see the LEDs blink for several seconds and then remain a solid green indicating that it is ready to configure use Before you start to configure the IOLAN you should set the desktop IOLAN jumpers if you want to terminate the line or use the power in pin feature instead of an external power supply if your desktop IOLAN model supports it In some circumstances the setting of jumpers may be required e JOLAN DS and SDS models where EJA 422 485 li
114. to take effect Successful connection to the wireless network can take up to 2 minutes Most USB modems have LEDs indicating the connection status A solid green or blue LED on your USB modem usually indicate a successful wireless connection If the connection is not established after this time please try the following 1 Connect a terminal to the IOLAN using the console port and cable 2 Login as admin 3 Issue the CLI command usb show modem Depending on the various stages of trying to connect to the wireless network you may see the following reponses on your terminal While the responses are mostly self explanatory the instructions below will suggest an action to take Output USB modem feature is not supported on this hardware Action This feature is only valid on the IOLAN SCS models Acquire IOLAN with option card slot and Perle USB option card Output USB option card was not configured Please select configure and save the configuration for the USB option card and retry this command Action The usb option card and modem has not been configured See Configuring a USB Modem Output IOLAN SDS SCS STS MDC User s Guide Version 4 5 450 Modem not connecting to the network No USB modem device detected Please connect a USB modem to one of the USB ports Action The software is not detecting a USB modem in the USB port If one is inserted please make sure that it is properly seated in the
115. when Trigger Type is High or go above the specified value when Trigger Type is Low When enabled sends an email alert to an email account s set up in the System settings when an alarm is triggered or cleared The email alert data includes the severity level and the value that caused the alarm to trigger or clear The Email Alert is associated with Level Critical Default Disabled When enabled sends a message to syslog when an alarm is triggered or cleared The syslog entry includes the severity level and the value that caused the alarm to trigger or clear The syslog message is associated with Level Critical Default Disabled When enabled sends an SNMP trap when an alarm is triggered or cleared The trap consists of the severity level and whether the alarm was triggered or cleared Default Disabled 288 I O UDP UO UDP Industrial applications often monitor the status of I O devices such as sensors alarms relays etc by polling for I O data The IOLAN s I O UDP feature can help to minimize network traffic by broadcasting I O status to industrial applications on specified intervals providing I O status in a timely manner The IOLAN s I O UDP broadcast feature sends the status of attached I O devices to defined hosts on the network Depending upon the IOLAN model and the configuration of the I O channels the UDP packet contains the current status and or data of each enabled I O channel or serial pin signal UDP Un
116. whether you are setting up the serial line as a EIA 232 or EJA 422 line Configuration Methods 74 Getting Started Introduction There are several different configuration methods available to configure the IOLAN see Chapter 3 Configuration Methods for more information This chapter describes the three main minimal configuration requirements for the IOLAN through either Easy Config Wizard cannot configure users using this method DeviceManager or WebManager 1 Setting up the network This minimally consists of configuring an IP address or enabling DHCP BOOTP Once the IOLAN has an IP address you can use any configuration method 2 Setting up the serial ports You will want to select the serial port profile that matches the serial port requirement scenario for your serial device 3 Setting up users This is an optional step which is only required when your implementation requires users to access the IOLAN and you are not using external authentication IOLAN SDS SCS STS MDC User s Guide Version 4 5 15 Easy Configuration Wizard Easy Configuration Wizard The Easy Config Wizard quickly sets up the IOLAN s network configuration and all serial ports to one of the following EasyConfig Welcome to EasyConfig perle EasyConfig Wizard discovers and configures IOLAN on a local network to one of the following profiles gt Discover For more advanced configurations use WebManager or DeviceManager
117. with the network the source of the problem could be the usb modem configuration Check your configuration parameters and ensure it matches the information given to you by the network provider See Configuring a USB Modem Output Manufacturer manufacturer name Product product name Vendor id id Modem Prod Id id USB modem appears to be functioning normally If connection problems persist please review your USB modem configuration APN PIN PHONE Ai Action Troubleshooting the USB Modem 452 USB Modem Support and Custom Options As far as the driver can tell the USB modem is functioning correctly If there is no wireless network connectivity verify the APN phone number and optional PIN user and password settings Each service provider s network will have different requirements See Configuring a USB Modem If this does not resolve the problem use the Vendor id and product id to search the linux community for any problems with this particular device If the recommendation is to use a device name override use the usb create modem file devname ttyUSBn n 1 to 4 to create the override option Please remember to save your changes and either reset the PCI option line service or reboot the IOLAN in order for the changes to take effect USB Modem Support and Custom Options While we strive to include support for as wide a range of USB modems as possible our support for USB modems is currently limited to the Comm
118. 0 ms 175 Serial Port Profiles Phone Number to Host Mapping If your modem application dials using a phone number you can add an entry in the Phone Number to Host Mapping window that can be accessed by all serial ports configured as Virtual Modem You need to enter the phone number sent by your modem application and the IOLAN IP address and TCP Port that will be receiving the call 1 port models support up to 4 entries all other desktop models support up to 8 entries and rack mount and medical unit models support up to 48 entries Phone Number to Host Mapping Phone Number IP Address TCP Port The following buttons are available Add Button Click the Add button to display a window that allows you to configure the phone number or AT command your modem application sends and the IOLAN s IP address and TCP port number that is receiving the call Edit Button Click on a phone number entry and click the Edit button to change any values configured for the phone number Delete Button Click on a phone number entry and click the Delete button to remove it from the phone number list VModem Phone Number Entry Create an entry in the Phone Number to Host Mapping window Phone Entry K Phone Number IPAddress O Host TCP Port o ok Close Configure the following parameters Phone Number Specify the phone number your modem application sends to the modem Note The IOLAN does not validate the phone num
119. 0 to 400C e E0to 1000C e R500 to 1750C e J0 to 760C e S 500 to 1750C In the following example a Temperature I O IOLAN is used to monitor industrial freezer temperature sensors with an alarm set to send a syslog message if the temperature rises above 31 C IOLAN Monitoring Application amp Industrial Freezers 284 Channels Field Descriptions Analog Al Description Analog Settings Type RTD v Range Pt100 a 385 50 to 150C v Alarm Settings Cancel Configure the following parameters Description Type Range Alarm Settings Button Provide a description of the channel making it easier to identify Data Options Maximum 20 characters including spaces Specify the type of sensor you are using to measure temperature Data Options RTD Thermocouple Default RTD Specify the temperature range that you want to measure Data Options e RTD Pt100 a 385 50 to 150C Pt100 a 385 0 to 100C Pt100 a 385 0 to 200C Pt100 a 385 0 to 400C Pt100 a 385 200 to 200C Pt100 a 392 50 to 150C Pt100 a 392 0 to 100C Pt100 a 392 0 to 200C Pt100 a 392 0 to 400C Pt100 a 392 200 to 200C Pt1000 a 385 40 to 160C NiFe604 a 518 80 to 100C NiFe604 a 518 0 to 100C e Thermocouple B 500 to 1800C E 0 to 1000C J 0 to 760C K 0 to 1370C R 500 to 1750C S 500 to 1750C T 100 to 400C Default RTD is Pt100 a 385 50 to 150C Thermocouple is J 0 to 760C Click
120. 06 00 02 IP Address 10 10 200 40 Local user database Security Authentication SSH SSL TLS and IOLAN services Clustering Single view of multiple IOLANs System System settings IOLAN management and Alerts System Information You navigate through the different configuration windows by selecting an option in the left hand navigation tree When you click on an option that is under a folder more navigation options are displayed IP Settings Advanced mm Navigation Tabs IP Settings System Name localhost SS I The Network folder contains two configuration options IP Address and Advanced Notice that when the IP Address option is selected there are more navigation options in the form of the tabs IP Settings and Advanced Remember that in the WebManager it is necessary to press the Apply button to save your changes Configuration Methods 62 Command Line Interface Command Line Interface Overview The Command Line Interface CLI is a command line option for IOLAN configuration management See the Command Line Interface Reference Guide for a full breakdown of all the CLI commands and their functionality Access Platforms Features The CLI is accessed by any application that supports a Telnet or SSH session to the IOLAN s IP address such as Putty SecureCRT or from a command prompt You can also access the CLI from a dumb terminal or PC connected to a serial port
121. 220 EES 220 FUMING UG TAM esseere eiere eed ea e F FE EEan E SEERE 220 Field Description EE 220 Serial Port Access Tabu c ccccccesccecceccceeecesceeeeeseneeeuesecueeueecuseeneeeeseeeees 222 UE 222 Field DESC MNOS EE 222 BPM CIVIC UN BEES 223 Authentication EE 223 Chapter 9 Configuring Security ccessseeeeeeeeeeeeeees 223 Authentication NENNEN ENNER 224 Woor A S E ed odes sees E EES 225 OVEIVICW 000 ccc ceccecceeceeceececceeceecueeaecueceeseececeeaeecueceeaeeceeseeaeeseeseeaeeseeaes 225 e ebe e EN 225 PRA DIU LE 226 Uvervlew 226 Table of Contents General Field DESChPUONS ssiarscarcnccnrsncenadausdandninpmerxanacaneiomansakinaiannian 226 Attributes RE LE 227 E 228 Field DESC ee EE 228 LDAP Microsoft Active Directory cccccccssseeeceeeseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 229 DY eegene eb hate teed Eege deeg 229 Field Descriptions E 229 e 231 VET VOW ege Ed Ee 231 Field Descrptons EEN 231 LTE 232 EIERE deet tee geg 232 Field DESC MPN GINS E 232 IS siesta nisms seesaw ce este A E eect ced 233 Field DESCMPIOMNS EE 233 SL meta eee er ee eee ere ree ener eee ee eens Seer 234 EEN 234 e EE 234 Users Logging into the IOLAN Using GH 234 Users Passing Through the IOLAN Using SSH Dir Sil 235 Field Descriptions nger 236 SSLIC EE 237 EEN 237 Fun tionality eege EEN 237 Field Deserteur Seege 238 Cipher Suite Field Descrptons ENEE 239 Adding Editing a ee IT 240 Validation Criteria Field De
122. 42 Power Ethernet TE 42 Electric Utility models eteebesessgestegsee eegene gees 43 te Een MT 43 Back Serial Ethernet power View un 43 Console Serial Switch EN 44 Console OCS EEN 44 Seal MOJE EE 44 Dedicated Console Port s eeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeasneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 45 Connecting your IOLAN to the Network c ssccesseseeeeeeees 45 Powering up your IOLAN ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeesens 45 Desktop Rack Mount Models excluding Electric Utility models 45 Table of Contents Medical Unit tie 46 Terminal Block Models ccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenanaaeeeeees 46 DC Power Models excluding Electric Utility models 0008 47 Disconnecting 48V Power Supplies from the IOLAN 48 Electric Utility Models cic een ccna ete ss tse aac ta Ee eEe 48 it asececeeeeeen 2ae lt sence cece a E 48 Wiring up an HV TEE 49 Wiring up DHV EEN 50 Wining HIER E EE EE 51 TELCO NEBS NEE 52 Install Locations for LDC Models annnnnnnnnnneeeseennnnnnnnnn rnrn ennenen 52 Wiring up a the Fail Safe Relay cccc eeeceeeeeeeeeeeeenennennenes 52 Chapter 3 Configuration Methods ccccessseeeeeeeeeees 54 POE OCC d Msze EE e a 54 Configuration Methods OvervieW ssssssssesssesnnunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 55 Configures an IP Address EEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEE 55 Requires a Confi
123. 51 PCI slot 423 pin power in DB25 female 397 DB25 male 396 serial RJ45 398 pinouts DB25 female 396 DB25 male 395 DB9 male 401 402 RJ45 ethernet 402 RJ45 MDC serial 401 RJ45 SCS48C serial 399 RJ45 serial 398 400 449 port buffering 205 Decoder utility Decoder utility 206 local 205 parameters 206 remote 206 power in pin DB25 female 397 DB25 male 396 serial RJ45 398 power out setting jumper 408 printers 357 printing IOLAN SDS SCS STS MDC User s Guide Version 4 5 458 H Index host based 358 LPD 357 RCP 358 product repair 445 R rack mount description 41 43 installing 45 RADIUS parameters 226 supported RADIUS parameters 382 RCP printing 358 resetting to factory defaults 350 RIP overview 105 RJ45 ethernet pinouts 402 MDC serial pinouts 401 SCS48C serial pinouts 399 serial pinouts 398 400 449 RJ45 serial power in pin 398 SecurID parameters 232 Serial 366 serial mode 44 Serial to Host 368 370 373 Serial to Serial 366 services line printer 357 signal I O 177 UDP 146 vmodem 172 sessions 220 setting an IP address ARP Ping 80 BOOTP DHCP 79 DeviceManager 77 direct connect 78 IPv6 80 signal I O general 177 SNMP T O traps 304 support MIBs 68 using 68 SSH server parameters 234 SSL certificate 259 supported models IOLAN 70 T TACACS parameters 231 technical support contacting 444 online 444 product information 444 product repair 445 via the internet 444 te
124. 55 Advanced Modbus Click this button to configure global Modbus Slave settings pene Sunn See Advanced Slave Modbus Settings for field descriptions Allow Modbus TCP Allows a host running a Modbus TCP application to communicate to the I O Application API channels using the standard Modbus API Default Permanently enabled when Enable I O Access via Modbus protocol is enabled See Modbus I O Access for function codes and I O coil registration descriptions Allow Modbus Enables disables serial Modbus application access to the I O over the network RTU ASCII via using the TruePort COM redirector feature TruePort Default Disabled See Modbus I O Access for function codes and I O coil registration descriptions and Accessing I O Data Via TruePort for the Perle API 262 Settings Idle Timeout Use this timer to close a connection because of inactivity When the Idle Timeout expires the IOLAN will end the connection Range 0 4294967 seconds about 49 days Default 0 zero which does not timeout so the connection is permanently open Enable Modbus When enabled an exception message is generated and sent to the initiating Exceptions Modbus device when any of the following conditions are encountered there is an invalid UID the UID is not configured in the Gateway there is no free network connection there is an invalid message or the target device is not answering the connection attempt Default Enabled Enable I O Acces
125. 5535 Default 250 ms 121 Serial Port Profiles Custom Packet Forwarding Packet Definition Packet Size Idle Time Enable Trigger1 Character Enable Trigger2 Character Frame Definition SOF1 Character SOF2 Character This option allows you to define the packet forwarding rules based on the packet definition or the frame definition Default Disabled When enabled this group of parameters allows you to set a variety of packet definition options The first criteria that is met causes the packet to be transmitted For example if you set a Force Transmit Timer of 1000 ms and a Packet Size of 100 bytes whichever criteria is met first is what will cause the packet to be transmitted Default Enabled The number of bytes that must be received from the serial port before the packet is transmitted to the network A value of zero 0 ignores this parameter Range 0 1024 bytes Default 0 The amount of time in milliseconds that must elapse between characters before the packet is transmitted to the network A value of zero 0 ignores this parameter Range 0 65535 ms Default 0 When enabled specifies the character that when received will define when the packet is ready for transmission The actual transmission of the packet is based on the Trigger Forwarding Rule Range hexadecimal 0 FF Default 0 When enabled creates a sequence of characters that must be received to specify when the packet is ready f
126. AA 283 Adding Editing a Multihost Entry EE 283 Temperaturen 284 e kee sic ccewtien siracueurberoestetonscawstecondomteueoemanmeian 285 Alarm Settings eee eee eee 286 Basic Analog Alarm Ze esst cc ccheonceesecedeteetecssetecceneetadeededetatensiens 286 Advanced Analog Alarm Gettnmgs AAA 287 VO UDP areeni 289 UDP Unicast FOr ricincccscctccccisececess etscececacisedscadsessecsncastancicnseansnesicscnes 289 UDP Broadcast Packet eeii eain aE EE e 289 Analog SOCOM sacs nc acace cate insna ae ana cee aea aaaea 290 Digital Relay S Ction cccccccccecesssseeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 291 Serial Pin Signal Section cccceeeececeeeceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeceeeeeeeeeees 291 UDP Unicast Example xccscscssccscsanisseciestsccsddesacsusserassicesansstaccicdesessacsncanass 292 Table of Contents VO WU CS E 292 Modbus Serial Application Connected to the Serial Port 292 Modbus Serial Application Connected to the Network 292 Modbus TCP Application scsssctcectscescisascscencdsnseccssetenntcactetsececsnssseverensact 293 M dbus e E 293 Function OSS E 293 VO Coil Register DeSCriptiOns ccecececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 294 Serial Port Coil Register DeSCriptions ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 295 A4IT4 Registers css cess SES 295 A4D2 A4R2 FRE E 296 D4 D2R2 Registers eege EENEG seceoteddetndesteceeneeteaccecs 297 Serial Pin Signals great 297 TruePort EE 298 TruePort Mo
127. AN Only match configuration on IOLAN 2 Shared Secret optional HTTPS 366 Configuring HTTP Tunnels Configure a Listen for connection HTTP tunnel on IOLAN 2 HTTP Tunnel Name tunnell j Match name on IOLAN 1 Connect To Listen For Connections Restrict To IP optional Shared Secret optional Check HTTPS for se cure tunnel connection This must match config C Restrict Access To This IOLAN Only uration IOLAN 1 HTTPS On IOLAN 1 under Serial port configuration select serial ports and configure for Terminal profile General Advanced Hardware Email Aet Packet buet Teminal Settings Teminal Type VTO w Specify a terminal type O Require Login Connect to remote system bel Wa Protocol Telnet Add host IP address for IOLAN 2 Hostname IOLAN 2 TOP Pot 10001 HTTP Tunnel unmet e TCP port number EE must match TCP port Attomaticaly number on IOLAN 2 When any data is received O When is received Select tunnel1 367 Configuring HTTP Tunnels On IOLAN 2 under serial port configuration select serial port and configure for Console Management profile General Advanced Hardware Email Alert Packet Forwarding Console Management Settings Potoci fl e m gt Protocol Telnet Listen for connections on TCP Port 10001 gt TCP port number must match TCP Enable IP Aiasing port
128. AN will listen for UDP packets on the port configured by the Listen for connections on UDP port parameter Default Auto Learn 149 Serial Port Profiles Port The UDP port to use Default 0 zero Advanced Tab Field Descriptions Genera Advanced bier Emal Aert Packet Fowadng Advanced UDP Settings Session Stings Sedat Sat Delay after Send 1 isc Configure the following parameters Session Strings follows Controls the sending of ASCII strings to serial devices at session start as e Send at Start H configured this string will be sent to the serial device on power up of the IOLAN or when a kill line command is issued on this serial port If the monitor DSR or monitor DCD options are set the string will also be sent when the monitored signal is raised Range 0 127 alpha numeric characters Range hex 0 FF e Delay after Send Jr configured will inset a delay after the string is sent to the device This delay can be used to provide the serial device with time to process the string before the session is initiated or terminated Default 10 ms 150 Serial Port Profiles Terminal Profile Overview The Terminal profile allows network access from a terminal connected to the IOLAN s serial port This profile is used to access pre defined hosts on the network from the terminal Functionality This profile can be configured for users who must be authenticated by the IOLAN first and the
129. Address Permissions public 0 0 0 0 Readwrite v None v None v None v Users Version 3 Read Write Read Only User User Security Level None v Security Level None w Auth Algorithm Auth Algorithm Auth Password Auth Password de 8 Confirm Password Confirm Password J Privacy Algorithm j Privacy Algorithm Privacy Password Privacy Password Confirm Password Confirm Password Contact The name and contact information of the person who manages this SMNP node Location The physical location of the SNMP node Community The name of the group that devices and management stations running SNMP belong to Community only applies to SNMP v1 and v2c 319 Management Internet Address Permissions The IP address of the SNMP manager that will send requests to the IOLAN If the address is 0 0 0 0 any SNMP manager with the Community name can access the IOLAN If you specify a network address for example 172 16 0 0 any SNMP manager within the local network with the Community name can access the IOLAN Field Format IPv4 or IPv6 address Permits the IOLAN to respond to SNMP requests Data Options e None There is no response to requests from SNMP e Readonly Responds only to Read requests from SNMP e Readwrite Responds to both Read and Write requests from SNMP Default None V3 Read write User This user can view and edit SNMP variables V3 Read Write Security Level V3 Read Write
130. Advanced Advanced Advanced Serial Settings Tab Overview Advanced serial port settings apply to all serial ports Field Descriptions Advanced Settings Modems TruePort Baud Rate Advanced Serial Settings Ay Settings apply to all serial ports Process Break Signals Flush Data Before Closing Serial Port Dem Multiple Network Connections Serial Port Menu String menu Session Escape String lt 026 gt s Power Management Menu String lt 016 gt Data Logging Buffer Size 256 KB Pre V4 3 Mode Monitor Connections Status Interval 180 seconds Retry Interval 5 seconds Retry 5 Attempts Configure the following parameters Process Break Enables disables proprietary inband SSH break signal processing the Telnet Signals break signal and the out of band break signals for TruePort Default Disabled Flush Data Before When enabled deletes any pending outbound data when a port is closed Closing Serial Port Default Disabled Deny Multiple Allows only one network connection at a time per a serial port Application Network accessing a serial port device across a network with get a connection socket Connections refused until e All data from previous connections on that serial port has drained e There are no other connections e Up toa 1 second interconnection poll timer has expired Enabling this feature automatically enables a TCP keepalive mechanism which is use
131. Advanced settings Combination of the Enable Callback and Phone Number fields under User Advanced settings Combination of the Enable Callback and Phone Number fields under User Advanced settings RADIUS and TACACS 383 RADIUS Perle RADIUS Dictionary Example The IOLAN has defined Vendor Specific RADIUS attributes in order for the RADIUS server to be configured to support the IOLAN features of Line Access Rights and User Level These attributes have been defined in Supported RADIUS Parameters on page 377 to allow the RADIUS server to be configured for RADIUS users to have this level of configuration See below for an example of the Perle defined attributes for the RADIUS server for a 4 port IOLAN although the dictionary can contain 48 ports even if they are not all defined support Version Version Version Version Enab VENDOR Perle Perl oO ATTRIBUT ATTRIBUT ATTRIBUT ATTRIBUT ATTRIBUT ATTRIBUT ATTRIBUT ATTRIBUT ATTRIBUT ATTRIBUT ATTRIBUT ATTRIBUT ATTRIBUT ATTRIBUT ATTRIBUT ATTRIBUT ATTRIBUT ATTRIBUT ATTRIBUT ATTRIBUT ATTRIBUT ATTRIBUT ATTRIBUT ATTRIBUT ATTRIBUT ATTRIBUT ATTRIBUT ATTRIBUT ATTRIBUT ATTRIBUT ATTRIBUT sl SEA 3 J ES sl sl el 3 E 3 J el A Fa e 4 eelere e eer le le e ee le ee e e ec e le ee e e ee e p EX Perle dictionary Perle Systems Ltd http www perle
132. Auth Algorithm V3 Read Write Auth Password V3 Read Write Confirm Password V3 Read Write Privacy Algorithm V3 Read Write Privacy Password V3 Read Write Confirm Password Select the security level for the Read Writer user This must match the configuration set up in the SNMP manager Data Options e None No security is used e Auth User authentication is used e Auth Priv User authentication and privacy encryption settings are used Default None Specify the authentication algorithm that will be used for the read write user Data Options MD5 SHA Default MD5 Type in the read write user s authentication password Retype the user s authentication password Specify the read write user s privacy algorithm encryption Data Options DES AES Default DES Type in the read write user s privacy password Retype the privacy password V3 Read Only User This user can only read SNMP variables V3 Read Only Security Level Select the security level for the Read Only user This must match the configuration set up in the SNMP manager Data Options e None No security is used e Auth User authentication is used e Auth Priv User authentication and privacy encryption settings are used Default None 320 Management V3 Read Only Auth Specify the authentication algorithm that will be used for the read only user Algorithm Data Options MDS SHA Default MD5 V3 Read Only Auth Typ
133. CII text language files we offer the following guidance e The IOLAN will support languages other than English and the supplied German and French languages The English language file english txt displays the character length of each line at the beginning of the line If a translated line goes over that character length it will be displayed truncated in the Menu or CLI e Translate line for line do not omit lines if you do not know the translation leave the original untranslated text in place Also you must maintain the same sequential order of lines It is a good practice to translate the file using a text editor that displays line numbers so you can periodically verify that the line sequence has not changed from the original file by comparing it to the original file Keep all translations in quotes otherwise the line will not display properly Each line must end with a carriage return If a line contains only numbers for example 38400 leave that line in place unchanged unless you are using a different alphabet Software Upgrades and Language Files If you receive a software upgrade for the IOLAN the language files supplied on the supplemental diskette CD might also have been updated We will endeavour to provide a list of those changes in another text file on the same supplemental CD If you are already using one of the supplied languages French or German you probably want to update the language file in the IOLAN Until yo
134. CMCIA WAN Card eessen 310 MOV TW cetacean Eae a e aaeeea aa aaa aaaeaii 310 Field Descriptions ssssssssnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nnmnnn nnne 310 Beie UN EREECHEN WE 312 VSI OWN eege ege 312 Field Descriptions ccesisceccadecascececened tec tesensescadesacertnerieneseststwnceneenserssecess 312 Configuring a Fiber Optic Card cccccessseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 314 NNN aac E E cca etter Ee 314 Field Descriptions E 314 Chapter 13 Configuring the System cccsesseeee 315 Mtro dUCtHO Msi E a 315 AIEN E 315 Eelere 315 OTN ee 315 F nctionality EE 315 IEN 316 E E 318 OVE VIEW eege eege 318 Field DSS COINS crcr esa cissastaseedcoedsuaidussebe veuseaasaaduisuencdeenedess 318 Management EE 319 Table of Contents GE 319 EEN ce rites recess sass caus e E E E 319 SNMP Tab Field Descriptions snnnnnnnenanannnnennneenrreenrnnrrnnnrrnrnnn eene 319 SNMP Traps Tab Field Descnpotons nnn nnneeee 321 lu 323 OVER VICW essarter E e REEE E ERE 323 F nctionalty csie Eegen 323 Network Time Tab Field Descrnptons 323 Time Zone Summer Time Tab Field Descnptons 325 Custom App Plugin csseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeessseneeaaeeeeeees 326 OVER VIOW geet dee 326 Field Description ccccccscncossisscssricsecssecanecdessaettbesdaseeisecedsansdendionddecawectuns 326 Advant ed oriant edia Naadan ata ai aE EEE aa 326 OVETVIEW eege Eedem gg 326 Advanced Tab Field Descriptions
135. CTS 8 CTS 4 RTS 6 DSR 20 DTR 5 GND _ 7 GND 4 DTR 6 DSR Pinouts and Cabling Diagrams 405 EIA 232 Cabling Diagrams Modem DB25 Connector The following diagrams show how a standard straight through cable should be configured when connecting to a DB25 modem DB25 Male IOLAN DS1 DB25 DTE 2 TxD 3 RxD 4 RTS 5 CTS 6 DSR 7 GND 8 DCD 20 DTR RJ45 Modem DB25 DCE 2 RxD 3 TxD 4 CTS 5 RTS 6 DSR 7 GND 8 DCD 20 DTR This cabling table does NOT apply to SCS48C SCS32C SCS 16C SCS8C Sun Cisco SDS32C SDS16C SDS8C Electrical Utility or medical unit models IOLAN RJ45 2 DCD 1 3 RTS 2 4 DSR 3 5 TxD 4 6 RxD 5 7 GND 6 8 CTS 7 9 DTR 8 Modem DB25 DCE 8 DCD 4 CTS 6 DSR 2 RxD 3 TxD 7 GND 5 RTS 20 DTR Pinouts and Cabling Diagrams 406 EIA 232 Cabling Diagrams DB9 Male IOLAN DS1 Modem DB25 DB9 Male DCE 1 DCD 8 DCD 2 RxD 3 TxD 3 TxD 2 RxD 4 DTR 20 DTR 5 GND 7 GND 6 DSR 6 DSR 7 RTS 4 CTS 8 CTS 5 RTS Pinouts and Cabling Diagrams 407 Setting Jumpers Introduction The IOLAN contains jumpers that you might need to set before you configure it and put it into production You can set the power out pin pin 9 to a fixed 5V DC output or to the extern
136. E Crossover Adapter RJ45F to DROE DTE Crossover Adapter Sun Cisco RJ45M Connector Cable for Rack Mount Models The adapters cable can be purchased as a kit or individually RJ45F to DB25M DTE Crossover Adapter The following diagram shows the IOLAN RJ45F gt DB25M DTE crossover adapter pinouts This is model number DBAO011 G 14 2 Ee i g e R Si 4 o rA EES RJ45F DB25M RJ45F DB25M DTE TxD 4 3 RxD RxD 5 2 TxD GND 6 7 GND DTR 8 6 DSR 8 DCD DSR 3 20 DTR RTS 2 5 CTS CTS 7 4 RTS Accessories 426 Starter Kit Adapters Cable RJ45F to DB25M DCE Modem Adapter The following diagram shows the IOLAN RJ45F2DB25M DCE modem adapter pinouts This is model number DBA0013 x RJ4 amp SF RJ45F TxD 4 RxD 5 GND 6 DTR 8 DSR 3 DCD 1 RTS 2 CTS 7 oooeeoeooooeo o o o o o D e e o o 25 DB25M DB25M 2 RxD 3 TxD 7 GND 20 DTR 6 DSR 8 DCD 4 RTS 5 CTS Accessories 427 Starter Kit Adapters Cable RJ45F to DB25F DTE Crossover Adapter The following diagram shows the IOLAN RJ45 gt DB25F DTE crossover adapter pinouts This is model number DBAO0010 RJ4 amp SF RJ45F TxD 4 RxD 5 GND 6 DTR 8 DSR 3 RTS 2 CTS 7 DB25F 3 RxD 2 TxD 7 GND 6 DSR 8 DCD 20 DTR 5 CTS
137. Enable Roaming Callback the remote end must be a Microsoft Windows OS that supports Microsoft s Callback Control Protocol CBCP The user is allowed 30 seconds to enter a telephone number after which the IOLAN ends the call Default Disabled The interval in minutes for which the IOLAN will issue a CHAP re challenge to the remote end During CHAP authentication an initial CHAP challenge takes place and is unrelated to CHAP re challenges The initial challenge takes place even if re challenges are disabled Some PPP client software does not work with CHAP re challenges so you might want to leave the parameter disabled in the IOLAN Range 0 255 Default 0 zero meaning CHAP re challenge is disabled This determines whether compression of the PPP Address and Control fields take place on the link For most applications this should be enabled Default Enabled This determines whether compression of the PPP Protocol field takes place on this link Default Enabled When enabled Van Jacobson Compression is used on this link If your user is authenticated by the IOLAN this VJ compression value will be overridden if you have enabled the User Enable VJ Compression parameter If the user is authenticated by RADIUS and the RADIUS parameter Framed Compression is set in the RADIUS file the IOLAN will use the value in the RADIUS file in preference to the value configured here Default Enabled Determines if a line is looping back
138. EngineID V3 Use Default EngineID Select between Trap and Inform Inform requires the host receiving the trap to acknowledge the receipt of the trap The name of the group that devices and management stations running SNMP belong to Community only applies to SNMP v1 and v2c This is only used for Inform traps Select the number of seconds to wait for the acknowledgement of the trap Default 1 second This is only used for Inform traps Select the number of times the trap will be sent if no acknowledgement is received Default 3 This field identifies the system sending the traps to the host receiving the traps Same user name is used for all traps sent by this system Select the security level for the V3 traps This must match the configuration set up in the SNMP manager Data Options e None No security is used e Auth Trap authentication is used e Auth Priv Trap authentication and privacy encryption settings are used Default None Specify the authentication algorithm that will be used for the read only user Data Options MD5 SHA Default MD5 Type in the password associated with traps sent from this host Re enter the password associated with traps sent from this host Specify the privacy algorithm encryption which will be used with traps Data Options DES AES Default DES Type in the password associated with the encryption method being used for traps Re type the password associated with the encr
139. For Connections Shared Secret optional LJHTTPS C Restrict Access To This IOLAN Only On IOLAN 1 under HTTP Tunnel add a Tunnel destination HTTP Tunnel Destination Destination Match name on IOLAN 2 IP address of IOLAN 2 Tunnel tunnelt O Host Same as Tunnel Services Add New Services Predefined C Device Manager Custom TCP Select tunnel1 Select Same asTunnel Select TCP Destination port num Local Port 40002 Destination Port C Local IP Alias C Limit access to serially attached devices only Add Protocol Serv Local Local IP Destination Port TCP Custom 40002 IOLAN IP 40001 ber to be used by IOLAN 1 for commu nications Default starts at 40001 This is the port num ber the telnet client will use 375 Configuring HTTP Tunnels On IOLAN 2 under HTTP Tunnel add a Tunnel destination HTTP Tunnel Destination GE Select tunnel2 Em Host 10 10 11 14 ee IP address of final a aaa destination Telnet host ew Services O Predefined Telnet SSH P rr Device Manager Select TCP Custom Destination port set ot to 23 for Telnet Local Port Destination Port protoc ol C Local IP Ali s C Limit access to g rially attached devices only Local port numb er to Add be used by IOLAN 2 for communications Protocol Berl Local Local IP Destination Port Lim
140. IB browser do the following 1 Load the perle sds MIB file from the IOLAN CD ROM or Perle website into your SNMP manager this MIB works for all SDS SCS STS and MDC models 2 Verify that the read write user for SNMP version 3 or a community for SNMP version 1 or 2 match the configuration on the IOLAN 3 Type in the IOLAN s IP address and connect to the IOLAN You are now ready to start configuring the IOLAN using SNMP Configuration Methods 68 SNMP Using the SNMP MIB After you have successfully connected to the IOLAN through your SNMP Management tool or MIB browser expand the PERLE IOLAN SDS MIB folder to see the IOLAN s parameter folders Below is an example of the configurable parameters under the ServicesInfo folder a eS PERLE IOLAN SDS MIB iso org dod int adminInfo serveriInfo hostsInfo userinfo portinfo modemiInfo servicesInfo gt serviceStatus serviceDHCP gt serviceRouteD gt serviceTelnetD serviceSSHD serviceHTTPD gt serviceSnmpD servicesPCcD serviceSNTP serviceHTTPSD servicesyslog gt serviceDeviceManagerD DEEDEE The first variable in each folder is the Status variable for example serviceStatus When you perform a GET on this variable one of the following values will be returned e 1 Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes e 2 Indicates that the container folder is active with change s Once you have
141. IOLAN SDS SCS STS MDC User s Guide Version 4 5 Part 5500161 45 July 2013 Copyright Statement This document must not be reproduced in any way whatsoever either printed or electronically without the consent of Perle Systems Limited 60 Renfrew Drive Markham ON Canada L3R 0E1 Perle reserves the right to make changes without further notice to any products to improve reliability function or design Perle the Perle logo and IOLAN are trademarks of Perle Systems Limited Microsoft Windows NT Windows 2000 Windows Vista Windows Server 2003 Windows 2003 R2 Windows 2008 Windows 2008 R2 Windows XP Windows 7 Windows 8 Windows Server 2012 and Internet Explorer are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation Netscape is a trademark of Netscape Communications Corporation Mozilla Firefox is a trademark of the Mozilla Foundation Solaris is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems Inc in the USA and other countries Perle Systems Limited 2005 2013 FCC Note The IOLAN Device Server has been found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions in this Guide may cause harmful interference to
142. IOLAN itself then a port number of 0 is sent IOLAN SDS SCS STS MDC User s Guide Version 4 5 377 RADIUS Type Name Description 6 12 13 14 15 Service Type Framed Protocol Framed IP Address Framed IP Netmask Framed MTU Framed Compression Login Host Login Service Response Response Response Response Response Response Response Response Indicates the service to use to connect the user to the IOLAN A value of 6 indicates administrative access to the IOLAN Supported values are e 1 Login e 3 Callback Login Equivalent to the IOLAN User Service set by Type 15 Login Service e 2 Framed e 4 Callback Framed Equivalent to the IOLAN User Service set by Type 7 Framed Protocol 7 NAS prompt 9 Callback NAS prompt Equivalent to IOLAN User Service DSLogin 6 Administrative User 11 Callback Administrative User Equivalent to IOLAN User Service DSLogin and the User gets Admin privileges The link layer protocol to be used by this user Determines the User Service when Service Type is set to Framed or Callback Framed Supported values are e 1 PPP e 2 SLIP The IP Address to be assigned to this user for PPP or SLIP The subnet to be assigned to this user for PPP or SLIP Attribute indicates the Maximum Transmission Unit MTU to be configured for the user when it is not negotiated by some other means such as PPP Indicates a compression p
143. IPv4 Configurations Ethemet Interface Settings Obtain IP address automatically using DHCP BOOTP Use the following IP address IP Address 0 0 0 0 o Subnet Mask D D D Default Gateway DNS Server WINS Server Field Descriptions Configure the following parameters System Name The System Name is used for informational purposes by such tools as the DeviceManager and is also used in conjunction with the Domain field to construct a fully qualified domain name FQDN Default Terminal Server xxxxxx where xxxxxx is the last 6 digits of the Terminal Server s MAC address Domain This field is combined with the System Name to construct the fully qualified domain name FQDN For example if the domain is mycompany com and the Server Name is set to accounting the FQDN would be accounting mycompany com Obtain IP Address When enabled the IOLAN will request an IP address from the DHCP BOOTP automatically using server By default when this option is enabled the IOLAN will also attempt to DHCP BOOTP retrieve the DNS server WINS server and default gateway from the DHCP BOOTP server Default Disabled Use the following Assign a specific IP address to the IOLAN IP Address Field Format IPv4 address IP Address The IOLAN s unique IPv4 network IP address Field Format Pv4 address Subnet Mask The network subnet mask For example 255 255 0 0 93 IP Settings Default Gateway Default Gateway
144. If enabled On random numbers are sent on the link The random numbers should be different unless the link loops back Default Disabled Specifies whether or not IP address negotiation will take place IP address negotiation is where the IOLAN allows the remote end to specify its IP address When On the IP address specified by the remote end will be used in preference to the Remote IP Address set for a Serial Port When Off the Remote IP Address set for the Serial Port will be used Default Disabled 165 Serial Port Profiles Dynamic DNS Button Launches the Dynamic DNS window when IP Address Negotiation is enabled which can then update the DNS server with the IP address that is negotiated and accepted for the PPP session 166 Serial Port Profiles Printer Profile Overview The Printer profile allows for the serial port to be configured to support a serial printer device that can be access by the network o e D Serial IOLAN Printer UNIX Linux System General Tab Field Descriptions General Advanced Hardware Email Alert Packet Forwarding Printer Profile Settings Map CR to CR LF Configure the following parameter Map CR to CR LF Defines the default end of line terminator as CR LF ASCII carriage return line feed when enabled Default Disabled 167 Serial Port Profiles Advanced Tab Field Descriptions General Advanced Hardware Email Alert Packet Forwar
145. If the monitor DSR or monitor DCD options are set the string will also be sent when the monitored signal is raised Range 0 127 alpha numeric characters Range hexadecimal 0 FF e Delay after Send If configured will inset a delay after the string is sent to the device This delay can be used to provide the serial device with time to process the string before the session is initiated Default 10 ms If the device is remote and will be dialing in via modem or ISDN TA enable this parameter Default Disabled If the device is remote and will be dialing in via modem or ISDN TA enable this parameter Default Disabled If you want the modem to dial a number when the serial port is started enable this parameter Default Disabled Enable this option when you want the serial port to do either of the following e accept a call from a modem or ISDN TA e diala number when the serial port is started Default Disabled The number of seconds the IOLAN will wait to establish a connection to a remote modem Range 1 99 Default 45 seconds The number of times the IOLAN will attempt to re establish a connection with a remote modem Range 0 99 Default 2 The name of the predefined modem that is used on this line The phone number to use when Dial Out is enabled 202 Serial Port Profiles Custom Application Profile Overview The Custom App Plugin profile is used in conjunction with custom applications created
146. MB REG DI DSR 4225 R MB_REG_DI DSR _ ALARM STATE 4289 R W MB_REG_DI DCD 4353 R MB_REG_DI DCD ALARM STATE 4417 R W MB REG DI CTS 4481 R MB _ REG DI CIS ALARM STATE 4545 R W MB REG DO DTR 4673 R W MB_REG DO RTS 4737 R W Holding Registers MB_REG HR DI DSR LATCH 4097 R W MB_REG HR DI DCD_LATCH 4609 R W MB _ REG HR _ DI CTS LATCH 5121 R W 297 TruePort I O TruePort UO You can see a sample API I O over TruePort program called ioapiotp c on the CD ROM TruePort Modbus Combination If you have a Modbus serial application running on a PC that is connected to a network you can use TruePort as a virtual serial connection to communicate with the IOLAN over the network to access T O data You also have the option of enabling SSL as a security option to encrypt the data that is communicated between the IOLAN and the host machine SSL TLS must be configured in the Server settings and on the TruePort host 1 0 Access Failsafe Timer UDP Choose the method in which the 1 0 interfaces are accessed via network by an external application Enable 1 0 Access via Modbus protocol Advanced Modbus Settings Available Network Access Allow Modbus TCP Application API v Allows Modbus RTU ASCII via TruePort Enable 1 0 Access via TruePort C Enable SSL Encryption Listen TCP Port 33816 Available Network Access Allow 1 0 Access via API through TruePott PC running a IOLAN ER Da Modbus Serial
147. N to load new firmware you need to make arrangements to return the IOLAN If you purchased the IOLAN less than 30 days before this problem appears contact your distributor otherwise see the Perle web site www Perle com for factory service information The Power Ready LED blinks red See Communication Issues for the LED label on your IOLAN unit Good Boot When the IOLAN cycles through a good boot the LED blinks for several seconds and then stays a solid green IOLAN SDS SCS STS MDC User s Guide Version 4 5 436 Communication Issues e Non critical Error Boot When the IOLAN cycles through a boot and a non critical error occurs such as a bad port the LED will blink red briefly before displaying a solid green You should reboot the IOLAN while monitoring the Console port to view the error information e Critical Error Boot When the IOLAN cycles through a boot and a critical error occurs such as corrupted firmware the LED continues to blink red View the diagnostic information displayed on the terminal connected to the Console port for information on how to correct the problem e Fatal Error Boot When the IOLAN cycles through a boot and a fatal error occurs the LED stays a solid red Communication Issues General communication checks and practices are as follows e Are your cables connected and correctly configured If you are using EIA 232 see ETA 232 Cabling Diagrams to verify that your cables are correctly
148. N will attempt to re establish a connection with a remote modem Range 0 99 Default 2 If the device is remote and will be dialing in via modem or ISDN TA enable this parameter Default Disabled If you want the modem to dial a number when the serial port is started enable this parameter Default Disabled 154 Serial Port Profiles User Service Settings Login Settings These settings apply to users who are accessing the network from a terminal connected to the IOLAN s serial port The Telnet Rlogin SSH SLIP PPP settings take effect when the connection method is defined in the user s profile or are passed to the IOLAN by a RADIUS or TACACS server when those authentication methods are being used Login Telnet Riogin SSH SLIP PPP SSL TLS Limit connection to user Initial Mode Gi Command Line Menu Terminal Pages ER v Configure the following parameters Limit Connection Makes the serial port dedicated to the specified user The user won t need to to User enter their login name just their password Initial Mode Specifies the initial interface a user navigates when logging into the serial port Data Options Menu Command Line Default Command Line Terminal Pages The number of video pages the terminal supports Range 1 7 Default 5 pages Telnet Settings The Telnet settings apply when the User Service is set to Telnet or the Terminal profile specifies a Telnet connecti
149. O NEBS models Install Locations for LDC Models The unit may be installed in one of the following locations e Network Telecommunications Facilities such as a central office e Locations where the NEC National Electric Company guidelines apply such as customer premises general business offices residential and retail e OSP Outside Plant such as outside cabinets and environmental locations Wiring up a the Fail Safe Relay The LDC series of IOLAN units are also fashioned with a Fail Safe Relay The relay is engaged after the unit is powered up and the software has loaded properly Should a failure occur the relay will be disengaged until the unit returns to a normal state of operation A failure is defined as a condition which causes the unit to stop running Hardware and Connectivity 52 Powering up your IOLAN A SPDT set of contacts are provided to the user These three contact connections are known as Common Normally Open and Normally Closed and are electrically isolated to the relay The contacts are rated for voltages up to 30V DC AC with a maximum current of 3A Hardware and Connectivity 53 Configuration Methods Introduction This chapter provides information about the different methods you can use to configure the IOLAN Before you can configure the IOLAN you must assign an IP address to the IOLAN See the Chapter 4 Getting Started to find out how to assign an IP address to the IOLAN Once
150. OLAN will send the IOLAN s IPv6 address to the RADIUS server Default Enabled When enabled the IOLAN will send the specified IPv6 address to the RADIUS server Default Disabled The IPv6 address that the IOLAN will send to the RADIUS server Field Format Pv6 address Field Descriptions Kerberos Settings Realm KDC Domain KDC Port Configure the following parameters Realm KDC Domain KDC Port The Kerberos realm is the Kerberos host domain name in upper case letters The name of a host running the KDC Key Distribution Center for the specified realm The host name that you specify must either be defined in the IOLAN s Host Table before the last reboot or be resolved by DNS The port that the Kerberos server listens to for authentication requests Default 88 228 Authentication LDAP Microsoft Active Directory Overview LDAP Lightweight Directory Access Protocol is an application protocol for querying and modifying directory services running over TCP IP It is also used as a method of authenticating users Microsoft Active Directory is an LDAP like directory service It can be used for authenticating users in a similar fashion to LDAP In this manual the use of LDAP is synonymous with Microsoft Active Directory The following parameter need to be configured to use this feature Field Descriptions LDAP Active Directory Settings ISS Host Name Port 389 Base User Attribute
151. OU S EE 395 DB25 ENT 395 DB2Z5 Female enee Geste eas eos Reda EEN EES 396 Ree 397 RJ45 for desktop and rack mount Models cccccccccceeeeeeeeees 398 RJ45 for SCS48C SCS32C SCS16C SCS8C modelel 399 RJ45 for SDS32C SDS16C SDS8C 00 ccccceeeeeeesccesseeeesseees 400 RJ45 for medical unit model 401 DBS Male Serial Only cscisiis ies gege nnaccsa tic cdesemnencateeeencannenbcecceeas 401 DBS Male YO BEEN 402 Power Over Ethernet Pinouts 0 c0ccececeececeeceececeeeeeeeeeeees 402 EIA 232 Cabling Diagrams cccccsseeeseeseeeeseeeneeeseeeeeseees 403 Terminal DB25 Connector 2 ccecceceeceeceeceeceecceceeceeececceceeceeseeceeeeeeeees 403 DB25 Male EE 403 DB25 Female eeen eea ae e e a E E a aak 403 EA LS EE EE E A EE EAE E TEET 404 RICH ET 405 Modem DB25 Connector KAREN ENEE 406 DB25 EC 406 21 Table of Contents eegene 406 EE 407 Appendix E Setting Jumpers cccccsseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 408 geet d E 408 1 Port IOLAN DB25 Male Female s ssssseeeseeeseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 408 Mar OE IOLAN RJ45 cess sc casio ate ess sss tica ct ceo cence aeaaaee aaa 409 1 Port IOLAN RJ45 P Power Over Ethernet eeceeeeeeeeseeeeees 409 1 Port IOLAN DBO eege ere Eden 410 2 Port IOLAN SDS1M Modem ccccccccessseeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 410 2POrt keete 411 2 Port IOLAN RJ45 P Power Over Ethernet ccccccccceseeeeeeeese
152. Obtain Automatically DNS Server DNS Server Obtain Automatically WINS Server WINS Server Obtain Automatically IPv6 Settings Overview Specify the gateway IP address that will provide general access beyond the local network Field Format Pv4 address When DHCP BOOTP is enabled you can enable this option to have the IOLAN receive the Default Gateway IP address from the DHCP BOOTP server Default Enabled Specify the IP address of a DNS host in your network for host name resolution Field Format Pv4 or IPv6 address When DHCP BOOTP is enabled you can enable this option to have the IOLAN receive the DNS IP address from the DHCP BOOTP server Default Enabled Specify the IP address of a WINS Windows Internet Naming Service host in your network for host resolution Field Format Pv4 address When DHCP BOOTP is enabled you can enable this option to have the IOLAN receive the WINS IP address from the DHCP BOOTP server Default Enabled Configure IPv6 settings when the IOLAN resides in an IPv6 network Field Descriptions IPv4 Settings Pv6 Settings Advanced IPv6 Configuration Ethernet Interface Settings Interface 1 Obtain IPv6 Address es u Pv6 Autoconfiguration DHCP v6 Custom IPv6 Address List Interface 2 Lal Obtain IPv6 Address es using IP v6 Autoconfiguration DHCP v6 Custom IPv6 Address List sing Add Add DHCP 6 Settings Configure the appro
153. PN peer If you want to accept a VPN connection from any VPN peer you can enter any in this field Field Format IPv4 address IPv6 address FQDN any Remote External IP When NAT Traversal NAT_T is enabled the remote VPN s public external IP Address address or FQDN Field Format Pv4 address IPv6 address FQDN 245 VPN Remote Next Hop The IP address of the router gateway that will forward data packets to the IOLAN if required The router gateway must reside on the same subnet at the remote VPN Field Format IPv4 or IPv6 address Remote The IP address of a specific host or the network address that the IOLAN will Host Network provide a VPN connection to If the IPsec tunnel is listening for connections Address Boot Action set to Add and the field value is left at 0 0 0 0 any VPN peer with a private remote network host that conforms to RFC 1918 10 0 0 0 8 172 16 0 0 12 192 168 0 0 16 will be allowed to use this tunnel if it successfully authenticates Field Format IPv4 or IPv6 address Remote IPv4 The subnet mask of the remote IPv4 network Keep the default value when you Subnet Mask are configuring a host to host VPN connection Default 255 255 255 255 Remote IPv6 Prefix The prefix bits of the remote IPv6 network Keep the default value when you Bits are configuring a host to host VPN connection Default 0 Boot Action Determines the state of the VPN network when the IOLAN is booted Data Options
154. Psec VPN tunnels Restart Button Stops and then starts all IPsec VPN tunnels 338 System Administration Introduction This chapter addresses the functions that the admin user or a user with Admin Level privileges might do This chapter uses the DeviceManager as the configuration method described in most administrative functions As a general rule administrative functions are accessed from the menu bar in the DeviceManager and under the Administration option in the WebManager s navigation tree Managing Configuration Files Saving Configuration Files When you connect to the IOLAN using either DeviceManager or WebManager the IOLAN s active configuration file is loaded into the configurator To save a backup of the configuration file locally do the following e In DeviceManager 1 2 3 From the menu bar select File Save As In the Save As dialog box specify a name and format for the file Notice that you can save the file as either a dme ora txt file Either file format can be imported into the DeviceManager and downloaded to the IOLAN in the future The dme is a binary file and the txt file is a text file that can be viewed in any text editor Click Save e In WebManager 1 2 3 In the navigation tree select the Administration option In the configuration area click the Backup Restore button Select the tab corresponding to the transfer method you wish to use The options are e Web Uses H
155. S 10 100 1000BASE T cable to connect the IOLAN unit to the network e Connection to power Only applies to DC I O Terminal Block and Electric Utility models IOLAN SDS SCS STS MDC User s Guide Version 4 5 32 Power Supply Specifications Available Accessories The following accessories are available for purchase for the various IOLAN models except medical unit models e DIN Rail Mounting Kit 35mm for the desktop models and Electric Utility models e IOLAN modem card for SCS rack mount models e PCI adapter card for SCS rack mount models for wireless WAN cards modem cards and fiber LAN cards 3 meter RJ45M RJ45M 8 wire Sun Cisco modular cable RJ45 to DB25 DTE Male adapter RJ45 to DB25 DCE Male adapter RJ45 to DB25 DTE Female adapter RJ45 to DB9 Male DTE adapter RJ45 to DB9 Female DTE adapter Contact your distributor for details Power Supply Specifications Desktop Models If you are providing a power supply for a desktop IOLAN model your power supply must meet the following requirements e DC barrel connector The cable attached to the power supply should be about 20AWG The barrel dimensions of the cable plug are OD 5 5 ID 2 1 and length 9 5mm with a straight barrel and positive polarity on the inside and negative polarity on the outside The voltage output should be between 9 30V DC and a minimum of 600 mA Terminal Block connector The cable attached to the power supply should be about 20AWG See the Qu
156. S client server data encryption TLSv1 and SSLv2 Ability to setup Virtual Private Networks Access to firewalled Nated devices via HTTP tunnels Introduction 31 Hardware and Connectivity Introduction This chapter describes how to physically set up your IOLAN unit It includes an overview of the IOLAN hardware components and how to power up the IOLAN to make sure it works correctly IOLAN Components What s Included The following components are included with your product e IOLAN unit e External power supply desktop models only e Quick Start Guide all IOLAN models except medical unit models Soft copy exists on the CDROM A CD ROM containing documentation firmware configuration software TruePort etc All IOLAN models except medical unit models that have an RJ45 serial connector s come with an RJ45 DBOF adapter Added components for rack mount models e 3 CATS RJ45 Administration cable e Rack mounting kit e SCS models only IOLAN Cable Starter Kit see Appendix H Accessories for pinout diagrams Added components for medical unit models e multi function wall plate and associated mounting kit e JOLAN MDC Hardware Installation Guide a soft copy also exists on the CDROM e JIOLAN MDC amp Philips DeviceLink II System Integration Guide What You Need to Supply Before you can begin you need to have the following e A serial cable s to connect serial devices to your IOLAN unit AnEthernet CAT
157. S on page 363 for more information on the User parameters that can be sent back by RADIUS General Field Descriptions Radius Settings General Attributes Authentication Hosts First Authentication Host None Authentication Port 1812 Accounting Enable Accounting RADIUS Configuration Retry Configure the following parameters First Authentication Name of the primary RADIUS authentication host Host Default None Second Name of the secondary RADIUS authentication host should the first RADIUS Authentication Host host fail to respond Default None Secret The secret password shared between the IOLAN and the RADIUS authentication host Authentication Port The port that the RADIUS host listens to for authentication requests Default 1812 Enable Accounting Enables disables RADIUS accounting Default Disabled First Accounting Name of the primary RADIUS accounting host Host Default None Second Accounting Name of the secondary RADIUS accounting host Host Default None Secret The secret password shared between the IOLAN and the RADIUS accounting host 226 Authentication Account Port Enable Accounting Authenticator Retry Timeout The port that the RADIUS host listens to for accounting requests Default 1813 Enables disables whether or not the IOLAN validates the RADIUS accounting response Default Enabled The number of times the IOLAN tries to connect to t
158. SH settings apply when the User Service is set to SSH or the Terminal profile specifies an SSH connection to a host Service Settings Login Telnet Rlogin SSH ap PPP SSL TLS Protocol Temninal Type ISSH 1 Cipher 3DES Verbose Mode VJ SSH 2 Enable Compression Cipher Opt1 3DES x F Strict Host Key Checking Cipher Opt2 Blowfish Si GE Cipher Opt3 l AES EA x 5 Cipher Opt4 CAST zl ee Cipher Opt Arcfour Authentication Z RSA Mosa iv Keyboard A These settings apply to the service type configured for the user or selected by the user after login Configure the following parameters Terminal Type Type of terminal attached to this serial port for example ANSI or WYSE60 Verbose Mode When enabled displays debug messages on the terminal Default Disabled Enable When enabled requests compression of all data Compression is desirable on Compression modem lines and other slow connections but will only slow down things on fast networks Default Disabled 157 Serial Port Profiles Strict Host Key Checking Auto Login Name Password SSH1 SSH1 Cipher SSH2 SSH2 Ciphers Opt1 5 RSA DSA Keyboard Authentication SLIP Settings When enabled a host public key for each host you wish to ssh to must be downloaded into the IOLAN Default Enabled When enabled creates an automatic SSH lo
159. SSL TLS e Download SSL TLS CA required if using LDAP Microsoft Active Directory with TLS SSL TLS and or X 509 certificate authentication for an IPsec tunnel e Download NTP SNTP Keys File required if using NTP SNTP server authentication File Name The file that you are going to download upload to from the IOLAN via TFTP Key Type Specify the type of authentication that will be used for the SSH session The following list details the keys that support each key type Data Options e RSA Server SSH Public Key SSH User Public Key SSH User Private Key SSH Host Public Key e DSA Server SSH Public Key SSH User Public Key SSH User Private Key SSH Host Public Key User Name The name of the user for whom you are downloading the SSH User Public or Private Key to the IOLAN 259 Keys and Certificates Host Name The name of the host for which you are downloading the SSH Host Public or Private Key to the IOLAN IPsec Tunnel Name Select the IPsec tunnel that the RSA public key is being used to authenticate 260 Configuring I O Interfaces Introduction ikos There is a line of IOLANSs that can control monitor the following types w Network of T O a eg Users e ee Input e CH Security e Digital Input Output 5 I0 Interfaces e Relay Output Settings Channels e Temperature Input Some of the models are I O combinations and some of the models support one I O type although all of the SDS I O models are exte
160. Secret in WebManager to reset the node secret You do not need to reboot the IOLAN for this to take effect it works instantly Language Support Two language files in addition to English are supplied on the supplemental CD French and German You can use any of these language files to create a translation into a language of your choice You can download the language file whether the language is supplied or translated into the IOLAN and select the Language option of Custom Language or Customlang custom language making the Menu and CLI field labels display in the desired language You can view Menu or CLI in one other language only as well as English If you download another language file this new language will replace the first language you downloaded You can revert to English at any time the English language is stored permanently in the IOLAN and is not overwritten by your new language Each user logged into the IOLAN can operate in either English or the downloaded language Loading a Supplied Language This section describes how to download a language file using the CLI since it is the least intuitive method French and German language files are provided on the supplemental CD To load one of the supplied languages into the IOLAN so the Menu or CLI fields appear in another language do the following 1 Open the supplemental CD and identify the language file either Iolan_ds_ French txt or Iolan ds German txt or supply one o
161. T IS LIVE UNLESS AREA IS KNOWN TO BE NON HAZARDOUS ADVERTISSEMENT RISQUE D EXPLOSION NE PAS DEBRANCHER TANT QUE LE CIRCUIT EST SOUS TENSION A MOINS QU IL NE S AGISSE D UN EMPLACEMENT NON DANGEREUX Madain Canada Gi 3G Ex ic nA IIC T5 Ge ETLOQSATEX41125X Perle Systems Limited Ontario Canada L3R 0E1 2009 Operating Temp Range 40 to 74 degrees C Valtane A ta 2AVNC IOLAN Device Server User s Guide 1 2 Table of Contents Preface sett eege 25 About This BOOK eege geeeg 25 Intended Audience kk REN KKK RN REN RENE ENKER REN KREE 25 Reutte EE 25 Typeface CONVENTIONS wicemctsiciiscccisisisescwsevenasaeterncndannnscassenuiecnes 26 Online EE 26 PAD OUT the Ter REN 27 IOLAN Family MOGGIS ncccssietcsescidsicssosscsnssesaatannssscesssnccccnsssasaoounen 27 Chapter 1 Introduction wisiiscsciwosriscoecansaiueurmedescavceveniuudiudin 27 IOLAN FeatureS anannnannnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 28 N I VICTOR 28 oonan TEEN 29 Accessing the Le E 29 General FP Gatures ccccs ce deco gege asss edd a et 29 Advanced Features 30 SEH EAR A0 Chapter 2 Hardware and Connectivity SEENEN 32 Introduction vivcasccecisscecscsccsecdecdsvdicscccuediwesnevaatacneveccesssccessessseveccuenss 32 IOL AN Components cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeesenaaeeeeeeseenenes 32 What s Included ccccceccsecceesccecceceeeeeesseeeeeseeuueeeeeeeeeuueeuseneeseuseceeseeeens 32 What You Need to Supply
162. TE crossover adapter pinouts This is model number DBA0010C RJ4 amp SF RJ45F TxD 3 RxD 6 GND 4 GND 5 DTR 2 DSR 7 RTS 1 CTS 8 DB25F 3 RxD 2 TxD 7 GND 6 DSR 8 DCD 20 DTR 5 CTS 4 RTS Accessories 433 SCS48C SCS32C SCS16C SCS8C Starter Kit RJ45F to DB9M DTE Crossover Adapter The following diagram shows the IOLAN RJ45 gt DBO9M crossover adapter pinouts This is model number DBA0021C Ne 6 S V j RJ4SF DB9M RJ45F DB9M TxD 3 2 RxD RxD 6 3 TxD GND 4 5 GND GND 5 DTR 2 1 DCD 6 DSR DSR 7 4 DTR RTS 1 8 CTS CTS 8 7 RTS Accessories 434 SCS48C SCS32C SCS16C SCS8C Starter Kit RJ45F to DB9F DIE Crossover Adapter The following diagram shows the IOLAN RJ45F gt DBO9F crossover adapter pinouts This is model number DBA0020C RJ45F TxD 3 RxD 6 GND 4 GND 5 DTR 2 DSR 7 RTS 1 CTS 8 DB9F DB9F 2 RxD 3 TxD 5 GND 1 DCD 6 DSR 4 DTR 8 CTS 7 RTS Sun Cisco Roll Over Adapter for Rack Mount Models This is a RJ45M gt RJ45F Sun Cisco adapter This model number is DBA0031C IOLAN RJ45F Sun Cisco RJ45M The Sun Cisco RJ45M connector attaches to the Sun Cisco Console port Accessories 435 Troubleshooting Introduction This chapter pr
163. TFTP in the IOLAN as necessary Select Tools Advanced Custom Files from the menu bar in DeviceManager and Administration Custom Files in WebManager From the File Type drop down select Download Terminal Definition Select the terminal definition option 1 2 or 3 and then browse to the terminal definition file that is being downloaded to the IOLAN In the Terminal profile select the Terminal Type Termx that you custom defined Creating Terminal Definition Files To create new terminal definition files you need to copy and edit the information from the terminfo database 1 On a UNIX host change directory to usr 1ib terminfo x where x is the first letter of the required terminal type For a Wyse60 for example you would enter the command cd usr lib terminfo w The termcap files are compiled so use the command infocmp termfile to read the required file for example infocmp wy60 Check the file for the attribute xmc n where n is greater than or equal to 1 This attribute will corrupt menu and form displays making the terminal type unsuitable for using Menu mode If the terminal definition is suitable change to a directory of your choice Rename and copy the file to the directory specified at step 4 using the command infocmp termfile gt termn where nis greater than or equal to 1 for example infocmp wy50 gt term1 Make sure the file has global read and execute permission for its entire path Edit the file t
164. TTP to transfer the data e TFTP Uses Trivial File Transfer Protocol to transfer the data H SFTP Uses Secure File Transfer Protocol to transfer the data Note For both TFTP or SFTP you must have a host on your network which will act as the TFTP or SFTP server HTTP does not require any other host In the Backup group box select the format Binary or Text in which you want to save the file Either file format can be imported into the DeviceManager and downloaded to the IOLAN in the future Click the Backup Configuration button IOLAN SDS SCS STS MDC User s Guide Version 4 5 339 Managing Configuration Files Downloading Configuration Files You can download a configuration file to the IOLAN by doing the following e In DeviceManager 1 2 4 Connect to the IOLAN to retrieve the current configuration file Open the configuration file you want to download to the IOLAN by selecting File Import Configuration from a File and then browsing to the configuration file This will replace the retrieved configuration file Select Tools Download Configuration to IOLAN or click the Download All Changes button Reboot the IOLAN e In WebManager 1 2 3 In the navigation tree select the Administration option In the configuration area click the Backup Restore button Select the tab corresponding to the transfer method you wish to use The options are e Web Uses HTTP to transfer the data TFTP Uses Trivi
165. The CLI supports the following features You can access the IOLAN from any application that supports Telnet or SSH e The ability to clear the ARP table cache e The ability to save a configuration file locally in text format in addition to the binary format e For existing IOLAN customers the native IOLAN CLI to be used by entering the iolan command See your TITOLAN User s Guide for information on using the IOLAN CLI Connecting to the IOLAN Using the CLI There are two ways you can access the IOLAN through the network Ethernet connection or through the serial connection If you are accessing the IOLAN through the network the IOLAN must already have a known IP address configured see Using a Direct Serial Connection to Specify an IP Address for information on configuring an IP address Through the Network To connect to the IOLAN through the network to configure manage it using the CLI do the following 1 Start a Telnet or SSH session to the IOLAN s IP address for example telnet 10 10 201 100 2 You will get a Login prompt You can login as the admin user or as a user with Admin Level rights If the login is successful you will get a prompt that displays the IOLAN model and number of ports Login admin Password SDS2 You will see a prompt that displays the model and number of the IOLAN You are now ready to start configuring managing your IOLAN using the CLI Configuration Methods 63 Menu Through
166. The channel output will go inactive after the specified time interval after it is manually started Default Manual 275 Channels Pulse Mode Pulse Count Inactive Signal Width Active Signal Width Delay Failsafe Action When Output is set to Pulse you can specify the manner of the pulse Data Options e Continuous Continuously pulses active and inactive e Count Pulses an active inactive sequence for the specified number of times Default Continuous The channel output will pulse for the specified number of times each count consists of an active inactive sequence Default 1 How long the channel will remain inactive during pulse mode Range 1 9999 x 100 ms Default 1 100 ms How long the channel will be active during the pulse mode Range 1 9999 x 100 ms Default 1 100 ms When a deactivate command is issued a delay is implemented before the command is executed Range 1 9999 x 100 ms Default 1 100 ms When there has been no I O activity within the specified time set in the I O Interfaces Settings on the Failsafe Timer tab and the Failsafe Timer is triggered Data Options e None The state of the Digital Relay output remains the same no change e Activate Output Activates the channel e Deactivate Output Deactivates the channel Default None 276 Channels Relay Overview Relay channels can open or close a contact for a higher voltage circuit using a lower le
167. U parameter specifies the maximum size of PPP packets that the IOLAN s port will accept If your user is authenticated by the IOLAN the MRU value will be overridden if you have set a MTU value for the user If your user is authenticated by RADIUS and the RADIUS parameter Framed MTU is set in the RADIUS file the IOLAN will use the value in the RADIUS file in preference to the value configured here Range 64 1500 bytes Default 1500 197 Serial Port Profiles Configure Request Timeout Configure Request Retries Terminate Request Timeout Terminate Request Retries Configure NAK Retries Enable Address Control Compression Enable Protocol Compression Enable VJ Compression Enable Magic Negotiation Idle Timeout Direct Connect The maximum time in seconds that LCP Link Control Protocol will wait before it considers a configure request packet to have been lost Range 1 255 Default 3 seconds The maximum number of times a configure request packet will be re sent before the link is terminated Range 0 255 Default 10 seconds The maximum time in seconds that LCP Link Control Protocol will wait before it considers a terminate request packet to have been lost Range 1 255 Default 3 seconds The maximum number of times a terminate request packet will be re sent before the link is terminated Range 0 255 Default 2 seconds The maximum number of times a configure NAK packet w
168. UE Perle Line Access Port 3 Read Output 4 VALUE Perle Line Access Port 3 Read Output Write 5 VALUE Perle Line Access Port 3 Read Output Input 6 RADIUS and TACACS 385 TACACS VALUE Perle Line Access Port 3 Read Output Input Write 7 VALUE Perle Line Access Port 4 Disabled 0 VALUE Perle Line Access Port 4 Read Write 1 VALUE Perle Line Access Port 4 Read Input 2 VALUE Perle Line Access Port 4 Read Input Write 3 VALUE Perle Line Access Port 4 Read Output 4 VALUE Perle Line Access Port 4 Read Output Write 5 VALUE Perle Line Access Port 4 Read Output Input 6 VALUE Perle Line Access Port 4 Read Output Input Write 7 TACACS Although TACACS can be used strictly for external authentication it can also be used to configure Serial Port and User parameters Therefore when a user is being authenticated using TACACS it is possible that the user s configuration is a compilation of the parameters passed back from the TACACS authentication server the User s IOLAN parameters if the user has also been set up as a local user in the IOLAN and the Default User s parameters for any parameters that have not been set by either TACACS or the User s local configuration User and Serial Port parameters can be passed to the IOLAN after authentication for users accessing the IOLAN from the serial side and users accessing the IOLAN from the Ethernet side connections A
169. USB connector Output Manufacturer manufacturer name Product product name Vendor id id Stor Prod Id id USB modem detected and appears to be in storage mode Action None This is displayed prior to initializing the USB modem Wait a couple of seconds and issue this command again Output Manufacturer manufacturer name Product product name Vendor id id Stor Prod Id id Attempting to flip USB modem into modem mode Action None The IOLAN is attempting to initialize the USB modem Wait a minute and issue this command again Output Manufacturer manufacturer name Product product name Vendor id id Stor Prod Id id In database Yes Attempting to flip USB modem into modem mode using USB mode switch configuration Action None The IOLAN is attempting to initialize the USB modem Wait a minute and issue this command again Output Manufacturer manufacturer name Product product name Vendor id id Stor Prod Id id In database Yes Failed to initialize USB modem Please try another USB modem device or contact Perle customer support with the device information above Troubleshooting the USB Modem 451 Modem not connecting to the network Action Try a different USB modem or search the internet linux community for possible updates to the usb_modeswitch configuration file for that vendor and product id The USB modem may also be defective Contact Perle suppor
170. WAN card you are using Data Options e Sierra Wireless AirCard 881 You are using a Sierra Wireless AirCard 881 WAN card e Sony Ericsson PC300 You are using a Sony Ericsson PC300 wireless WAN card Sierra Wireless You are using a Sierra wireless WAN card Sony Ericsson You are using a Sony Ericsson wireless WAN card Use Standard Driver Jr the wireless WAN card you are using is not listed try the standard driver e Use Custom Driver A custom driver downloaded from the Perle website Default Sierra Wireless AirCard 881 310 Configuring a Wireless PCMCIA WAN Card APN Specify the APN required by your internet provider to access their network See the internet provider documentation for more information User Name Specify the name required by your internet provider to access their network Password Specify the password required by your internet provider to access their network Phone Number Specify the phone number provided by your service provider to access their wireless network Field Format Probably similar to 99 1 Initialization String Specify the initialization string required by your internet service provider for your wireless modem When you click the Advanced button the Remote Access PPP profile is displayed The wireless WAN card uses PPP to communicate with its wireless provider See Remote Access PPP Profile for information on how to configure PPP 311 Configuring a USB Modem
171. Width Delay Failsafe Action Digital UO Extension Overview How long the channel will be active during the pulse mode Range 1 9999 x 100 ms Default 1 100 ms When a deactivate command is issued a delay is implemented before the command is executed Range 1 9999 x 100 ms Default 1 100 ms When there has been no I O activity within the specified time set in the I O Interfaces Settings on the Failsafe Timer tab and the Failsafe Timer is triggered Data Options e None The state of the Digital Relay output remains the same no change e Activate Output aActivates the channel e Deactivate Output Deactivates the channel Default None The Digital I O extension feature connects a digital input signal to digital output s relay s and or a TCP IP application over an IP network Therefore when the state of the digital input changes you can also change the state of the digital output or relay channel or output serial signal pin on a local T O channel s other IOLAN I O channels other IOLAN serial signal pins or the data can be sent to an application s For example when the door opens I O digital input sensor in a factory a light goes on in the reception office remote IOLAN relay channel and the door open close is logged by an application on a remote host Warehouse 100g yuo1y a Remote Host IOLAN Reception Network 279 Channels Functionality The Digit
172. a subnet directed broadcast address This is done by specifying the subnet address with the host portion filled with ls For example if you are on the subnet 172 16 x x with a subnet mask of 255 255 254 0 than you would specify an IP address of 172 16 1 255 all ones for host portion For this setting leave the End IP Address as 0 0 0 0 For any LAN to Serial ranges you have defined for this serial port you must ensure that IP address of this IOLAN is not included in the range If your IP address is within the range you will receive the data you send via the subnet directed broadcasts as data coming in from the LAN An example UDP configuration is described based on the following window General Hardware Email Alert Packet Forwarding UDP Socket Settings Listen for connections on UDP port 10001 Host Range Direction Start IP Address End IP Address UDP Port 1 LANto Serial zl 172 16 1 25 172 16 1 50 Port v 33010 2 Serialto LAN ze 172 16 1 75 172 16 1 80 Port v 33009 3 Both v 172161 1 172 16 1 20 Port w 33001 4 EE oo o The UDP configuration window taken from the DeviceManager is configured to UDP Entry 1 All UDP data received from hosts that have an IP address that falls within the range of 172 16 1 25 to172 16 1 50 and source UDP Port of 33010 will be sent to the serial device The IOLAN will not send any data received on its serial port to the host range defined by this entr
173. ager select Tools Import Configuration from a File and in WebManager select Administration Restore Backup You need to download the file in DeviceManager and in both managers you need to reboot the IOLAN Managing the IOLAN Most of the management tasks such as setting the time date downloading keys certificates downloading firmware downloading custom files resetting serial ports etc are found under the Tools menu option in the DeviceManager and under Administration in WebManager Using DeviceManager and WebManager 91 Network Settings Introduction The Network section is used to configure the parameters that identify the ac ge IOLAN within the network and how the IOLAN accesses hosts on the z Kess network The following configuration windows are available Bate IP Setti e IP Settings This window configures the IOLAN s name IP Advanced address and Ethernet information See IP Settings for more information e Advanced The window configures hosts that the IOLAN will be communicating with routes DNS WINS servers RIP Dynamic DNS and IPv6 Tunnels See Advanced for more information on these options IOLAN SDS SCS STS MDC User s Guide Version 4 5 92 IP Settings IP Settings IPv4 Settings Overview The parameters in IPv4 settings are used to access the IOLAN and are how the IOLAN accesses the network IPv4 Settings IPv6 Settings Advanced System Settings System Name Domain
174. al File Transfer Protocol to transfer the data e SFTP Uses Secure File Transfer Protocol to transfer the data Note For both TFTP or SFTP you must have a host on your network which will act as the TFTP or SFTP server HTTP does not require any other host In the Restore group box browse to the configuration file that you want to download to the IOLAN Click the Restore Configuration button Reboot the IOLAN 340 Managing Configuration Files Downloading Configuration Files to Multiple IOLANs You can download a configuration file to multiple IOLANs at the same time by doing the following in DeviceManager DeviceManager is the only configurator that does this function 1 Select Tools Download Configuration to Multiple IOLANs 2 Specify the IOLANs that you want to download the configuration to Download Configuration to Multiple IOLANs IP Address Server Name Password Reboot Server No v Cancel Enter the following information for each IOLAN that you want to configure with the same configuration file IP Address Enter the IP address of the IOLAN that you want to download the configuration to Field Format IPv4 or IPv6 address Server Name The name of the IOLAN The IOLAN name that you put in this field is passed into the configuration before it is downloaded to the IOLAN and cannot be left blank Password Enter the admin user password for the IOLAN Reboot Server Determines whether or not the IOLAN
175. al I O extension feature requires the digital input to be connected to one or more digital outputs relays local or on another IOLAN model output serial signal pins and or TCP IP applications In order to create a successful connection between the input and output or application one side must be must be set to Listen for connection and the other side must be set to Connect to When the state of an input channel changes a message is sent to all sessions currently associated with that channel When the IOLAN is communicating to an application there is no need for the output channel or application to respond to messages from the input channel Each input channel is reported individually so the receiving application gets the status only at the point at which the channel state has changed The message format from input channel to output channel application consists of 20 bytes per status 10 bytes are currently used and 10 are being reserved for future use Message Type Input Number IOLAN MAC Current Alarm Current Status Reserved 1 Byte 1 Byte Address 6 Bytes State 1 Byte of Input 1 Byte 10 Bytes Message type 1 Byte e 0 Digital input status e 1 Serial I O status e Input number 1 Byte e Digital input will be 1 2 3 or 4 to represent the channel number e Serial I O will be 5 DSR 6 DCD or 7 CTS MAC Address of the IOLAN sending the input information 6 Bytes Current Alarm State 1 Byte e 0 Not
176. al adapter output this can range from 9 30V DC if an external adapter is shipped with the IOLAN it has a 12V DC output maximum output power is one watt per a serial port By default the power out pin is set to no power You can set the IOLAN line termination to on or off this is off by default if you are using EIA 422 485 not applicable for I O models 1 Port IOLAN DB25 Male Female To change the settings do the following 1 Unplug the IOLAN from the electrical outlet and disconnect everything from the box 2 Open the case by unscrewing the two side screws one on each side and lifting off the top of the case You should see the following Screw Q L I o 5 Power ogo DIP 000 i 9 5 S Switch d Reset 54e 5 E 8 5 RJ45 e Screw 3 To change the power pin out locate J4 For the fixed 5V DC output jumper pins 1 and 2 For the output to equal the external adapter input jumper pins 2 and 3 4 To turn line termination on locate and jumper J1 for Full Duplex Rx 422 or locate and jumper J9 for Half Duplex Rx Tx 485 5 Close the IOLAN case by replacing the case lid and the two screws You can now power it on with the new settings IOLAN SDS SCS STS MDC User s Guide Version 4 5 408 Introduction 1 Port IOLAN RJ45 To change the settings do the following 1 Unplug the IOLAN from the electrical outlet and disconnect everything from the box 2 Open the case
177. al marked Earthing Wire Ground wire to terminal marked with circular earthing symbol Screws Tighten terminal connector block screws to 4 5 lbs inches 0 51 Nm torque Switch On the power supplies Switch On the IOLAN The power LEDS 1 and 2 will indicate the status of the power source at the respective input If both the primary and secondary power source are available both LED 1 and LED 2 will be luminated indicated power detected from each input Hardware and Connectivity 47 Powering up your IOLAN Disconnecting 48V Power Supplies from the IOLAN To disconnect the power supply s from the IOLAN do the following 1 Switch off the IOLAN 2 Switch off the power source s 3 Disconnect all DC power input cables from the IOLAN terminal connector block 4 Remove any attached devices to the serial or Ethernet port s Your IOLAN is ready to be moved Electric Utility Models To power up the IOLAN Electric Utility models perform the following steps 1 Ensure that the power supply side of the connection is been powered down before attempting to connect the wires on the IOLAN side Connect the power as outlined in the wiring section below which matches your model 3 Enable power to unit Unit should now power up Selecting Install Locations for LDC Models Wiring Safety warnings for ALL Electric Utility models Safety warnings for HV and DHV models All equipment must be installed according to the a
178. all IOLAN models except DS and TS models e External authentication using any of the following systems RADIUS Kerberos TACACS NIS SecurID LDAP Microsoft Active Directory Support for TCP IP and UDP protocols Dynamic DNS with DYNDNS org Domain Name Server DNS support WINS support for Windows environments Remote access support including PPP SLIP and SLIP with VJ Compression Ability to remotely manage the Perle Remote Power Switch RPS Ability to cluster several IOLANs Email alert notification PPP authentication via PAP CHAP MSCHAP SSH connections supported ciphers are Blowfish 3DES AES CAST 128 and Arcfour SSL TLS connections Logging via Syslog RIP authentication via password or MDS SNTP versions 1 2 3 and 4 are supported The IOLAN security features can include depending on your IOLAN model e Supervisory and serial port password protection e Ability to set serial port access rights e Ability to assign users access level rights to control their access o Trusted host filtering IP filtering allowing only those hosts that have been configured in the IOLAN access to the IOLAN Idle port timers which close a connection that has not been active for a specified period of time e Ability to individually disable network services that won t be used by the IOLAN Introduction 30 IOLAN Features SSH client server connections SSH 1 and SSH 2 SSL TL
179. alue in the RADIUS file in preference to the value configured here Default Enabled 160 Serial Port Profiles PPP Settings The PPP settings apply when the User Service is set to PPP Login Telnet Hoon SSH IPv4 Local IP Address IPv4 Remote IP Address IPv4 Subnet Mask IPv6 Local Interface Identifier IPv6 Remote Interface Identifier ACCM MRU Authentication User Password Remote User SS LBE SEA JEC Configure Req Retries 0 m SLIP PPP SSL TLS as Oi oO Configure Req Timeout 0 E Terminate Req Timeout Terminate Reg Bees Configure NAK Retries all JL a0 Authentication Timeout 1500 C Enable Roaming Callback D CHAP allenge Interval Bi CH Address Control Compression Protocol Compression VJ Compression Remote Password Routing Magic Negotiation 00 8g g IP Address Negotiation None v Configure the following parameters IPv4 Local IP Address IPv4 Remote IP Address IPv4 Subnet Mask IPv6 Local Interface Identifier The IPV4 IP address of the IOLAN end of the PPP link For routing to work you must enter a local IP address Choose an address that is part of the same network or subnetwork as the remote end for example if the remote end is address 192 101 34 146 your local IP address can be 192 101 34 145 Do not use the IOLAN s main IP address in this field if you do so routin
180. alue used to trigger an alarm Send Email Alert When enabled sends an email alert to an email account s set up in the System settings when an alarm is triggered or cleared The email alert data includes the severity level and the value that caused the alarm to trigger or clear The Email Alert is associated with Level Critical Default Disabled 286 Channels Send Syslog Alert Send SNMP Alert When enabled sends a message to syslog when an alarm is triggered or cleared The syslog entry includes the severity level and the value that caused the alarm to trigger or clear The syslog message is associated with Level Critical Default Disabled When enabled sends an SNMP trap when an alarm is triggered or cleared The trap consists of the severity level and whether the alarm was triggered or cleared Default Disabled Advanced Analog Alarm Settings The advanced Analog Alarm Settings window expands the basic alarm settings options to up to five severity levels Analog Alarm Settings Advanced Settings Trigger Type Low Severity Levels C Level 1 Alam level s will activate when input is lower than trigger value Trigger values must decrease with each level Once activated alarm level s will remain latched until input is higher than the clear value Email Syslog SNMP Configure the following parameters Trigger Type Clear Mode Level 1 5 If the Trigger Type is Low an alarm
181. ame Specify the user name used to access the account set up on the DynDNS org server Password Specify the password used to access the account set up on the DynDNS org server Account Settings Click this button to configure the Dynamic DNS DynDNS org account Button information Account Settings Enter the information about your DynDNS com account so the IOLAN can communicate IP address updates These settings are global and apply to all Dynamic DNS settings Dynamic DNS Account Settings A These Dynamic DNS Account settings are global and apply to all interfaces System Type K Wildcard Enable Connection Method HTTP HTTPS Configuration Configure the appropriate parameters System Type Specify how your account IP address schema was set up with DynDNS org Refer to www DynDNS org for information about this parameter Data Options Dynamic Static Custom Default Dynamic Wildcard Adds an alias to yourcompanySCS dyndns org pointing to the same IP address as entered for yourcompanySCS dyndns org Connection Method Specify how the IOLAN is going to connect to the DynDNS org server Data Options e HTTP e HTTP through Port 8245 e HTTPS for a secure connection to the DynDNS server Default Disabled Cipher Suite Button Launches the cipher information window so you can specify the type of encryption that will be used for data that is transferred between the DynDNS org server and the IOLAN See Cipher Suite F
182. ams 416 Wiring I O Diagrams Analog Input Make sure the Analog jumpers support the software setting see Analog Input Module for jumper settings Current To connect channel A1 with a 2 wire shielded cable connect the positive wire to A1 the negative wire to Al and optionally the shield to GND A2 A3 A3 A4 A4 GND dh lt lt Alt I I shield U If you have the positive negative wires reversed the output will always read 0 zero Voltage To connect to Channel A1 with a 2 wire shielded cable connect the positive wire to Al the negative wire to Al and optionally the shield to GND 4 CH lt A4 A4 GND oft Q Eri z lt lt lt Al I I shield L If you have the positive negative wires reversed the polarity of the voltage will be reversed UO Wiring Diagrams 417 Wiring I O Diagrams Temperature Input If you are using RTD sensors a short detected status will be displayed if the wires are connected improperly RTD or thermocouple sensors will display an open detection status when the circuit is broken Thermocouple To connect to Channel A1 with a 2 wire cable connect the positive wire to Al and the negative wire to Al you will not be using the Als connection Alt N lt A3 A3 A3s lt lt A4 A4 A4s ad lt lt UU PTT LEE TTT
183. an IP address is assigned to the IOLAN you can use any of the configuration methods to Configure users Configure IOLAN server parameters Configure serial port parameters Configure network parameters Configure time parameters Reboot the IOLAN Manage the Perle Remote Power Switch when applicable Manage I O channels when applicable View statistics while connected to the IOLAN IOLAN SDS SCS STS MDC User s Guide Version 4 5 54 Configuration Methods Overview Configuration Methods Overview Some of the IOLAN configuration methods have the capability of configuring an IP address which is the first required configuration step for a new IOLAN Once the IOLAN has been assigned an IP address any of the configuration methods can be used to configure the IOLAN Configures an IP Address Following is a list of methods for setting the IOLAN IP address and a short explanation of when you would want to use that method Easy Config Wizard The Easy Config Wizard is available from the CD ROM included with your IOLAN You can use the Easy Config Wizard to set the IOLAN s IP address and configure serial ports This configuration method would typically be used when e All ports are to have the same configuration e Only the most commonly used profiles are required e Straightforward application with no advanced functionality required e Easy Config is installed on a Windows based PC with local network access to the IOLAN D
184. and instructs the IOLAN to terminate the current session and go into command mode Answer call Instructs the VModem to accept connection requests VModem will give the terminal up to 3 minutes to answer the call If the ATA is not received within 3 minutes all pending sync messages will be discarded ATIO Return the modem manufacturer name ATI3 Return the modem model name ATSO Sets the value of the SO register The SO register controls the auto answer behavior In manual mode the IOLAN will not accept incoming sessions until an ATA is issued by the serial device In auto answer mode the IOLAN will automatically accept an incoming connection request IOLAN SDS SCS STS MDC User s Guide Version 4 5 Register 0 sets manual answer mode Register 1 255 auto answer mode default 393 Virtual Modem Initialization Commands Command Description Options AT amp Z1 Set command allows the user to store an IP address and port number or phone number to use when making a connection The user will issue an ATDS1 to cause the IOLAN to initiate the connection AT amp Sn Sets the behavior of IOLAN s DTR signal DSR from a DCE perspective n 0 DTR signal always high default n 2 DTR signal acts as DCD n 3 DTR signal acts as RI AT amp Rn AT amp Cn AT amp F Sets the behavior of IOLAN s RTS signal CTS from a DCE
185. annel e minRawValue The minimum raw value received by the channel until it is cleared e maxRawValue The maximum raw value received from the channel until it is cleared curEngValue The current raw value that has been converted to voltage current for Analog or Celsius Fahrenheit for Temperature e minEngValue The minimum raw value that has been converted to voltage current for Analog or Celsius Fahrenheit for Temperature until it is cleared e maxEngValue The maximum raw value that has been converted to voltage current for Analog or Celsius Fahrenheit for Temperature until it is cleared 290 I O UDP Digital Relay Section The Digital Relay Section of the UDP packet provides the status of Digital and Relay channels The data for the status of each channel is represented by 1 byte with each bit representing a channel least significant bit format Length Channel Digital Relay Channel Data 1 Byte one bit for each channel Enabled 2 Bytes 1 Byte Channel 4 Channel 3 Channel 2 Channel 1 e Length The length of Digital Relay Section within the UDP packet this value will always be 2 Bytes e Channel Enabled This is based on the configuration of the Digital Relay channels The Channel Enabled field is 1 byte in least significant bit order for each channel If the channel is enabled the bit is set to 1 If the channel is disabled the bit is set to 0 zero Channel Enabled 1 Byte one
186. anner information product name software version This banner information is presented to a user with a login prompt For security reasons you can turn off the display of this information Default Disabled When set and a custom language file is in use the login prompt and password prompt will use the string defined in the language file as the login prompt and password prompt instead of the default prompt login password Default Disabled When set authorized users who do not have a password set with the exception of the admin user WILL NOT be prompted for a password at login with Local Authentication Default Disabled When set and the user connects to the IOLAN using WebManager the WebManager login screen that is displayed is generic the Perle banner IOLAN model name and firmware version are not displayed to the user Default Disabled The number of attempts a user is allowed to enter a password for a serial port connection from the network before the connection is terminated and the user has to attempt to login again For users logging into the serial port if this limit is exceeded the serial port is disabled for 5 minutes A user with Admin level rights can restart the serial port bypassing the timeout by issuing a kill on the disabled serial port Default 3 327 Management EasyPort Web Select Java if communication is via port 23 Telnet or port 22 SSH and the IOLAN is not restricted by a firewa
187. arameters 220 Adding Editing Users Session 1 2 3 4 Settings Button Connect Automatically Host TCP Port You can configure up to four 4 sessions that the user can select from to connect to a specific host after that user has successfully logged into the IOLAN used only on serial ports configured for the Terminal profile Data Options e None No connection is configured for this session e Telnet For information on the Telnet connection window see Telnet Settings SSH For information on the SSH connection window see SSH Settings RLogin For information on the RLogin connection window see Rlogin Settings Default None Click this button to configure the connection parameters for this session Specify whether or not the session s will start automatically when the user logs into the IOLAN Default Disabled The host that the user will connect to in this predefined session Default None The TCP port that the IOLAN will use to connect to the host in this predefined session Default Telnet 23 SSH 22 Rlogin 513 221 Adding Editing Users Serial Port Access Tab Overview The Serial Port Access tab controls the user s read write access on any given IOLAN serial port This pertains to users that are connecting from the network to a serial over a Console Management type session This can be useful when you have multiple users connecting to the same serial device and you wish to co
188. assigned to the IOLAN in most cases you can continue to use the same method if it is a configurator or you can switch to any other configuration method Requires a Configured IP Address The following configuration methods require that an IP address already be assigned to the IOLAN WebManager WebManager is a fully functional browser based configuration method IOLAN Interface The IOLAN interface is available on IOLAN models that are 1 16 ports this is not supported on DS1 TS2 and medical unit models and uses the interface that is available on the IOLAN product line Configuration Methods 55 Easy Config Wizard Easy Config Wizard The Easy Config Wizard is a configuration wizard that will configure all the serial ports on your IOLAN to one of the following Printer not supported on DS1 TS2 models Serial Tunneling You can launch the Easy Config Wizard from the Perle website or from the installation CD ROM e Console Management e TruePort Virtual COM Port e TCP Sockets Raw TCP e Terminal EasyConfig Welcome to EasyConfig perle EasyConfig Wizard discovers and configures IOLAN on a local network to one of the following profiles Discover For more advanced configurations use WebManager or DeviceManager The Easy Config Wizard has been designed to walk you through the configuration process for any of the available configuration options shown on the Welcome window Configura
189. at it is associated with e When the channel is configured as digital output you must select a local digital input channel or input serial signal pin on the IOLAN Note that the Failsafe Action is not compatible this option Default Disabled Enables a per connection TCP keepalive feature After the configured number of seconds the connection will send a gratuitous ACK to the network peer thus either ensuring the connection stays active OR causing a dropped connection condition to be recognized This parameter needs to be used in conjunction with Monitor Connection Status Interval parameter found in the Serial Advanced Advanced Settings tab The interval specifies the inactivity period before testing the connection Default Disabled 282 Channels Adding Editing Additional Hosts You can define a list of hosts that the I O channel will communicate to or a primary backup host Configure the following parameters Define additional hosts to connect to Add Button Edit Button Delete Button Define a primary host and backup Primary Host TCP Port Backup Host TCP Port When this option is enabled you can define up to 49 hosts IOLANSs that the T O channel or serial signal pin will attempt communicate to With this mode of operation the I O channel will connect to multiple hosts IOLANs simultaneously Default Enabled Click the Add button to add a host to the list of hosts that will be receiving c
190. at the peer from which TruePort is trying to accept a connection from is not configured for SSL TLS Verify that the peer has been configured for an SSL TLS client connection Certificate did not match configuration e The message is displayed when Validate Peer Certificate has been enabled but the configured Validation Criteria does not match the corresponding data in the certificate received from the peer The data configured must match exactly to the data in the certificate The data is also case sensitive unknown protocol message when trying to make an SSL TLS connection e This will be displayed when both sides of the TCP connection are configured as SSL TLS clients Change one of the end points to act as an SSL TLS server e One of the endpoints is not configured for SSL TLS Make sure both endpoints are configured for SSL TLS verify that one is a client and the other is a server tlsv1 alert handshake failure or sslv3 alert handshake failure e The remote site has an SSL TLS error and is sending this message with an alert message Look at the error messages on the remote end and fix the problem indicated UO Models An I O Digital or Relay controlled motor is starting stopping e Digital and Relay channels have automatically resetting fuses meaning that if the circuit gets overloaded and the fuse blows it will automatically reset when the circuit cools down An A4R2 model is starting stopping e The A4R2 model can run at 55 d
191. authentication an initial CHAP challenge takes place and is unrelated to CHAP re challenges The initial challenge takes place even if re challenges are disabled Some PPP client software does not work with CHAP re challenges so you might want to leave the parameter disabled in the IOLAN Range 0 255 Default 0 zero meaning CHAP re challenge is disabled A user can enter a telephone number that the IOLAN will use to callback him her This feature is particularly useful for a mobile user Roaming callback can only work when the User Enable Callback parameter is enabled Enable Roaming Callback therefore overrides fixed User Enable Callback To use Enable Roaming Callback the remote end must be a Microsoft Windows OS that supports Microsoft s Callback Control Protocol CBCP The user is allowed 30 seconds to enter a telephone number after which the IOLAN ends the call Default Disabled 196 Serial Port Profiles Advanced Tab Field Descriptions General Authentication Advanced Hardware Email Alert Packet Forwarding Advanced PPP Settings aa Dial Options Routing v Connect OMS Direct ACCM 0 Direct Connect MRU 150 O Dial in O Dial Out Timeout seconds Retries O Dial In Out Configure Request 3 10 i z Dial Timeout 45 seconds Teminate Request E 2 Em Dial Retry 2 Configure NAK 10 SS Modem Z Enable Address Control Compression r Ph
192. ave IP Settings table Delete Button Deletes an entry from the Modbus Destination Slave IP Settings table 183 Serial Port Profiles Adding Editing Modbus Slave IP Settings Destination Modbus Slave IP Settings UID Stat 0 Destination Type O Gateway IP Address Start 0 0 0 0 End 0 0 0 0 Protocol TCP Oupp UDP TCP Port 502 Configure the following parameters UID Start UID End Type Start IP Address When Destination is set to Host and you have sequential Modbus Slave IP addresses for example 10 10 10 1 10 10 10 2 10 10 10 3 etc you can specify a UID range not supported with IPv6 addresses and the IOLAN will automatically increment the last digit of the configured IP address Therefore you can specify a UID range of 1 100 and the IOLAN will route Master Modbus messages to all Modbus Slaves with IP addresses of 10 10 10 1 10 10 10 100 Range 1 247 Default 0 zero When Destination is set to Host and you have sequential Modbus Slave IP addresses for example 10 10 10 1 10 10 10 2 10 10 10 3 etc you can specify a UID range not supported with IPv6 addresses and the IOLAN will automatically increment the last digit of the configured IP address Therefore you can specify a UID range of 1 100 and the IOLAN will route Master Modbus messages to all Modbus Slaves with IP addresses of 10 10 10 1 10 10 10 100 Range 1 247 Default 0 zero Specify the confi
193. aves are connected to the serial ports on the IOLAN Note The IOLAN provides a single gateway to the network attached Modbus Masters This means that all Modbus Slaves attached to the IOLAN s serial ports must have a unique UID Multiple Masters on the network can communicate with these Modbus Slaves Note If a transaction is in progress to a Modbus Slave other requests to that same device will be queued until that transaction is complete Modbus Master Serial Slave Slave Gateway EIA 232 IOLAN Modbus Master WS Slave Modbus Slave EIA 422 485 an i T Slave 353 Configuring Modbus Modbus Serial Port Settings Modbus Master Settings When the Modbus Masters is attached to the IOLAN s serial port configure that serial port to the Modbus Gateway profile acting as a Modbus Master You must configure the Modbus TCP Slaves on the TCP Ethernet side so the IOLAN can properly route messages using the Modbus Slave s UIDs to the appropriate TCP attached devices Modbus Slave IP 10 10 10 12 UID 23 p E g Master Gateway TCP eme Serial EIA 232 IOLAN as IP 10 10 10 10 E1A 422 485 Modbus Master Modbus Slave IP 10 10 10 11 UID 22 Modbus Master Serial Port 1 To configure the Modbus Master on serial port 1 do the following 1 2 3 Select the Modbus Gateway profile for serial port 1 On the General tab enable the Modbus Master parameter Click the
194. ays Controls the sending of ASCII strings to serial device at session start as follows e Send at Start H configured this string will be sent to the serial device on power up of the IOLAN or when a kill line command is issued on this serial port If the monitor DSR or monitor DCD options are set the string will also be sent when the monitored signal is raised Range 0 127 alpha numeric characters Range hexadecimal 0 FF e Delay after Send If configured will inset a delay after the string is sent to the device This delay can be used to provide the serial device with time to process the string before the session is initiated Default 10 ms If the device is remote and will be dialing in via modem or ISDN TA enable this parameter Default Disabled If you want the modem to dial a number when the serial port is started enable this parameter Default Disabled The number of seconds the IOLAN will wait to establish a connection to a remote modem Range 1 99 Default 45 seconds 138 Serial Port Profiles Dial Retry Modem Phone The number of times the IOLAN will attempt to re establish a connection with a remote modem Range 0 99 Default 2 The name of the predefined modem that is used on this line The phone number to use when Dial Out is enabled 139 Serial Port Profiles TCP Sockets Profile Overview The TCP Socket profile allows for a serial device to communicate over a TCP n
195. b terminal or PC connected to a serial port The Menu supports the following features e You can access the IOLAN from any application that supports Telnet or SSH e For existing IOLAN customers the native IOLAN menu interface can be used by entering the iolan command to display and use the native IOLAN menu interface See your JOLAN User s Guide for information on using the IOLAN interface See JOLAN Interface for more information about IOLAN interface Connecting to the IOLAN Using the Menu To connect the IOLAN using the Menu follow the directions for Connecting to the IOLAN Using the CLI Configuration Methods 64 Menu Using the Menu After you have successfully logged in type screen at the prompt and press Enter You will be asked to enter a terminal type and then you will see the following Menu ex Telnet 10 10 201 100 User admin IOLAN SDS2 v3 1 G8 Telnet 5 Sessions Server Configuration Line Configuration Network Configuration Authentication Configuration Time Configuration Modem Configuration Statistics Command Line Mode Help Arrows Move Enter Select To navigate through the Menu options do the following 1 Highlight a Menu option by using the keyboard up and down arrows to navigate the list 2 When the Menu item you want to access is highlighted press the Enter key to either get to the next list of options or to get the configuration screen depending on what you select 3
196. ber so it must be entered in the exact way the application will send it For example if you enter 555 1212 in this table and the application sends 5551212 the IOLAN will not match the two numbers Spaces will be ignored 176 Serial Port Profiles Host IP Address Specify the IP address of the IOLAN that is receiving the virtual modem connection Field Format IPv4 or IPv6 address Host Specify the host name from the host table of the IOLAN that is receiving the virtual modem connection TCP Port Specify the TCP Port on the IOLAN that is set to receive the virtual modem connection Default 0 Control Signal UO Profile Overview The Control Signal I O profile is only available on IOLAN I O models When you configure a serial port for Control Signal I O you are using the DSR DCD CTS DTR and RTS serial pins for I O channel Digital Input DSR DCD and CTS or Digital Output DTR and RTS Functionality The Control Signal I O profile enables the use of the E A 232 serial port pins to be used as assigned Digital Inputs or Digital Outputs IOLAN UO b p D gt gt alas W DB9 Male 9 6 e Connector D C CTS Digital Input DSR Ls Digital Input Monitoring Application Ground DTR Digital Output DCD RTS Digital Input Digital Output General Tab Field Descriptions The General tab displays the signal pins This window is also used to enable disable the signal pins General Control Sig
197. bit for each channel Channel 4 Channel 3 Channel 2 Channel 1 e Digital Relay Channel Data Each bit represents a channel status 1 for on or 0 for off unless the channel has been configured to be inverted in which case 0 is on and 1 if off Serial Pin Signal Section The Serial Pin Signal Section of the UDP packet provides the status of the serial pin signals from the IOLAN s serial port Each serial pin signal DSR DTR CTS etc is mapped to a bit in the 1 byte data section Length Pin Serial Pin Signal Data 1 Byte one bit for each signal Enabled 2 Bytes 1 Byte RTS DTR CTS DCD DSR Length The total length of the Serial Pin Signal Data this value will always be 2 Bytes Pin Enabled This based upon the configuration of the signal pins on the serial port When the serial port profile is set to Control I O and a serial pin signal s is enabled the bit is set to 1 For any serial pin signals that are disabled the bit is set to 0 zero and any data associated with those serial pin signals should be ignored Pin Enabled 1 Byte one bit for each serial pin signal RTS DTR CTS DCD DSR e Serial Pin Signal Data 1 byte with each bit being set to high 1 or low 0 for the appropriate serial pin signals 291 UO Modbus Slave UDP Unicast Example For an example of the I O UDP unicast see the sample program ioudpbcast c
198. by replacing the case lid and the two screws You can now power it on with the new settings Setting Jumpers 409 Introduction 1 Port IOLAN DB9 To change the settings do the following 1 Unplug the IOLAN from the electrical outlet and disconnect everything from the box 2 Open the case by unscrewing the two side screws one on each side and lifting off the top of the case You should see the following Screw Q Power les cE Sis Switch Reset R ioo by S z RJ45 O Screw To turn line termination on locate and jumper J1 for Full Duplex Rx 422 or J9 for Half Duplex Rx Tx 485 Close the IOLAN case by replacing the case lid and the two screws You can now power it on with the new settings 2 Port IOLAN SDS1M Modem To change the settings do the following 1 Unplug the IOLAN from the electrical outlet and disconnect everything from the box 2 Open the case by unscrewing the two side screws one on each side and lifting off the top of the case You should see the following Screw T oO a oog S d gt Power o DIP Si Switch SE d Reset OO oo S Ni RJ45 Ql oO L 3 O Screw To change the power pin out locate J4 For the fixed 5V DC output jumper pins 1 and 2 For the output to equal the external adapter input jumper pins 2 and 3 To turn line termination on locate and jumpe
199. cal Remote IP Address defaultroute IP Address 199 24 23 88 External IP 196 15 23 56 External IP dress Address Net Hop 12314 09 Nei Hop 0 0 0 0 Host Network fi 72 16 45 23 Host Network 192 1689 45 97 Address Address IPv4 Subnet 255 255 IPv4 Subnet 255 ep 255 255 Mask a GC Mask SZ IPv6 Subnet IPv6 Subnet Bits l Bits d Boot Action Stat EI Cancel 363 Configuring a Virtual Private Network defaultroute is entered for the Local IP Address because the IP address is DHCP assigned and is therefore subject to change 2 The following window configures the Right IOLAN VPN Gateway IPsec Tunnel IPsec Tunnel Name Right Authentication Method Shared Secret Secret Renee Local Device IOLAN O Left Right Local Remote IPAddress defaultroute IPAddress Zany ExternalIP 199 24 23 88 External IP Address Address Hei Hop 192 168 45 99 Ne Hop 0 0 0 0 Hast Network 192 168 45 87 Host Network 172 16 45 23 ress Addi Address IPv4 Subnet 255 255 3 IPv4 Subnet 255 Mask ee Mask IPv6 Subnet IPv6 Subnet Bits Bits Boot Action Cancel defaultroute is entered for the Local IP Address because the IP address is DHCP assigned and is therefore subject to change Sange is entered for the Remote IP Address to indicate that it will accept a VPN connection from any host network this is necessary because the Left IOLAN VPN gate
200. ccessing the IOLAN Through a Serial Port Users This section describes the attributes which will be accepted by the IOLAN from a TACACS server in response to an authentication request for Direct Users Name Value s Description priv lvl 12 15 Admin The IOLAN privilege level 8 11 Normal 4 7 Restricted 0 3 Menu Perle User Service 0 Telnet Corresponds to the User Service setting in 1 Rlogin the IOLAN 2 TCP Clear If no value is specified DSPrompt is the 3 SLIP default User Service 4 PPP 5 SSH 6 SSL_Raw service telnet Settings when Perle User Service is set to 0 addr IPv4 or IPv6 address port TCP port number service rlogin Settings when Perle User Service is set to 1 addr IPv4 or IPv6 address RADIUS and TACACS 386 TACACS Name Value s Description service tcp_clear addr port service slip routing addr service ppp routing addr port ppp vj slot compression callback dialstring service ssh addr port service ssl_raw d addr port IPv4 or IPv6 address TCP port number true Send and Listen false None IPv4 or IPv6 address true Send and Listen false None IPv4 or IPv6 address TCP port number true or false phone number no punctuation IPv4 or IPv6 address TCP port number IPv4 or IPv6 address TCP port number Settings when Perle User Service is
201. ch serial port is displayed Serial Ports Enable Name Profile Details Iv 1 SUN Console Port Console Management Telnet Listen TCP 10001 Iv 2 Linux Console Port Console Management SSH Listen TCP 10002 8 3 Terminal Login Required Oo 4 PPP To configure change a serial port click the Edit button IOLAN SDS SCS STS MDC User s Guide Version 4 5 114 Serial Ports Editing a Serial Port In the Serial Port Settings window click on a serial port and then click the Edit button the following window is displayed Serial Port 1 Settings General Advanced Hardware Email Alert Packet Forwarding Terminal Settings Terminal Type PE v Require Login O Connect to remote system Protocol Telnet Host name None TCP Port Initiate Connection 115 Serial Ports Click the Change Profile button to select a different serial port profile if you don t want the displayed profile Choose Serial Port Profile Profile Selection The Terminal profile configures a serial port to allow network access from a terminal connected to the IOLAN s Console Management serial port This profile is used to access predefined hosts on the network from the terminal TruePort O TCP Sockets O UDP Sockets Terminal Connect Printer o Laf by O Serial Tunneling ei z Z O Virtual Modem Terminal IOLAN Te UNIX Linux System O Modbus Gateway Power Management
202. channel making it easier to identify Data Options Maximum 20 characters including spaces When there has been no I O activity within the specified time set in the I O Interfaces Settings on the Failsafe Timer tab and the Failsafe Timer is triggered Data Options e None The state of the Digital Relay output remains the same no change e Activate Output Activates the channel e Deactivate Output Deactivates the channel Default None 179 Serial Port Profiles Modbus Gateway Profile Overview Each serial port can be configured as either a Modbus Master gateway or a Modbus Slave gateway depending on your configuration and requirements If your model supports I O see Modbus I O Access for more information on using the Modbus protocol to access I O data Functionality The Modbus Gateway profile configures a serial port to act as a Modbus Master Gateway or a Modbus Slave Gateway Modbus RTU ASCII Data e A Modbus IOLAN E A Slave N Modbus Modbus TCP Modbus Master Gateway Master i Modbus i P Slave Modbus RTU ASCII Data ce Modbus Ry IOLAN A gt Modbus Modbus TCP E TCP 7 j Modbus Master Slave P Siva Calaway General Tab Field Descriptions Serial Port 1 Settings RK Profile Modbus Gateway Name General Advanced Hardware Email Alert Packet Forwarding Modbus Gateway Settings Mode Modbus Master Modbus Slave UID Range 1215
203. cket Forwarding tab can be used to control define how and when serial port data packets are sent from the IOLAN to the network General Advanced Hardware Email Alert Packet Forwarding Define the conditions under which data received on the serial port will be forwarded to the network Minimize Latency Optimize Network Throughput Prevent Message Fragmentation Custom Packet Forwarding Configure the following parameters Minimize Latency This option ensures that all application data is immediately forwarded to the serial device and that every character received from the device is immediately sent on the network Select this option for timing sensitive applications Default Enabled Optimize Network This option provides optimal network usage while ensuring that the application Throughput performance is not compromised Select this option when you want to minimize overall packet count such as when the connection is over a WAN Default Disabled Prevent Message This option detects the message packet or data blocking characteristics of the Fragmentation serial data and preserves it throughout the communication Select this option for message based applications or serial devices that are sensitive to inter character delays within these messages Default Disabled Delay Between The minimum time in milliseconds between messages that must pass before Messages the data is forwarded by the IOLAN Range 0 6
204. configured e Can you ping your host If you can ping but packet loss is reported ping another host device on the same network This will tell you whether the problem is specific to the host device or general to the network e After entering or changing IP information for your IOLAN reboot the IOLAN does not apply when using BOOTP or DHCP Once the IOLAN has rebooted other network devices should be able to communicate with it ping telnet etc Also protocols such as ARP and proxy ARP will work properly e Use the show routes command command line only or view the Routes statistics Is there a route to the host e If the WebManager or DeviceManager cannot communicate with the IOLAN verify that the Server Services HTTP and or HTTPS are enabled for WebManager and DeviceManagerD is enabled for DeviceManager If you are using only HTTPS the connection URL must start with https DeviceManager Problems Error Message 16 bit Windows Subsystem C WINDOWS SYSTEM32 AUTOEXEC NT The system file is not suitable for running MS DOS and Microsoft Windows applications Choose Close to terminate the application The error message can be misleading because it is displayed even if the AUTOEXEC NT file is actually missing To verify whether you have the file type twindir system32 in the address bar of an Explorer window If there is no AUTOEXEC NT file proceed as follows 1 Browse to windir repair usually C WINDOWS repair
205. configured on 0 is Active is Inactive If input is Latched returns latched status MB_REG_DI_DSR_ALARM_STATE The alarm state of DSR input signal 1 is In Alarm state 0 is Not in Alarm state A write of any value clears the alarm state MB_REG_DI_DCD The status of DCD line 1 is Active 0 is Inactive If Invert Signal is configured on 0 is Active 1 is Inactive MB REG DI DCD ALARM STATE The alarm state of DCD input signal 1 is in Alarm state 0 is Not in Alarm state A write of any value clears the alarm state MB_REG_DI_CTS The status of CTS input signal 1 is Active 0 is Inactive If Invert Signal is configured on 0 is Active 1 is Inactive MB REG _DI_CTS_ALARM_STATE The alarm state of CTS input signal 1 is Alarm 0 is Not in Alarm A write of any value clears the alarm state MB_REG DO_DTR The status of DTR output signal 1 is Active 0 is Inactive MR REG DO_RTS The status of RTS output signal 1 is Active 0 is Inactive section contains descriptions of serial port holding registers MB_REG_HR_DIDSR_LATCH The latched status for the DSR signal 1 is Latched 0 is Not Latched A write any value will clear the latch MB REG _HR_DI_DCD_LATCH The latched status for the DCD signal 1 is Latched 0 is Not Latched A write any value will clear the latch MR REG HR DI CIS LATCH The latched status for the CTS signal 1 is Latched 0 is Not Latched A write any value will clear the latch A4 T4 Registers
206. cted using reverse SSH has typed the break string exactly Field Format maximum 8 characters Default break where is tilde Enable Verbose Displays debug messages on the terminal Output Default Disabled Allow Compression Requests compression of all data Compression is desirable on modem lines and other slow connections but will only degrade data trransmission speeds on faster networks Default Disabled Login Timeout Set the time to wait for the SSH client to complete the login If the timer expires before the login is completed the session is terminated Default 120 seconds Values 1 600 seconds SSL TLS Overview When SSL TLS is configured data is encrypted between the IOLAN and the host device which must also support SSL TLS When you configure the SSL TLS settings in the System section you are configuring the default global SSL TLS settings you are not configuring an SSL TLS server Functionality You can create an encrypted connection using SSL TLS for the following profiles TruePort TCP Sockets Terminal the user s Service must be set to SSL_Raw Serial Tunneling Virtual Modem and Modbus When configuring SSL TLS the following configuration options are available e You can set up the IOLAN to act as an SSL TLS client or server e There is an extensive selection of SSL TLS ciphers that you can configure for your SSL TLS connection Appendix B SSL TLS Ciphers for a list of SSL TLS ciphers e You can
207. cters will be echoed to the user and transmitted across the serial ports Some EJA 485 applications require local echo to be enabled in order to monitor the loopback data to determine that line contention has occurred If your application cannot handle loopback data echo suppression should be enabled Default Disabled Specifies whether the E A 232 signal DCD Data Carrier Detect should be monitored This is used with modems or any other device that sends a DCD signal When it is monitored and the IOLAN detects a DCD signal the serial port profile is started If both Monitor DCD and Monitor DSR are enabled both signals must be detected before the serial port profile is started Default Disabled 119 Serial Port Profiles Enable Line Termination Used with EIA 422 and EIA 485 on SDS 8 port and 16 port rack mount IOLAN models specifies whether or not the line is terminated use this option when the serial port is connected to a device at the end of the serial network Default Disabled Email Alert Tab Field Descriptions Email notification can be set at the Server and or serial port levels You can set unique email notifications for each serial port because the person who administers the IOLAN might not be the same person who administers the serial device s attached to the IOLAN port Therefore email notification can be sent to the proper person s responsible for the hardware The following event triggers an email notificat
208. ctrl None H Hot A Intr C Input Flow Enabled Quit Kill Output Flow Enabled Del H Sess N A Echo E IP Addresses Sre H Mask _ H Dst Access Options Access Local Keepalive No UDP Retries N A Rlogin Telnet N A Retry Interval N A Debug options N A Authentication N A Map CR to CR LF No Mode Raw H Hex data N A Connection None H Secure N A Host MOTD Yes Remote Port 0 Local Port 10001 User Name only when using LPD LPR Name no longer is used as the queue name Options Rlogin Telnet Options Debug options Configuration Methods 71 IOLAN Interface e When you select line Access the following fields are not available on the Access Menu Administrator ACCESS MENU REMOTE ADMIN TTY Name Access Authentication Mode UDP Retries Interval 1 abcd Local N A Raw N A N A 2 abcdef Local N A Raw N A N A e Authentication e UDP Retries e Interval e When you select line Options the following fields are not available on the Options Menu Administrator OPTIONS MENU REMOTE ADMIN TTY Opt CR HEX Rlogin Telnet Keepalive 1 N A No N A N A No 2 N A No N A N A No e Opt HEX e Rlogin Telnet Configuration Methods 72 IOLAN Interface e When you select access Remote access sites the following fields are not available on the Remote Access Systems Screen St Administrator REMOTE ACCESS SYSTEMS SCREEN REMOTE ADMIN Si
209. d will inset a delay after the string is sent to the device This delay can be used to provide the serial device with time to process the string before the session is initiated Default 10 ms 199 Serial Port Profiles Remote Access SLIP Profile Overview The Remote Access SLIP profile configures a serial port to allow a remote user to establish a SLIP connection to the IOLAN s serial port This is typically used with a modem for dial in or dial out access to the network gt Modem Modem IOLAN Dial In Connection Server Application General Tab Field Descriptions General Advanced Hardware Email Alert Packet Forwarding SLIP Settings Local IP Address Remote IP Address Subnet Mask Configure the following parameters Local IP Address Remote IP Address Subnet Mask The IPv4 address of the IOLAN end of the SLIP link For routing to work you must enter an IP address in this field Choose an address that is part of the same network or subnetwork as the remote end for example if the remote end is address 192 101 34 146 your local IP address can be 192 101 34 145 Do not use the IOLAN s main IP address in this field if you do so routing will not take place correctly The IPv4 address of the remote end of the SLIP link Choose an address that is part of the same network or subnetwork as the IOLAN If your user is authenticated by the IOLAN this remote IP address will be overridde
210. d IPv6 tunnels and serial ports defined for Remote Access PPP and Remote Access SLIP profiles Select this option when you want to use the specified interface as the gateway to the destination Field Option s IPv6 tunnels Remote Access PPP and Remote Access SLIP serial ports Default Disabled Overview You can configure WINS servers for PPP client name resolution and DNS servers for PPP client name resolution and IOLAN host name resolution for example when specifying Bootup file Functionality You can configure up to four DNS and four WINS servers If you specified a DNS and or WINS server on the Network IP Settings tabs either IPv4 or IPv6 it will be automatically entered into the appropriate list If the DNS and or WINS server is provided by a DHCP server these will NOT be viewable in the list however you can add DNS and or WINS servers to supplement the DHCP supplied server Field Descriptions Host Table Route List DNS WINS RIP Dynamic DNS IPv6 Tunnels DNS Add DNS WINS Add WINS The following buttons are available on this window Add DNS Button Adds a DNS server Edit DNS Button Edits an existing DNS server Delete DNS Button Deletes a DNS server Add WINS Button Adds a WINS server Edit WINS Button Edits an existing WINS server Delete WINS Deletes a WINS server Button 104 Advanced RIP Editing Adding DNS WINS Servers IP Address IP Address 9 0 0 0 Co
211. d a host server running IPsec software or two IOL ANS each acting as the VPN gateway All the examples have NAT Traversal NAT_T enabled since both VPN gateways are running through routers IOLAN to Host Network The following example shows how to configure an IPsec tunnel between serial devices connected to the IOLAN and a host network NAT Traversal NAT_T is enabled in this example on both sides because the VPN tunnel is going private network to public network to private network This example uses an RSA signature for the authentication method so the steps required to configure the authentication are in this example Unencrypted Data pa a ae Right KE EEN Remote VPN Gateway Router Router mmm A Re _ 172 16 45 1 172 16 45 99 192 168 45 99 _ Left IPsec Tunnel Encrypted Data 192 168 45 45 Unencrypted Data 192 168 45 87 192 168 45 12 1 Configure the IPsec tunnel in the IOLAN 359 Configuring a Virtual Private Network IPsec Tunnel gt Tunnel 360 Configuring a Virtual Private Network 5 Use a utility for example Openswan s newhostkey showhostkey utilities to generate the RSA signature public key Copy the public key portion to a file using the following format lt description gt lt keydata gt or just lt keydata gt For example RSA 1024 bits scs48 vpn Tue Jan 3 15 29 33 2006 leftrsasigkey 0sAQOEmzSTdNv 1 ZUJW9UmPtuY 8 4gM5AGEAOg9gUwFqnOUSES
212. d to detect when a session has abnormally terminated The keepalive is sent after 3 minutes of network connection idle time Applications using this feature need to be aware that there can be some considerable delay between a network disconnection and the port being available for the next connection attempt allowing any data sent on prior connections to be transmitted out of the serial port Application network retry logic needs to accommodate this feature Default Disabled 208 Advanced Data Logging Buffer Size Pre V4 3G Data Logging Mode Serial Port Menu String Session Escape String The minimum data buffer size for all models is 1 KB The maximum data buffer size is 2000 KB for DS1 TS2 STS8D all other models are 4000 KB If the data buffer is filled incoming serial data will overwrite the oldest data Values 1 2000 KB DS1 TS1 STS8D Default 4 KB Values 1 4000 KB all other models Default 256 KB The Data Logging buffer size is a valid option for the TruePort Profile and TCP Sockets Profile Default Disabled Enable the data logging feature previous to v4 3G firmware Default Disabled When a user connects to the IOLAN through the network the string used to access the Easy Port Access menu without disconnecting the network connection Data Options You can specify control unprintable codes by putting the decimal value in angle brackets lt gt for example ESC b is lt 027 gt b Default me
213. d used regularly to login to the IOLAN This option does not work with external authentication Field Format You can enter a maximum of 254 alphanumeric characters 195 Serial Port Profiles Remote Password Authentication Timeout CHAP Challenge Interval Enable Roaming Callback Complete this field only if you have specified PAP or CHAP security protocols in the Security field and you wish to dedicate this serial port to a single remote user and this user will be authenticated by the IOLAN or you are using the IOLAN as a router back to back with another IOLAN Remote password means the following e When PAP is specified this is the password the IOLAN will use to authenticate the remote device e When CHAP is specified this is the secret password known to both ends of the link upon which responses to challenges will be based Remote Password is the opposite of the parameter Password Your IOLAN will only authenticate the remote device when PAP or CHAP is operating Field Format You can enter a maximum of 16 alphanumeric characters The timeout in minutes during which successful PAP or CHAP authentication must take place when PAP or CHAP are specified If the timer expires before the remote end has been authenticated successfully the link will be terminated Range 1 255 Default 1 minute The interval in minutes for which the IOLAN will issue a CHAP re challenge to the remote end During CHAP
214. data will be sent using UDP datagrams If the serial data is to be sent to more than one host this becomes the starting IP address of a range End IP Address If you wish to send serial data to a single host leave this entry as is 0 0 0 0 If you wish to send the serial data to a number of hosts this address will represent the upper end of a range starting from Start IP Address UDP port This is the UPD port to which the serial data will be forwarded For a direction of Serial to LAN you must specify the port to be used When the direction is Both the role of the additional parameters is as follow Start IP Address This is the IP address of the host to which the serial data will be sent using UDP datagrams It is also the IP address of the host from which UDP data coming from the LAN will be accepted from If the data is to be sent to or received from more than one host this becomes the starting IP address of a range End IP Address If you wish to send serial data to a single host and only receive data from the single UDP host leave this entry as is 0 0 0 0 If the data is to be sent to or received from more than one host this address will represent the upper end of a range starting from Start IP Address Only data originating from this range will be forwarded to the serial port UDP Port This is the UPD port to which the serial data will be forwarded as well as the UPD port from which data originating on the LAN will be
215. dbus Combination ccccccsessssssseesseeeeessensseeeeeeenes 298 API Over TruePort OMY ci cscicsssccesscisnencsnrensscsctsenascrastecsetsenadscdserastusenscnen 299 Accessing I O Data Via TruePott s seceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 300 Ittre 300 Te tien dc E EE A A A E E A E E E T T 300 Format of API Commands ccccccceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeseneeessaneneneees 301 Get CommandS E 301 Command FOE eseeeedg eege 301 Response EEN 301 Set COMI ANN TE 302 Command et 302 Successful Response Format 303 Unsuccessful Response Format ssnssesessreessrreernrrrrrrrtrrrerrrerenn 303 Error EE ener nee dE 304 Seo i s call ES 304 Chapter 11 Configuring Clustering cccceesssseeeeees 305 Introduction eee ene nee Eel ieee CcnEen tnt terse iene aiaa eee eee 305 Clustering Slave List cette aactscertedertetcetdcescteecsversuducsccencecies 305 KEE 305 Table of Contents Adding Clustering Slaves cccccccsesseeecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeees 306 MOST VON eege 306 Field SSG MOINS gege gege Weeer gees 306 Advanced Clustering Slave Options sssecccceeesesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 307 EE 307 Editing Clustering Slave Settings ee 307 Chapter 12 Configuring the Option Card keen 309 Introductio N i EE 309 Option Card RE de D 309 OV OYA WW eege 309 Pele eerste a ea te dees 309 Configuring the IOLAN Modem Card ccccccccessseeeeeeeeeeees 309 Configuring a Wireless P
216. dels The serial ports can be set to operate in EIA 232 EIA 422 or EIA 485 mode The table provides the pinout for each of the modes of operation The console port is an EIA 232 dedicated port It s pinout is detailed in a separate table below Pin 1 Pin 8 The following table provides pinout information for the serial ports EIA 485 EIA 485 Pin EIA 232 EIA 422 Full Duplex Half Duplex 1 RTS out TxD TxD DATA 2 DTR out 3 TxD out TxD TxD DATA 4 GND GND GND GND 5 GND GND GND GND 6 RxD in RxD RxD 7 DSR in 8 CTS in RxD RxD The following table provides pinout information for the Admin port For some models Perle supply s a RJ45 Admin cable part 1107015 10 that should be used to connect from the Admin port on the IOLAN to the some models Perle supplied RJ45 to serial adapter Pinout EIA 232 8 pin Admin Port 1 DCD in 2 RTS out 3 DSR in 4 TxD out 3 RxD in 6 GND 7 CTS in 8 DTR out Pinouts and Cabling Diagrams 400 Serial Pinouts RJ45 for medical unit models This section defines the pinouts for the RJ45 connection for the medical unit models Pin 1 Pin 10 The following table provides pinout information Pinout 10 pin EIA 232 DTR out 2 TxD out 3 RxD in 4 DCD in 5 RTS out 6 CTS in 7 8 9 low current output 12V out low current output 12V out GND 10 Shield DB9 Male Serial Only This section defines the pinouts
217. dem parameter to the modem you just added Enter the Phone number that the modem will be calling 4 Still on the Advanced tab set the Idle Timeout parameter to a value that is not zero setting this value to zero creates a permanent connection 5 On the General tab enter one of the following e A Local and or Remote IPv4 Address e A Local and or Remote IPv6 Interface Identifier Note that this IP address or interface identifier should be on its own unique network that is not part of the local or remote networks In this example the local network has an IPv4 address of 172 16 0 0 16 and the remote network has an IPv4 address of 204 16 0 0 16 so we arbitrarily assigned the PPP IPv4 Local IP Address as 195 16 20 23 and the PPP IPv4 Remote IP Address as 195 16 20 24 PPP Settings IPv4 Local IP Address 19 16 20 23 IPv4 Remote IP Address 195 16 20 24 IPv4 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 356 Setting Up Printers 6 Next you need to create a gateway and destination route entry Select Network Advanced and the Route List tab For the destination if you want the connection to be able to reach any host in the remote network set the Type to Network and specify the network IP address and subnet prefix bits if you want the connection to go directly to a specific remote host set the Type to Host and specify the host s IP address We want a specific host to the be destination so we configured the Type as Host Des
218. ding Advanced Printer Settings Session Strings Send at Start Delay ater Send 10 miliseconds Configure the following parameter Session Strings Controls the sending of ASCII strings to serial device at session start as follows e Send at Start H configured this string will be sent to the serial device on power up of the IOLAN or when a kill line command is issued on this serial port If the monitor DSR or monitor DCD options are set the string will also be sent when the monitored signal is raised Range 0 127 alpha numeric characters Range hexadecimal 0 FF e Delay after Send If configured will inset a delay after the string is sent to the device This delay can be used to provide the serial device with time to process the string before the session is initiated Default 10 ms 168 Serial Port Profiles Serial Tunneling Profile Overview The Serial Tunneling profile allows two IOLANSs to be connected back to back over the network to establish a virtual link between two serial ports based on RFC 2217 Functionality The serial device that initiates the connection is the Tunnel Client and the destination is the Tunnel Server although once the serial communication tunnel has been successfully established communication can go both ways Serial Device IOLAN IOLAN Serial Device A more detailed implementation of the Serial Tunneling profile is as follows Serial Serial i i Server T Clie
219. ds before the IOLAN closes a connection due to inactivity The default value is 0 zero meaning that the Idle Timer will not expire the connection is open permanently The User Idle Timeout will override all other Serial Port Idle Timeout parameters Range 0 4294967 Default 0 218 Adding Editing Users Session Timeout Enable Callback Phone Number Language Hotkey Prefix The amount of time in seconds before the IOLAN forcibly closes a user s session connection The default value is 0 zero meaning that the session timer will not expire the session is open permanently or until the user logs out The User Session Timeout will override all other Serial Port Session Timeout parameters Range 0 4294967 Default 0 When enabled enter a phone number for the IOLAN to call the user back the Enable Callback parameter is unrelated to the Serial Port Remote Access PPP profile Dial parameter Note the IOLAN will allow callback only when a user is authenticated If the protocol over the link does not provide authentication there will be no callback Therefore when the Serial Port profile is set to Remote Access PPP you must use either PAP or CHAP because these protocols provide authentication The IOLAN supports another type of callback Roaming Callback which is configurable when the Serial Port profile is set to Remote Access PPP Default Disabled The phone number the IOLAN will dial to callback t
220. e e Listen Listens for RIP over the Ethernet interface o Send and Listen Sends RIP and listens for RIP over the Ethernet interface Default None Specify the type of RIP authentication Data Options e None No authentication for RIP e Password Simple RIP password authentication e MD5 Use MDS RIP authentication Default None Specify the password that allows the router tables to be updated Retype in the password to verify that you typed in it correctly The MD5 identification key The start date that the MD5 key becomes valid The date format is dependent on your system s settings The time that the MDS key becomes valid The time format is dependent on your system s settings The last day that the MDS key is valid The date format is dependent on your system s settings 106 Advanced End Time The time that the MDS key becomes invalid The time format is dependent on your system s settings Key The MDS key that is being used by your routers Confirm Key Retype the MDS key that is being used by your routers to verify that it was typed correctly Dynamic DNS Overview Dynamic DNS Service providers enable users to access a server connected to the internet that has been assigned a dynamic IP address The IOLAN product line has built in support for the DynDNS com service provider Refer to www DynDNS com for information on setting up an account Functionality When the IOLAN is assigned a
221. e IOLAN listening and sending on UDP port 500 Default Disabled The IOLAN will respond to incoming pings Default Enabled 258 Keys and Certificates Keys and Certificates When you are using SSH SSL TLS LDAP Microsoft Active Directory or HTTPS you will need to install keys and or certificates or get server keys in order to make those options work properly All certificates need to be created and all keys need to be generated outside of the IOLAN with the exception of the IOLAN SSH Public keys which already exist in the IOLAN SSH keys must be generated using the OpenSSH format Certificate Authorities CAs such as Verisign COST GTE CyberTrust etc can issue certificates Or you can create a RSA or DSA self signed certificate using a utility such as OpenSSL To download or keys a certificate or a CA list or to upload the IOLAN public SSH key select Tools Advanced Keys and Certificates Keys and Certificates Key Certificate SES ES File Name Key Type The following fields are available Key Certificate Select the key or certificate that you want to download to the IOLAN or upload the Management Module s SSH Public Key Data Options e Upload Server SSH Public Key used for SSH management access e Download SSH User Public Key used for SSH management access e Download SSL TLS Private Key required if using HTTPS and or SSL TLS e Download SSL TLS Certificate required if using HTTPS and or
222. e User Service is PPP the IOLAN will allow the remote machine to specify its IP address overriding the IP address negotiation value configured in the PPP settings e 255 255 255 255 When the User Service is SLIP the IOLAN will use the Remote IP Address set for the line no negotiation Default 255 255 255 254 If the remote user is on a subnet enter the network s subnet mask For example a subnet mask of 255 255 0 0 Used for User Service PPP sets the IPv6 address of the remote user Enter the address in IPv6 format Field Format The first 64 bits of the Interface Identifier must be zero therefore abcd abcd abcd abcd is the expected format Used for User Service PPP or SLIP specifies the maximum size of packets in bytes being transferred across the link On noisy links it might be preferable to fragment large packets being transferred over the link since there will a be quicker recovery from errors Data Options e PPP MTU will be the maximum size of packets that the IOLAN will negotiate for this port This value is negotiated between the two ends of the link e SLIP MTU will be the maximum size of packets being sent by the IOLAN The User MTU value will override the MTU MRU values set for a Serial Port Range PPP 64 1500 bytes SLIP 256 1006 bytes Default PPP is 1500 bytes SLIP is 256 bytes Determines the routing mode used for RIP packets on the PPP and SLIP interfaces Values are e None RIP
223. e You have omitted the sign from the reported line Troubleshooting 439 Unknown IP Address Unknown IP Address You have already configured the IOLAN and you do know your password and have lost misconfigured or don t know the IP address of the IOLAN so you cannot obtain a successful login e Ifthe IOLAN resides within the local network segment you can use DeviceManager to find the IOLAN e You can connect directly to the serial port of the IOLAN as explained in Using a Direct Serial Connection to Specify an IP Address DHCP BOOTP Problems Messages host name too long or filename too long e The IOLAN can only accept host names of 14 characters or file names of 64 characters so verify that you are not attempting to pass a string that is longer than those maximums DHCP or BOOTP have been set up to configure my IOLAN but does not seem to have done anything e Check that the server DHCP BOOTP service is set to on if not set it to on and reboot e Check that your BOOTP server is configured for your IOLAN or that your DHCP server has an active lease pool scope with at least 1 free IP address You observe TFTP errors when the IOLAN boots for example TFTP File not found filename TFTP Timed out This has a number of causes including The file names you specified to DHCP BOOTP do not exist or are in the wrong place e The server for any of the downloadable files in your bootfile has no TFTP server runni
224. e certificate authority CA that signed the LDAP certificate on the LDAP host by selecting Tools Advanced Keys and Certificates See Keys and Certificates for more information on the LDAP certificate 230 Authentication TACACS Overview TACACS is an authentication method that the IOLAN supports that can send back User information see Appendix A RADIUS and TACACS for more information on the User parameters that can be sent back by TACACS Field Descriptions TACACS Settings Authentication Authorization Primary Host Port Secret C Enable Authorization Accounting C Enable Accounting M C Use Altemate Service Names OK Cancel Configure the following parameters Authentication Authorization Primary Host Authentication Authorization Secondary Host Authentication Authorization Port Authentication Authorization Secret Enable Authorization Enable Accounting The primary TACACS host that is used for authentication Default None The secondary TACACS host that is used for authentication should the primary TACACS host fail to respond Default None The port number that TACACS listens to for authentication requests Default 49 The TACACS shared secret is used to encrypt decrypt TACACS packets in communications between two devices The shared secret may be any alphanumeric string Each shared secret must be configured on both client and server sides E
225. e cipher list Move Up Button Moves acipher up in preference in the cipher list Move Down Button Moves a cipher down in preference in the cipher list 125 Serial Port Profiles Adding Editing a Cipher Suite To see a list of valid cipher suite combinations see Appendix B SSL TLS Ciphers Cipher Suite Edit Encryption Min Key Size Max Key Size Key Exchange HMAC Cancel Configure the following parameters Encryption Min Key Size Max Key Size Key Exchange Select the type of encryption that will be used for the SSL connection Data Options Any Will use the first encryption format that can be negotiated AES 3DES DES ARCFOUR ARCTWO Default Any The minimum key size value that will be used for the specified encryption type Data Options 40 56 64 128 168 256 Default 40 The maximum key size value that will be used for the specified encryption type Data Options 40 56 64 128 168 256 Default 256 The type of key to exchange for the encryption format Data Options e Any Any key exchange that is valid is used this does not however include ADH keys RSA This is an RSA key exchange using an RSA key and certificate EDH RSA This is an EDH key exchange using an RSA key and certificate e EDH DSS This is an EDH key exchange using a DSA key and certificate e ADH This is an anonymous key exchange which does not require a private key or certificate Choose
226. e escaped The Maximum Receive Unit MRU parameter specifies the maximum size of PPP packets that the IOLAN s port will accept If your user is authenticated by the IOLAN the MRU value will be overridden if you have set a MTU value for the user If your user is authenticated by RADIUS and the RADIUS parameter Framed MTU is set in the RADIUS file the IOLAN will use the value in the RADIUS file in preference to the value configured here Range 64 1500 bytes Default 1500 The type of authentication that will be done on the link You can use PAP or CHAP MDS5 CHAP MS CHAPv1 and MS CHAPv2 to authenticate a user or client on the IOLAN When setting either PAP and CHAP make sure the IOLAN and the PPP peer have the same setting For example if the IOLAN is set to PAP but the remote end is set to CHAP the connection will be refused Data Options None no authentication will be performed PAP is a one time challenge of a client device requiring that it respond with a valid username and password A timer operates during which successful authentication must take place If the timer expires before the remote end has been authenticated successfully the link will be terminated CHAP challenges a client device at regular intervals to validate itself with a username and a response based on a hash of the secret password A timer operates during which successful authentication must take place If the timer expires before the remote end ha
227. e in the read only user s authentication password Password V3 Read Only Retype the user s authentication password Confirm Password V3 Read Only Specify the read only user s privacy algorithm encryption Privacy Algorithm pata Options DES AES Default DES V3 Read Only Type in the read only user s privacy password Privacy Password V3 Read Only Retype the privacy password Confirm Password SNMP Traps Tab Field Descriptions Configure the following parameters SNMP Traps SNMP Traps Traps 3 Internet Address Version Type Community MI or 2c o mi D LBE Users Version 3 Inform User Timeout Security Level Retries Auth Algorithm Auth Password Confirm Password Privacy Algorithm Privacy Password Confirm Password 8 a Engine ID Version 3 Trap checkbox Check this box to enable the entry of the trap information Internet Address The IP address of the SNMP manager s that will receive messages from the IOLAN Field Format Pv4 or IPv6 address Select the version of trap you want the IOLAN to send Valid options are v1 v2c or v3 Default v1 Version 321 Management Type Community Timeout Retries V3 Trap User V3 Trap Security Level V3 Trap Auth Algorithm V3 Trap Auth Password V3 Trap Confirm Password V3 Trap Privacy Algorithm V3 Trap Privacy Password V3 Trap Confirm Password V3
228. e parameters have been setup to monitor DSR or DCD the host session will be started once the signals are detected If no hardware signals are being monitored the IOLAN will initiate the session immediately after being powered up Default Enabled Initiates a connection to the specified host when any data is received on the serial port Default Disabled Initiates a connection to the specified host only when the specified character is received on the serial port Default Disabled When enabled the port name will be sent to the host upon session initiation This will be done before any other data is sent or received to from the host Default Disabled When this option is enabled the connection can be initiated by either the IOLAN or a host Default Disabled 141 Serial Port Profiles Adding Editing Additional Hosts You can define a list of hosts that the serial device will communicate to or a primary backup host Configure the following parameters Define additional hosts to connect to Add Button Edit Button Delete Button Define a primary host and backup Primary Host TCP Port Backup Host TCP Port When this option is enabled you can define up to 49 hosts that the serial device connected to this serial port will attempt communicate to With this mode of operation the IOLAN will connect to multiple hosts simultaneously Default Enabled Click the Add button to add a host to the list
229. e remote X 509 certificate Data Options Maximum 64 characters asterisk works as a wildcard An entry for common name for example the host name or fully qualified domain name This field is case sensitive in order to successfully match the information in the remote X 509 certificate Data Options Maximum 64 characters asterisk works as a wildcard An entry for an email address for example acct anycompany com This field is case sensitive in order to successfully match the information in the remote X 509 certificate Data Options Maximum 64 characters asterisk works as a wildcard 247 VPN L2TP IPsec In order to create a VPN tunnel on Windows XP you must use the L2TP IPsec protocol When L2TP IPsec is enabled the IOLAN will listen for L2TP IPsec VPN tunnel requests When you enable L2TP IPsec you are requiring that all access to the IOLAN go through the L2TP IPsec tunnel so you must configure any exceptions first see Exceptions for more information on exceptions or you will not be able to access the IOLAN through the network unless you are configured to go through the L2TP IPsec tunnel you can still access the IOLAN through the Console port Field Descriptions L2TP lPsec Allow L2TP IPsec connections Block all non VPN network traffic IPsec Settings Local IP Address 0 0 0 0 Authentication Method Shared Secret v Secret Settings L2TP Settings PPP IPv4 Local IP Address Hr 0
230. e this command to redraw it properly This is always Ctrl R regardless of the Hotkey Prefix You can use the Hotkey Prefix key to lock a serial port only when the Allow Port Locking parameter is enabled Default hexadecimal 01 Ctrl a a Use this timer to close a connection because of inactivity When the Idle Timeout expires the IOLAN will end the connection Range 0 4294967 seconds about 49 days Default 0 seconds so the port will never timeout Use this timer to forcibly close the session connection when the Session Timeout expires Default 0 seconds so the port will never timeout Range 0 4294967 seconds about 49 days Controls the sending of ASCII strings to serial device at session start as follows Send at Start H configured this string will be sent to the serial device on power up of the IOLAN or when a kill line command is issued on this serial port If the monitor DSR or monitor DCD options are set the string will also be sent when the monitored signal is raised Range 0 127 alpha numeric characters Range hexadecimal 0 FF e Delay after Send If configured will inset a delay after the string is sent to the device This delay can be used to provide the serial device with time to process the string before the session is initiated Default 10 ms The number of seconds the IOLAN will wait to establish a connection to a remote modem Range 1 99 Default 45 seconds The number of times the IOLA
231. ed for this user Field Format You can enter a maximum of 254 alphanumeric characters Complete this field only if you have specified PAP or CHAP security protocols in the Security field and you wish to dedicate this serial port to a single remote user who will be authenticated by the IOLAN or e you are using the IOLAN as a router back to back with another IOLAN Password means the following e When PAP is specified this is the password the remote device will use to authenticate the port on this IOLAN e When CHAP is specified this is the secret password known to both ends of the link upon which responses to challenges shall be based Field Format You can enter a maximum of 16 alphanumeric characters Complete this field only if you have specified PAP or CHAP security protocols in the Security field and e you wish to dedicate this line to a single remote user who will be authenticated by the IOLAN or e you are using the IOLAN as a router back to back with another IOLAN When Dial In or Dial In Dial Out is enabled the Remote User is the name the IOLAN will use to authenticate the port on the remote device Your IOLAN will only authenticate the port on the remote device when PAP or CHAP are operating When connecting together two networks enter a dummy user name for example DS_SALES Note If you want a reasonable level of security the user name and password should not be similar to a user name or passwor
232. ed light Desktop Power Ready Solid Indicates the Solid Indicates the IOLAN has completed the IOLAN has a fatal error power up cycle Blinks After power up a Blinks After power up a blinking red means the blinking green light IOLAN has a critical error indicates that the console itch is in th iti See Hardware switch is in the on position 7 oubleshoo ting for possible causes Rack mount System Ready Solid Indicates the Solid Indicates the IOLAN has completed the IOLAN has a fatal error power p cycle Blinks After power up a blinking red means the IOLAN has encountered a critical error See Hardware Troubleshooting for possible causes Hardware and Connectivity 36 Getting to Know Your IOLAN 1 Port IOLAN Model LED Label Green light Red light Medical unit Solid Indicates the Solid Indicates the IOLAN has completed the IOLAN has a fatal error power up cycle Blinks After power up a blinking red light means the IOLAN has encountered a critical error See Hardware Troubleshooting for possible causes e External Power Supply For all IOLAN models this can be an external AC power supply DC terminal or power cord depending on the model e Console Serial Switch Found on desktop models only rack mount models have a dedicated console port this switch determines whether port functions as a serial port or a console port If you have an extended
233. eed to enter to login to the IOLAN Confirm Password Enter the user s password again to verify it is entered correctly 214 Adding Editing Users Level The access that a user is allowed Data Options e Admin The admin level user has total access to the IOLAN You can create more than one admin user account but we recommend that you only have one They can monitor and configure the IOLAN Users configured with this level can access the unit either via serial Terminal Profile connection or via a network originated Telnet or SSH connection to the IOLAN e Normal tThe Normal level user has limited access to the IOLAN Limited CLI commands and Menu access are available with the ability to configure the user s own configuration settings Users configured with this level can access the unit either via serial Terminal Profile connection or via a network originated Telnet or SSH connection to the IOLAN e Restricted tThe Restricted level user can only access predefined sessions or access the Easy Port Access menu Users configured with this level will be restricted to pre defined sessions or limited CLI commands when connecting through the serial port via the Terminal Profile The CLI commands are limited to those used for initiating a session If connection to the IOLAN is done with Telnet or SSH from the network the user will be presented with the Easy Port Access menu e Menu The menu level user will only be able to access prede
234. eeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeees 437 Eeer 438 23 Table of Contents RADIUS Authentication Problems ccccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeees 438 Login POI EE 439 Problems with Terminals euesttesssgegeeeeegdege esgAAERE uA Nee 439 Unknown IP AddreSS accasiccitit ssc csbctecdcaccenocedcartesssainciiitionaniockes 440 DHCP BOOTP Problems wisisssiinsssivwninsivadsenswescuenddnanaiaasiovacsporvns 440 Callb ck Problems sis ce dccicedec naasa iih 440 Language PHOTOS oc sisdiveeescascnantcacasecevcccccnansvundedeeenseseneunesbas 440 M dem Proble eege 441 Uu ul 441 Printing Ken E 441 Long Reboot Cycle sirisser aaao aaia 441 tens 442 eh risor 442 IPYG EEN 443 Contacting Technical SUPPOFt cccceeessseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 444 Making a Technical Support Query EEN 444 Who To OO A tsa cet sted eege ENEE 444 Have Your Product Information Ready ssseseeseeseeneeeeesererneeereree 444 Making a support query via the Perle web page 444 Repair Eroeegduge iere Eeer Eegen 445 Feedback on this Manual co cc chiecieee ene nes 445 Appendix J Data Logging cceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeees 446 Introd 0 fey dC 2 9 aeeeemeera nes elena nen tenn tere re iterer kaanan eee 446 TERUG DOF Profile caresme EE 446 TCP Socket Profile icrisciiciriiiisisossirissr annona aaan 446 Appendix K Modbus Remapping cscseseseeeeeeeenes 447 24 Table of Contents Configuring the Modbus UID Translation Feature 447 A
235. eeeees 411 4 Port Desktop IOLAN 0 cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneneeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaes 412 Digital TO Module accesses ced ecct esc teace cece nedoestenretecaccnceemnmnceceancans 413 Analog Input Module geusesese eege gege eege eegen 413 Appendix F I O Wiring Diagrams ccccessseeeeeeeees 415 Wiring VO Ke e cscs eretccc scanned edd dvebacsddaancwwvresectenesasencents 415 Digital Q D 415 Digital Input Wet Contact E 415 Digital Input Dry Contact eebe 415 Digital Output ln 416 Digital Output e 416 Analog UN E ee ed ncaa Seas esate ceed 417 EE 417 Voltage eere E O 417 Temperature INp ft acces ose ces cece siccseicsa vases ewes eege 418 hatte EE 418 RTD 2 Wire ttre Se at ed ners eech ebe 418 CHE 418 EE 419 Relay IOC 419 Normally Open gel le ceureiesenice dice eed 419 Normally Closed Contact pcscccacsseccesrectasdubsetereesctbadetstekedcdeecede nites 419 Appendix G Utilities 20 0 0 eeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeneeeseeeeeeees 420 ugeet te d E 420 22 Table of Contents KT GE 420 API VO Access Over TruePort zee gegegttggggeE eege 421 API Request Format viccecccsscsssscececcciceseascssencacteacecsstnancitinedacsaneeanesecdnent 421 API Response Format cccccccceeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaesneeeeeees 421 Eror CodeS ee e E Ae E E E E EEEE 422 DEE eege 422 Appendix H Accessories cccsccceeseeeeeeeeeeeeneneaeeeeennenes 423 ge 0 los 0 EE 423 Installing a Perle PCI Card
236. efault Gateway E Details IPv6 Autoconfiguration Enabled Navigation DHCPv6 Enabled No Tree Default Gateway IPv6 Addressfes fe EIERE yj System Display Area C bemessen Lt Download Button For Help press F1 Navigating the Options The left hand navigation tree allows you to quickly and easily navigate the various Configuration and Statistics pages of DeviceManager Further navigation is available in the form of buttons and tabs in the display area of DeviceManager depending on where you are in the navigation tree as shown in the below i System Info SE a Configuration Network Configuration Hl Ga Ne K 17 IP Settings IP Settings Settin igs Advanced By Serial Serial Ports i Segal Nee IPv4 Settings IPy6 Settings Advanced Configuration SS Sy Network e TP Settings System Settings Advanced System Name localhost Notice that when you expand a parent node in the tree e g Serial the tree displays the same options that appear as buttons in the display area as shown below This gives you the choice of using the navigation tree or buttons to navigate the options i System Info E Configuration Serial Port Configuration Serial Ports Serial Ports Port Buffering Advanced H Security Configuration Methods 59 WebManager Downloading the Configuration When you have completed all your configuration changes click the Download All Changes butto
237. eference to the IP address set for a line If there is a problem with the user s IP address negotiation will fail the IOLAN will not use the line s IP address as an alternative The link fails on start up and security either PAP or CHAP is enabled on the line e Check the remote client device has the same setting that is PAP if the IOLAN is using PAP The IOLAN does not perform negotiation with the remote end over PAP or CHAP At the remote end the client software locks up when security CHAP is enabled on the line e Disable CHAP re challenge parameter challenge interval in the IOLAN Some PPP client software does not work when receiving CHAP re challenges PPP is not running successfully over your 485 half duplex environment e PPP is incompatible with half duplex it must be run over a full duplex environment Printing Problems The print job fails to print on the device attached to the serial port e On the line where the printer is attached set Line Service to Printer Print jobs will not print when the line service is set incorrectly When using RCP the network host receives a rejection message from the IOLAN The result is that the print job does not take place e Print using LPD or e Modify the printer interface scripts on the network host to overcome this weakness of RCP The modification will force the network host to continue trying to send the print job when the IOLAN s printer port is busy Long Reboo
238. egrees Celsius ambient temperature when the input voltage is 22VDC or below If the input voltage exceeds 22 VDC the maximum ambient temperature will drop into the range of 45 50 degrees Celsius to run successfully Troubleshooting 442 IPv6 Issues IPv6 Issues You are not seeing the IPv6 address value when you attempt to connect to the IOLAN Many Windows based systems have IPv6 support already enabled however if you need to install IPv6 then follow the procedure below To install IPv6 support do the following In Control Panel double click the Network Connections icon Double click the Local Area Connection entry In the Local Area Connection Status window click the Properties button on the General tab In the Local Area Connections window click the Install button on the General tab In the Select Network Component Type window select Protocol and click the Add button In the Select Network Protocol window select Microsoft TCP IP version 6 and click the OK button e rg Troubleshooting 443 Contacting Technical Support Contacting Technical Support Making a Technical Support Query Who To Contact Note Perle offers free technical support to Perle Authorized Distributors and Registered Perle Resellers If you bought your product from a registered Perle supplier you must contact their Technical Support department they are qualified to deal with your problem Have Your Product Information Ready Wh
239. ement TFTP Tab Field Descriptions You must have a TFTP server running on any host that you are uploading or downloading files to from Advanced Bootup Files Message of the Day MOTD TFTP SFTP Retry EI Timeout 3 seconds Host None HTTP Tunnet None Configure the following parameters Retry The number of times the IOLAN will retry to transmit a TPFT packet to from a host when no response is received A value of 0 zero means that the IOLAN will not attempt a retry should TFTP fail Range 0 5 Default 5 Timeout The time in seconds that the IOLAN will wait for a successful transmit or receipt of TFTP packets before retrying a TFTP transfer Range 3 10 Default 3 seconds Host Select the host entry from the IOLANSs host table which corresponds to the FTP server HTTP Tunnel Select the HTTP tunnel to be used for this traffic 330 Management SFTP Tab Field Descriptions You must have a SFTP server running on any host that you are uploading or downloading files to from These are global SFTP settings They are used whenever the user specifies SFTP as the protocol to be used for the file transfer Advanced Bootup Files Message of the Day MOTD TFTP SFTP C Enable Compression C Auto Login Name Host HTTP Tunnel Protocol SSH1 SS Cipher DES e EE SSH 2 Cipher Opt1 3DES O w Gemeen Cipher Opt2 Blowfi
240. en you make a technical support enquiry please have the following information ready Item Write Details Here Product Name Problem Description Your Name Company Name and Address Country Phone Number Fax Number Email Address Making a support query via the Perle web page If you have an internet connection please send details of your problem to Technical Support using the email links provided on the Perle web site in the Support Services area Click here to access our website at the following URL http www perle com Troubleshooting 444 Contacting Technical Support Repair Procedure Before sending the IOLAN for repair you must contact your Perle supplier If however you bought your product directly from Perle you can contact directly Customers who are in Europe Africa or Middle East can submit repair details via a website form This form is on the Perle website www perle com in the Support Services area Click here to access our web site at the following URL http www perle com support_services rma_form asp Feedback on this Manual If you have any comments or suggestions for improving this manual please email Perle using the following address Email ptac perle com Please include the title part number and date of the manual you can find these on the title page at the front of this manual Troubleshooting 445 Data Logging Introduction This
241. enable peer certificate validation for which you must supply the validation criteria that was used when creating the peer certificate this is case sensitive 237 SSL TLS Field Descriptions SSL TLS SSL TLS settings that apply to all SSL TLS connections default SSL TLS Version Any SSL TLS Type Client C Validate Peer Certificate SSL Certificate Passphrase sl b Configure the following parameters SSL TLS Version SSL TLS Type Specify whether you want to use e Any The IOLAN will try a TLSv1 connection first If that fails it will try an SSLv3 connection If that fails it will try an SSLv2 connection e TLSv1 tThe connection will use only TLSv1 e SSLv3 The connection will use only SSLv3 Default Any Specify whether the IOLAN serial port will act as an SSL TLS client or server Default Client Cipher Suite Button Click this button to specify SSL TLS connection ciphers Validate Peer Certificate Validation Criteria Button SSL Certificate Passphrase Enable this option when you want the Validation Criteria to match the Peer Certificate for authentication to pass If you enable this option you need to download an SSL TLS certificate authority CA list file to the IOLAN Default Disabled Click this button to create peer certificate validation criteria that must be met for a valid SSL TLS connection This is the SSL TLS passphrase used to generate an encrypted RSA DSA
242. ent Systems utility through EasyPort Web when the Administrator IOLAN s serial port is connected to a Microsoft Server 2003 or Microsoft Console SAC Server 2008 host support Default Disabled 130 Serial Port Profiles Multisessions Idle Timeout Session Timeout Break Handling The number of extra network connections available on a serial port in addition to the single session that is always available Enabling multisessions will permit multiple users to monitor the same console port Each user monitoring the port can be assigned different privileges to this port Range Dependent on model e l port 0 e 2 port 4 x of ports 1 e STS SDS 4 ports 2 x of ports 1 e SCS 4 ports 2 x of ports 1 1 Default 0 Use this timer to close a connection because of inactivity When the Idle Timeout expires the IOLAN will end the connection Range 0 4294967 seconds about 49 days Default 0 seconds so the port will never timeout Use this timer to forcibly close the session connection when the Session Timeout expires Default 0 seconds so the port will never timeout Range 0 4294967 seconds about 49 days Specifies how a break is interpreted Data Range e None The IOLAN ignores the break key completely and it is not passed through to the host e Local The IOLAN deals with the break locally If the user is in a session the break key has the same effect as a hot key e Remote When the break ke
243. ep 1 You are now ready to configure the IOLAN See Chapter 3 Configuration Methods for information on the different IOLAN configuration methods For an IPv6 Network The IOLAN has a factory default link local IPv6 address based upon its MAC Address For example the link local address is IOLAN MAC Address 00 80 D4 AB CD EF Link Local Address fe80 0280 D4ff feAB CDEF By default the IOLAN will listen for IPV6 router advertisements to obtain additional IPV6 addresses No configuration is required however you can manually configure IPV6 addresses and network settings see Chapter 6 Network Settings for more information on IPv6 configuration options You are now ready to configure the IOLAN See Chapter 3 Configuration Methods for information on the different IOLAN configuration methods Getting Started 80 Setting Up the Serial Port s Setting Up the Serial Port s The DeviceManager and WebManager have the following serial port profiles that will simplify serial port setup Choose Serial Port Profile Profile Selection The Terminal profile allows network access from a terminal connected to the IOLAN s serial port This profile is Console Management used to access pre defined hosts on the network from the terminal TruePort O TCP Sockets O UDP Sockets Oferminal O Printer ra S Ge e gt Network O Serial Tunneling ag O Virtual Modem Terminal JOLAN Control Signal 1 0 Modbus Gateway UNIX Linux
244. eptions will apply to all YPN tunnels IPSec and L2TP IPSec Exception List IP Address Network Mask Type Add Button Edit Button The following buttons are available Click the Add button to add a VPN exception to the Exception List Highlight an Exception List entry and click the Edit button to change the entry 249 VPN Advanced Delete Button Highlight an Exception List entry and click the Delete button to remove the entry from the list Adding Editing a VPN Exception VPN Exception VPN Exception Allow non PN network traffic to from the following IP Address O Network The following parameters are available IP Address The IP address of the host that will communicate with the IOLAN outside of the VPN tunnel Field Format IPv4 or IPv6 address Network The network address that will communicate with the IOLAN outside of the VPN tunnel Field Format IPv4 or IPv6 address IPv4 Subnet Mask The IPv4 subnet mask for the IPv4 network Default 0 0 0 0 IPv6 Prefix Bits The IPv6 prefix bits for the IPv6 network Range 0 128 Default 0 Field Description IPsec Settings These settings are global and apply to all YPN connections Use NAT Traversal NAT TI Configure the following parameter Use NAT Traversal NAT Traversal should be enabled when the IOLAN is communicating through NAT_T a router gateway to a remote VPN that also has NAT Traversal enabled Default
245. er File option and browse to the MOTD file In WebManager select Administration Custom Files and select the Other File option and browse to the MOTD file After the MOTD is downloaded to the IOLAN you must specify the MOTD file name in the Filename field to access it as the message of the day no SFTP FTP Host parameter is required when the file is internal Advanced Bootup Files Message of the Day MOTD TFTP SFTP Console Port TFTP Host Filename Cl Use SFTP Display MOTD in WebManager E aspPort Web Configure the following parameters TFTP Host The host that the IOLAN will be getting the Message of the Day file from Field Format Resolvable host name IPv4 address IPv6 address Filename The path and file name relative to the default path of your TFTP server software of the file that contains a string that is displayed when a user connects to the IOLAN The IOLAN will look for the file internally it must already be downloaded if only the file is specified no TFPT host or the file cannot be found on the specified TFPT host Use SFTP Check this box if you wish to use SFTP Secure File Transfer Protocol instead of TFTP Trivial File Transfer Protocol The IOLAN will use the SFTP server information entered under the SFTP tab Display MOTD in When enabled displays the Message of the Day to users who are logging into WebManager WebManager or EasyPort Web EasyPort Web Default Disabled 329 Manag
246. er person s responsible for the hardware Functionality Email notification requires an SMTP host that is accessible by the IOLAN to process the email messages sent by the IOLAN When you enable email notification at the Server level you can also use those settings at the serial port level or you can configure email notification specifically for each serial port When you choose an event Level you are selecting the lowest notification level for example if you select Level Error you will get notifications for all events that trigger Error Critical Alert and Emergency messages The level order from most inclusive to least inclusive is as follows Debug Info Notice Warning Error Critical Alert Emergency The following events trigger an email notification on the System for the specified Level e Reboot Alert Level e IOLAN System Failure Error Level e Authentication Failure Notice Level e Successful Login Downloads all Configuration Save Commands Info Level IOLAN SDS SCS STS MDC User s Guide Version 4 5 315 Alerts Field Descriptions C Enable Email Alert Level Send More Debug Info Notice Warning Error Critical Alert L gt Emergency Send Less Outgoing Mail Server SMTP Usemame Password Encryption TCP Port NTLM Domain To Subject From Reply To E None se tify Peer Cer 25 Configure the following parameters Enable Email Alert E
247. er than a OpenLDAP or Microsoft Active Directory server you will have to find out from your system administrator what the user attribute is and enter it in this field Default OpenLDAP uid Checking this parameter will cause the IOLAN to encrypt the password using MDS digest before sending it to server If this option is not checked the password is sent to the server in the clear Default Disabled This option will cause the Terminal Server to authenticate with the LDAP server before the user authentication takes place The user name password to use for this authentication is configured below Default Disabled The user name associated with the IOLAN When checked this causes the domain component configured in the base parameter to be appended to the user name This allows for a fully qualified name to be used when authenticating the IOLAN Default Enabled but if the base parameter is not configured it does not modify the name You must enter the exact same value as the password field Since the password is not echoed this ensures that the field was entered correctly Default Blank Enables disables the Transport Layer Security TLS with the LDAP Microsoft Active Directory host Default Disabled Specify the port number that LDAP Microsoft Active Directory will use for TLS Default 636 If you are using LDAP or Microsoft Active Directory with TLS you need to download a CA list to the IOLAN that includes th
248. ers For a complete list of of supported operating systems see the Perle website For more information see the TruePort User Guide or the TruePort Installation and Configuration Guide for Windows NT on the CD ROM IOLAN SDS SCS STS MDC User s Guide Version 4 5 420 API I O Access Over TruePort API UO Access Over TruePort You can access IOLAN I O data through TruePort using the Perle API The API uses the command response format See the ioapiotp c sample program found on the product CD ROM for an example implementation API Request Format All data in the Request must be sent as a single write to the COM port The API command takes the following format Number of Bytes Value 1 Function Code in hexadecimal 01 Get read write boolean register 03 Get read write register 04 Get read only register 15 Set read write boolean register Ox0F 16 Set read write register 0x10 Starting register number see 44 T4 Registers A4D2 A4R2 Registers or D4 D2R2 Registers for this value Number of registers to act on starting from the register defined in byte 2 above Data for write Some values must be read written as a unit consisting of 2 consecutive registers If the request is to write the data to write follows the number of registers If accessing registers consisting of 2 bytes or 4 bytes the data is in big endian network order format API Response Format The API command takes the foll
249. ert Packet Forwarding Advanced Console Management Settings Authenticate User Multisessions 0 Enable TCP Keepalive Enable Message of the Day MOTD We Timeout L 7j mn Enable Microsoft Special DE Administration Console SAC support Session Timeout 0 seconds Break Handling Dial Options None C Dial in O Local C Dial Out One Dial Timeout 45 seconds Break Interrupt Session Strings Dial Retry 2 Send at Stat Modem e LB Send at End Phone IT Delay after Send 19 miliseconds Configure the following parameters Authenticate User Enables disables login password authentication for users connecting from the network Default Disabled Enable TCP Enables a per connection TCP keepalive feature After the configured number Keepalive of seconds the connection will send a gratuitous ACK to the network peer thus either ensuring the connection stays active OR causing a dropped connection condition to be recognized This parameter needs to be used in conjunction with Monitor Connection Status Interval parameter found in the Serial Advanced Advanced Settings tab The interval specifies the inactivity period before testing the connection Default Disabled Enable Message of Enables disables the display of the message of the day the Day MOTD Default Disabled Enable Microsoft When enabled a user can access SAC the interface of the Microsoft Special Emergency Managem
250. es see 261 DOVER OCG d sssi E 261 Technical Specifications cccceicesssensessssscennssssessnecceenwsercesiecenaaenis 261 Elte TE 262 EE 262 VO Access Functionality ccc cs co cess ccccseaencnncaeneinectebtecueaeesdetieseienendued 262 Field DESC NDING scciuhutsesintaradunadandutebnranioannGaneienemaanananigaceabenmaansiian 262 Advanced Slave Modbus Settings eeseeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 263 Failsafe Timer Functionality ccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeenees 265 CV SRV Ee 265 Field Descriptions E 265 Table of Contents UDP Pum Om ality eessen ete eee ate 266 MOVES VICW ee 266 Field IDS SMOG EE 266 VO Rene E 267 Temperature Functionality sseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenseeneneeeees 268 COVER VICW eenegen 268 GG ee e ieieccisicataicdceteanntacdscnectinittboecbnatadauadaenealadesinnlieededansbobnic 268 CES 269 INA OG E 269 OVETVIEW raai Tea E ege eelere 269 Ge Ree E 270 Ale Cu t ionad aaeain 271 OVET EW eegend ege AE E 271 Functionality EE 271 Field DS SGM UOM EE 272 Digital OU sess sissies ace cca caca anenee ducss eeceseccceceensscctecnvancnanan 274 VR VN eech 274 PUG IVAN eiccen eaa ERA EENEN 274 Field DESCHPUOINS E 275 LAE AAP T E AT E S 277 OVETVI EW eegen E sini E R EEEE 277 Ge Re ee EE 278 Digital HO Eten ti ies desc ZeeChe eege 279 VET VICW ee eene 279 Functionality EE 280 Field Descriptions E 281 Adding Editing Additional Hosts
251. essfully match the information in the peer SSL TLS certificate Data Options Maximum 64 characters Email An entry for an email address for example acct anycompany com This field is case sensitive in order to successfully match the information in the peer SSL TLS certificate Data Options Maximum 64 characters A Virtual Private Network VPN creates a secure dedicated communications network tunnelled through another network You can configure the IOLAN for e ahost to host Virtual Private Network VPN connection a host to network VPN connection a network to network VPN connection or host network to IOLAN VPN connection allowing serial devices connected to the IOLAN to communicate data to a host network In addition to being able to configure up to 64 IPsec tunnels you can configure an L2TP IPsec tunnel that will allow hosts to create a VPN tunnel to the IOLAN The L2TP IPsec VPN protocol is required by the Windows xp operating system Later versions of Windows may support both VPN protocols however check with the Windows documentation that came with your Windows pe Functionality The information in this section applies only to setting up IPsec VPN tunnels not L2TP IPsec VPN tunnels The IOLAN can be configured as a VPN gateway using the IPsec protocol You can configure the VPN connection using two IOL ANS as the local and remote VPN gateways or the IOLAN as the local VPN gateway and a host server running the
252. et the I O channels calibrations to the factory calibrations in DeviceManager by selecting Tools UO Channels Reset Calibrate Data or in WebManager by selecting Administration Reset HO Calibration 345 Setting the IOLAN s Date and Time Setting the IOLAN s Date and Time When you set the IOLAN s time the connection method and time zone settings can affect the actual internal clock time that is being set For example if you are connecting to the IOLAN through the DeviceManager and your PC s time zone is set to Pacific Standard Time GMT 8 00 and the IOLAN s time zone is set to Eastern Standard Time GMT 5 00 the IOLAN s time is actually three hours ahead of your PC s time Therefore if you set the IOLAN s time to 2 30 pm in the DeviceManager the IOLAN s actual internal clock time is 5 30 pm This is the only configuration method that interprets the time and converts it between time zones as necessary All other configuration methods set the IOLAN s internal clock time to the time specified with no interpretation To set the IOLAN s system clock in DeviceManager select Tools Advanced Set Unit Time Date and in WebManager select Administration Date Time The Set Date Time window is displayed Set Date Time Eastern Standard Time Date 720 2007 Time 11 09 39 AM v Use the PC s Date Time Set Date Time Configure the following parameters Date The IOLAN s date The format
253. ethod Shared Secret Specify the text based secret that is used to authenticate the IPsec tunnel case sensitive This applies to all VPN tunnels IPsec and L2TP IPsec X 509 Certificate Specify the remote X 509 certificate validation criteria that must match for successful authentication case sensitive Note that all validation criteria must be configured to match the X 509 certificate An asterisk is valid as a wildcard See Shared Secret Field Description for more information See Remote Validation Criteria Field Descriptions or more information on the X 509 certificate validation criteria Specify the unique IPv4 address that hosts accessing the IOLAN through the L2TP tunnel will use Field Format IPv4 address Specify the first IPv4 address that can be assigned to incoming hosts through the L2TP tunnel Field Format Pv4 address Specify the end range of the IPv4 addresses that can be assigned to incoming hosts through the L2TP tunnel Field Format IPv4 address Specify the authentication method that will be used for the L2TP tunnel Data Options CHAP PAP Both Default Both Exceptions allow specific hosts or any host in a network to access the IOLAN outside of a VPN tunnel This is especially useful when allowing local network hosts access to the IOLAN when VPN tunnels have been configured for remote user security Field Descriptions Define unsecure access to specific IP address or a networks These exc
254. etwork Prefix es is checked to see if it is still communicating Default 100 ms SCS and SDS8 16 32C models only The time that the IOLAN will wait to make the secondary interface Ethernet 2 active after it has been detected as up Default 200 ms When enabled the IOLAN will periodically send IPV6 Router Advertisement messages and respond to Router Solicitation messages The Router Advertisement message can be configured to contain any of the following information e DHCPv6 Use the DHCPV6 server to obtain additional IPV6 address es and configuration parameters e DHCPv6 Configuration Options Use DHCPv6 server to obtain additional configuration parameters e Network Prefixes Advertise the selected custom configured network prefixes Default Disabled When enabled the Router Advertisement message indicates to use the DHCPv 6 server for obtaining additional IPv6 addresses and configuration parameters Default Disabled When enabled the Router Advertisement message indicates to use the DHCPv 6 server to obtain additional configuration parameters Default Disabled The network prefix of the IPV6 addresses created in the IPv6 Settings tab in the Custom IPv6 Address List are included in the Router Advertisement message You can choose to enabled or disable specific network prefixes from being advertised to hosts Default Enabled 98 IP Settings Interface 1 Hardware Speed and Duplex Interface 2
255. etwork The TCP connection can be initiated from a host on the network and or a serial device This is typically used with an application on a Workstation or Server that communicates to a device using a specific TCP socket This is often referred to as a RAW connection Functionality The TCP Sockets profile permits a raw connection to be established in either direction meaning that the connection can be initiated by either the Workstation Server or the IOLAN Card gt Reader Raw TCP Incoming Serial lt Data _ Connection Scanner Bar Code Reader E Cash D Register System Device CR TCP Sockets POS or General Tab Field Descriptions General Advanced Hardware Email Aert Packet Forwarding SSL TLS TCP Socket Settings F Listen for connection TCP Pott 10003 E Allow Multiple Hosts to Connect Enable IP Aliasing F Connect to E Pemit Connections in Both Directions Configure the following parameters Listen for When enabled the IOLAN listens for a connection to be established by the Connection Workstation Server on the network Default Enabled 140 Serial Port Profiles TCP Port Allow Multiple Hosts to Connect Enable IP Aliasing IP Address Connect To Host Name TCP Port Connect to Multiple Hosts Define Additional Hosts Button Initiate Connection Automatically Initiate Connection When any data is received Initiate Connection
256. eviceManager Use this method when you can connect the IOLAN to the network and access the IOLAN from a Windows PC The DeviceManager is a Windows based application that can be used for IOLAN configuration and management The DeviceManager can be used to assign an IP address and perform the complete configuration and management of the IOLAN Direct Connection Use this method when you can connect to the IOLAN from a serial terminal or from a computer running terminal emulation software over a serial port Using this method you will need to configure and or manage the IOLAN using either the Menu or CLI DHCP BOOTP Use this method when you have a BOOTP or DHCP server running and you can connect the IOLAN to your network The IOLAN will automatically obtain an IP address from a local network DHCP BOOTP server when this service is enabled it is disabled by default You can also configure certain IOLAN parameters that will be passed from the DHCP BOOTP server to the IOLAN when it boots up Other configurators such as DeviceManager CLI or Menu can be used to set this option and obtain the initial IP address ARP Ping Use this method when you can connect the IOLAN to the network and want to assign a temporary IP address to the IOLAN by adding an ARP entry to your PC and then pinging it IPv6 Network When the IOLAN is connected to an IPv6 network its local link address is determined using stateless auto configuration Once an IP address has been
257. f your own translated files 2 Copy the language file to a host machine on the network place it in the main file system or on the main hard drive 3 Either use the TFTP SFTP defaults in the IOLAN or configure as necessary TFTP SFTP in the IOLAN 4 Inthe CLI of the IOLAN enter the host IP address and file name for example netload customlang 172 16 4 1 temp Iolan_ de French txt snetload customlang 172 16 4 1 temp Iolan ds French txt The IOLAN will download the language file via TFTP or SFTP In DeviceManager select Tools Advanced Custom Files and then select Download Custom Language File and browse to the language file In WebManager select Administration Custom Files and then specify the Custom Language File option and browse to the language file 5 To set an individual user to the new language go to the Users menu and in the Language field select Customlang In the CLI only you can set individual users or all users to the new language see the set user command 6 The user will see the change of language when he she logs out Main Menu Sessions Menu Logout and logs back into the IOLAN If as Admin user you change your language setting to Customlang you will see the text menus display in the new language when you save and exit the Change User form Users with Level Normal can also change their display language 347 Language Support Translation Guidance To help you with your translation of supplied AS
258. figure the following parameters Server Name IP Address Number of Ports Starting Slave TCP Port Starting Master TCP Port Protocol Specify a name for the slave IOLAN in the clustering group This name does not have to correspond to the proper host name as it is just used within the IOLAN Field Format Maximum 15 alphanumeric characters including spaces Specify the IP address of the slave IOLAN in the clustering group Field Format IPv4 Specify the number of ports in the Slave IOLAN that you are adding to the clustering group Data Options 1 2 4 8 18 24 36 48 Default 1 Specify the first TCP Port number as specified in the slave IOLAN s serial port configuration on the slave host Default 10001 and increments by one for each serial port Specify the TCP port number you want to map the first slave IOLAN DS Port number to This number should not be a port number that is already in use by the master IOLAN Default 1024 and then increments by one for each new slave entry Specify the protocol that will be used to access the slave IOLAN port Data Options SSH Telnet Field Format Telnet 306 Clustering Slave List Advanced Clustering Slave Options Overview The Advanced button provides a means of configuring each individual serial port s name connection protocol and port association in the clustered IOLAN slave The Clustering Slave Settings window displays each clustered serial port
259. figure the physical serial line parameters See Hardware Tab Field Descriptions Email Alert Configure email alerts for the serial line these can also be configured globally for all lines under the System settings See Email Alert Tab Field Descriptions Packet Forwarding Configure data packet parameters See Packet Forwarding Tab Field Descriptions SSL TLS Configure SSL TLS encryption options for the serial port See SSL TLS Settings Tab Field Descriptions 117 Serial Port Profiles Hardware Tab Field Descriptions The Hardware tab configures all the serial port hardware connection information The window below shows an SDS1 model your Hardware tab might display a subset of the parameters described depending on the IOLAN model and supported hardware Serial Port 1 Settings Sdt Profle Terminal Name General Advanced Hardware Email Alert Packet Forwarding Serial interface x Speed 9600 Data Bis 8 x Parity None x Stop Bits 1 EA Flow Control None E Monitor DSR C Monitor DCD Discard Characters Received With Errors Configure the following parameters Serial Interface Specifies the type of serial line that is being used with the IOLAN Data Options EIA 232 EIA 422 or EIA 485 SCS STS MDC models support only EIA 232 Default EIA 232 Speed Specifies the baud rate of the serial line keep in mind that speed is affected by the length of the cable You can also spec
260. fined session when connecting through a serial port with the Terminal profile or will be limited to the Easy Port Access menu when connecting from the network The Easy Port Access allows the user to connect to the accessible line without disconnecting their initial connection to the IOLAN Does not have any access to CLI commands When the admin user logs into the IOLAN the prompt ends with a whereas all other users prompts ends with a or depending on the character set Default Normal 215 Adding Editing Users Services Tab Overview The Services tab configures the connection parameters for a user Any connection parameters configured in this window will override the serial port connection parameters Functionality When a Terminal profile is set for the serial port and Require Login has been selected user s accessing the IOLAN through the serial port will be authenticated Once authentication is successful the Service specified here is started For example if the Service Telnet is specified the IOLAN will start a Telnet connection to the specified Host IP TCP Port after the user is successfully authenticated logs in successfully Within the Terminal profile there are a number of settings that apply to possible Services Once it is known which user is connected and which service is to be used then the settings from both the Terminal profile and the user are used User parameters take precedence over serial p
261. fnuX1xPe Mctuf XYvglvxYZ0XhdIh1FwFeeIQLyRvD447mj riMFj JfheMUtHgqOZhvwWSE1 8Z GEXNOo7 yagZqhzjxu9 XJTA2SAGV LL3epPqw2 V50RxVrf7uWn7 1 5FQ Note that the pound sign indicates a comment line and all characters in that line are ignored The key value itself should not have an carriage returns In the DeviceManager select Tools Advanced Keys and Certificates In the WebManager select Tools Administration Keys Certificates Download the RSA signature file to the DeviceManager specifying the IPsec tunnel it s for Keys and Certificates Key Certificate Download IPsec RSA Public Key i x File Name C serial_devices_rsa_sig txt IPsec Tunnel Name Serial_Devices ze In the same Keys and Certificates window upload the IOLAN s RSA signature public key Keys and Certificates Key Certificate Upload IPsec RSA Public Key x File Name serial_devices_rsa_pub_key txt Install the IOLAN s public key in the remote VPN gateway for the Serial_Devices IPsec tunnel Enable the IPsec service found in Security Services 361 Configuring a Virtual Private Network Network to Network The following examples shows how to configure a network to network IPsec tunnel This example uses the X 509 Certificate authentication method so it includes the configuration requirements for the X 509 certificate NAT Traversal NAT_T is enabled in this example on both sides because the VPN tunnel is going
262. following diagrams show how the null modem cable should be configured when connecting to a terminal DB235 DB25 Male IOLAN DS1 DB25 DTE 2 TxD 3 RxD 4 RTS 5 CTS 6 DSR 7 GND 20 DTR DB25 Female IOLAN DS1 DB25 DCE 3 TxD 2 RxD 5 RTS 4 CTS 20 DSR 7 GND 6 DTR Terminal DB25 DTE 3 RxD 2 TxD 5 CTS 4 RTS 20 DTR 7 GND 6 DSR Terminal DB25 DTE 3 RxD 2 TxD 5 CTS 4 RTS 20 DTR 7 GND 6 DSR Pinouts and Cabling Diagrams 403 EIA 232 Cabling Diagrams RJ45 This cabling table does NOT apply to SCS48C SCS32C SCS16C SCS8C Sun Cisco SDS32C SDS16C SDS8C Electrical Utility or medical unit models IOLAN RJ45 10 pin 8 pin A DSR 3 3 RTS 2 5 TxD 4 6 RxD 5 7 GND 6 8 CTS 7 9 DTR 8 Terminal DB25 DTE 20 DTR 5 CTS 3 RxD 2 TxD 7 GND 4 RTS 6 DSR Cabling for SCS48C SCS32C SCS16C SCS8C Sun Cisco and SDS32C SDS16C SDS8C Electrical Utility IOLAN RJ45 7 DSR 1 RTS 3 TxD 6 RxD 4 GND 8 CTS 2 DTR Terminal DB25 DTE 20 DTR 5 CTS 3 RxD 2 TxD 7 GND 4 RTS 6 DSR Pinouts and Cabling Diagrams 404 EIA 232 Cabling Diagrams DB9 Male IOLAN DS1 Terminal DB25 DB9 Male DTE 3 TxD 3 RxD 2 RxD 2 TxD 7 RTS 5
263. for communication between the Modbus Master and Slave Default Disabled When Modbus ASCIl is selected adds a CR LF to the end of the transmission most Modbus devices require this option Default Enabled Advanced Field Descriptions General Advanced Hardware Email Alert Packet Forwarding SSL TLS Advanced Modbus Settings A These settings are global and apply to all serial ports configured as a Modbus Gateway Idle Timeout seconds Character Timeout 20 milliseconds v Enable Modbus Exceptions Message Timeout 1000 milliseconds Session Strings Send at Start Delay after Send 10 milliseconds Configure the following parameters 181 Serial Port Profiles Idle Timeout Use this timer to close a connection because of inactivity When the Idle Timeout expires the IOLAN will end the connection Range 0 4294967 seconds about 49 days Default 0 zero which does not timeout so the connection is permanently open Enable Modbus When enabled an exception message is generated and sent to the initiating Exceptions Modbus device when any of the following conditions are encountered there is an invalid UID the UID is not configured in the Gateway there is no free network connection there is an invalid message or the target device is not answering the connection attempt Default Enabled Character Timeout Used in conjunction with the Modbus RTU protocol specifies how long to wait in
264. for the DB9 male connection used on the 1 port IOLAN that is serial only not I O 6 A The following table provides pinout information Pinout EIA 422 485 EIA 485 9 pin EIA 232 Full Duplex Half Duplex 1 in DCD 2 in RxD RxD 3 out TxD TxD TxD RxD 4 out DTR 5 GND GND GND 6 in DSR RxD 7 RTS 8 in CTS 9 TxD TxD RxD Pinouts and Cabling Diagrams 401 Power Over Ethernet Pinouts DB9 Male UO This section defines the pinouts for the DB9 male connection used on the 1 port IOLAN I O models The following table provides pinout information Pinout EIA 422 485 EIA 485 9 pin EIA 232 Full Duplex Half Duplex 1 in DCD 2 in RxD RxD 3 out TxD TxD TxD RxD 4 out DTR 5 GND GND GND 6 in DSR RxD 7 RTS TxD TxD RxD 8 in CTS 9 Power Over Ethernet Pinouts This section defines the pinouts for the RJ45 Ethernet connection used on the IOLAN SDS P or IOLAN SCS P models Pin 8 Pin 1 The following table provides pinout information Pinout Standard 802 3AF Unit 4 Wire 802 3AF Unit 8 Wire 1 Txt Tx Voltage Txt 2 Tx Tx Voltage Tx 3 Rx Rx Voltage Rx 4 N C Voltage 5 N C Voltage 6 Rx Rx Voltage Rx 7 N C Voltage 8 N C Voltage Pinouts and Cabling Diagrams 402 EIA 232 Cabling Diagrams EIA 232 Cabling Diagrams This section shows how to create EIA 232 cables that are compatible with the Device Server Terminal DB25 Connector The
265. for the Digital input CTS serial pin Trigger gt IO AT ALARM LEVEL Trap for Analog input Alarm Level 1 6 IO AT ALARM _LEVEL2 Trap for Analog input Alarm Level 2 7 IO AT ALARM _LEVEL3 Trap for Analog input Alarm Level 3 8 IO AT ALARM LEVEL4 Trap for Analog input Alarm Level 4 9 IO_AI ALARM_ LEVELS Trap for Analog input Alarm Level 5 10 IO DI ALARM SENSOR CLEAR Trap for Digital input trigger Clear Mode 11 IO DI ALARM SERIAL_DSR_CLEAR Ce for Digital input DSR serial pin trigger Clear ode 12 IO DI ALARM SERIAL DCD_CLEAR Trap for Digital input DCD serial pin trigger Clear Mode 13 IO DI ALARM SERIAL CTS_CLEAR Trap for Digital input CTS serial pin trigger Clear Mode 14 IO AT ALARM LEVEL CLEAR Trap for the Analog input Alarm Level 1 Clear 15 IO AT ALARM LEVEL2 CLEAR Trap for the Analog input Alarm Level 2 Clear 16 IO AT ALARM LEVEL3_ CLEAR Trap for the Analog input Alarm Level 3 Clear 17 IO AT ALARM LEVEL4 CLEAR Trap for the Analog input Alarm Level 4 Clear 18 IO AT ALARM LEVELS CLEAR Trap for the Analog input Alarm Level 5 Clear 304 Configuring Clustering Introduction E 48 Configuration Clustering is a way to provide access to the serial ports of many IOLANs SC Network through a single IP address CO Serial 3 Users Clustering Slave List EF Overview The IP address that will be used to access all clustered serial ports will be that of the Master IOLAN in the cluster All other IOLANs in the clu
266. fore testing the connection Default Disabled 137 Serial Port Profiles Enable Data Logging Idle Timeout Session Timeout Session Strings Dial In Dial Out Dial Timeout When enabled serial data will be buffered if the TCP connection is lost When the TCP connection is re established the buffered serial data will be sent to its destination If using the Trueport profile data logging is only supported in Lite Mode The minimum data buffer size for all models is 1 KB The maximum data buffer size is 2000 KB for DS1 TS2 STS8D all other models are 4000 KB If the data buffer is filled incoming serial data will overwrite the oldest data Values 1 2000 KB DS1 TS1 STS8D Default 4 KB Values 1 4000 KB all other models Default 256 KB Default Disabled Note A kill line or a reboot of the IOLAN causes all buffered data to be lost Some profile features are not compatible with the data logging feature See Appendix J Data Logging To change the default data logging buffer size see Advanced Serial Settings Tab Use this timer to close a connection because of inactivity When the Idle Timeout expires the IOLAN will end the connection Range 0 4294967 seconds about 49 days Default 0 seconds so the port will never timeout Use this timer to forcibly close the session connection when the Session Timeout expires Default 0 seconds so the port will never timeout Range 0 4294967 seconds about 49 d
267. fully qualified domain name note FQDN s are excluded as accessible hosts when IP Filtering is enabled 101 Advanced Route List Overview Entering routes in the routing list enables the identification of gateways to be used for accessing specific hosts or external networks from the IOLAN s local network Functionality There are three types of routes e Default A route that provides general access beyond your local network e Host A route defined for accessing a specific host external to your local network e Network A route defined for accessing a specific network external to your local network You can specify up to 20 routes on desktop IOLAN models you can specify up to 49 routes on rack mount and medical unit IOLAN models Two types or gateways method of accessing specific hosts or external networks can be configured e Host Specify a specify host that will provide access to the route destination e Interface Specify the IPv6 tunnel Remote Access PPP defined serial port or Remote Access SLIP defined serial port that will provide access to the route destination Field Descriptions Host Table Route List DNS WINS RIP Dynamic DNS IPv6 Tunnels Destination Network Mask Type Gateway Gateway Type The following buttons are available on this window Add Button Adds a route to the Route List Edit Button Changes an existing route in the Route List Delete Button Deletes a ro
268. g Application amp ST Industrial Freezers d 3 274 Channels Field Descriptions General LO Extension Digital D1 Description Input Mode Output Mode Digital Output Settings Type Output Failsafe Action Sink E Manual v None v Configure the following parameters Description Output Mode Type Output Provide a description of the channel making it easier to identify Data Options Maximum 20 characters including spaces When selected the channel will drive the line output The internal jumpers must match the software configuration so if you change this setting to Output Mode you will have to also change the internal hardware jumpers Default Disabled Specify the type of digital output Data Options e Sink Specifies that the channel will be grounded when active e Source Specifies that the channel will provide voltage when active e Sink and Source Specifies that channel will be grounded when it is inactive and will provide voltage when it is active Default Sink Specify how the channel output will be handled Data Options e Manual You must manually manipulate the channel output e Pulse Activates and deactivates the channel output activity in intervals after it is manually activated e Inactive to Active Delay tThe channel output will remain inactive for the specified time interval after it is manually started e Active to Inactive Delay t
269. g will not take place correctly The IPV4 IP address of the remote end of the PPP link Choose an address that is part of the same network or subnetwork as the IOLAN If you set the PPP parameter IP Address Negotiation to On the IOLAN will ignore the remote IP address value you enter here and will allow the remote end to specify its IP address If your user is authenticated by RADIUS and the RADIUS parameter Framed Address is set in the RADIUS file the IOLAN will use the value in the RADIUS file in preference to the value configured here The exception to this rule is a Framed Address value in the RADIUS file of 255 255 255 254 this value allows the IOLAN to use the remote IP address value configured here The network subnet mask For example 255 255 0 0 If your user is authenticated by RADIUS and the RADIUS parameter Framed Netmask is set in the RADIUS file the IOLAN will use the value in the RADIUS file in preference to the value configured here The local IPv6 interface identifier of the IOLAN end of the PPP link For routing to work you must enter a local IP address Choose an address that is part of the same network or subnetwork as the remote end Do not use the IOLAN s main IP address in this field if you do so routing will not take place correctly Field Format The first 64 bits of the Interface Identifier must be zero therefore abcd abcd abced abcd is the expected format 161 Serial Port Profiles IPv6 Remote
270. gardless of the Hotkey Prefix The User Hotkey Prefix value overrides the Serial Port Hotkey Prefix value You can use the Hotkey Prefix keys to lock a serial port only when the serial port s Allow Port Locking parameter is enabled Default Hex 01 Ctrl a or a 219 Adding Editing Users Sessions Tab Overview The Sessions tab is used to configure specific connections for users who are accessing the network through the IOLAN s serial port Functionality Users who have successfully logged into the IOLAN User Service set to DSprompt can start up to four login sessions on network hosts These users start sessions through the EasyPort Menu option Sessions Multiple sessions can be run simultaneously to the same host or to different hosts Users can switch between different sessions and also between sessions and the IOLAN using Hotkey commands see Hotkey Prefix for a list of commands Users with Admin or Normal privileges can define new sessions and use them to connect to Network hosts they can even configure them to start automatically on login to the IOLAN Restricted and Menu users can only start sessions predefined for them in their user configuration Field Descriptions User Settings General Services Advanced Sessions Serial Port Access Predefined Outbound Sessions Session 1 x Telnet Settings Connect Automatically Host None v TCP Pot 23 Configure the following p
271. ger teger teger teger teger teger teger teger teger teger teger teger teger teger teger teger teger teger teger teger teger teger teger teger teger Per Per Per Per Perl Perl Perle Perle Perl Perle Perle Perl Perl Perl Perl Perl Perl Perle Perle Perl Perle Perle Perl Perl Perl Perl Perl Perl Perl Perl Perl RADIUS and TACACS 384 RADIUS ATTRIBUTE Perle Line Access Port 30 130 integer Perle ATTRIBUTE Perle Line Access Port 31 131 integer Perle ATTRIBUTE Perle Line Access Port 32 132 integer Perle ATTRIBUTE Perle Line Access Port 33 133 integer Perle ATTRIBUTE Perle Line Access Port 34 134 integer Perle ATTRIBUTE Perle Line Access Port 35 135 integer Perle ATTRIBUTE Perle Line Access Port 36 136 integer Perle ATTRIBUTE Perle Line Access Port 37 137 integer Perle ATTRIBUTE Perle Line Access Port 38 138 integer Perle ATTRIBUTE Perle Line Access Port 39 139 integer Perle ATTRIBUTE Perle Line Access Port 40 140 integer Perle ATTRIBUTE Perle Line Access Port 41 141 integer Perle ATTRIBUTE Perle Line Access Port 42 142 integer Perle ATTRIBUTE Perle Line Access Port 43 143 integer Perle ATTRIBUTE Perle Line Access Port 44 144 integer Perle ATTRIBUTE Perle Line Access Port 45 145 integer Perle ATTRIBUTE Perle Line Access Port 46 146
272. gin using the Name and Password values Default Disabled The name of the user logging into the SSH session Field Format Up to 20 alphanumeric characters excluding spaces The user s password when Auto Login is enabled Field Format Up to 20 alphanumeric characters excluding spaces When enabled selects an SSH version 1 connection Default Enabled Select the encryption method cipher that you want to use for your SSH version connection Data Options e 3DES e Blowfish Default 3DES When enabled selects an SSH version 2 connection If both SSH 1 and SSH 2 are selected the IOLAN will attempt to make an SSH 2 connection first If that connection fails it will attempt to connect to the specified host using SSH 1 Default Enabled Select the order of negotiation for the encryption method ciphers that the IOLAN will use for the SSH version 2 connection Data Options e 3DES e Blowfish e AES e Arcfour e CAST When enabled an authentication method used by SSH version 1 and 2 Use RSA authentication for the SSH session Default Enabled When enabled an authentication method used by SSH version 2 Use DSA authentication for the SSH session Default Enabled When enabled the user types in a password for authentication Default Enabled The SLIP settings apply when the User Service is set to SLIP 158 Serial Port Profiles Login Telnet Rlogin SSH_ SLIP PPP_ SSL TLS Local
273. gister values 301 Accessing UO Data Via TruePort Example 1 Read the status of the first digital input DI1 on a D2R2 unit DI sensor is a coil register with the decimal value of 6145 hex 0x1801 Request 0x01 0x18 0x01 0x00 0x01 Response 0x01 0x01 0x01 Digital input 1 is active Example 2 Read the values for the Inactive Signal Width Active Signal Width and Pulse count for the second digital output DO2 on a D4 unit DO2 Inactive Signal Width is a holding register with the decimal value of 6210 hexadecimal 0x 1842 Request 0x03 0x18 0x42 0x00 0x03 Response 0x03 0x06 0x00 0x0A 0x00 0x11 0x00 0x0F Inactive 10 100ms Active 17 100ms and Pulse count 15 Example 3 Read the raw current minimum and maximum values of the third Analog input A3 on an A4D2 unit A3 current raw value is an input register with the decimal value of 2150 hexadecimal 0x0866 Request 0x04 0x08 0x86 0x00 0x03 Response 0x04 0x06 0x10 0x03 OxOF 0x30 0x10 0x20 Current 0x1003 Minimum 0x0F30 and Maximum 0x1020 Set Commands The following tables show the general structure to be used for set commands Command Format Byte s ofBytes Value 1 1 Command Code in hexadecimal e OxO0F Set Boolean registers R W coils e 0x10 Set holding registers read write registers 2 3 2 Starting register number see A4 T4 Registers A4D2 A4R2 Registers or D4 D2R2 Registers for this value 4 5 2 Number
274. gnal Acts as Specify this option to make the DTR signal always act as a DCD signal DCD Default Disabled DTR Signal Acts as Specify this option to make the DTR signal always act as a RI signal RI Default Disabled RTS Signal Always Specify this option to make the RTS signal always act as a RTS signal On Default Enabled RTS Signal Acts as Specify this option to make the RTS signal always act as a DCD signal DCD Default Disabled RTS Signal Acts as Specify this option to make the RTS signal always act as a RI signal RI Default Disabled DCD Signal Always When you configure the DTR or RTS signal pin to act as a DCD signal enable On this option to make the DCD signal always stay on Default Enabled DCD Signal On When you configure the DTR or RTS signal pin to act as a DCD signal enable when host this option to make the DCD signal active only during active communication connection Default Disabled established 174 Serial Port Profiles Additional modem initialization Enable Message of the Day MOTD Enable TCP Keepalive AT Command Response Delay Session Strings You can specify additional virtual modem commands that will affect how virtual modem starts The following commands are supported ATQn ATVn ATEn ATH ATA ATIO ATI3 ATSO AT amp Z1 AT amp Sn AT amp Rn AT amp Cn AT amp F ATS2 ATS12 ATO ATD with no phone number and ATDS1 See Appendix C Virtual Modem AT Commands for a more deta
275. guration of the Modbus Slaves on the network Data Options e Host he IP address is used for the first UID specified in the range The last octet in the IPv4 address is then incremented for subsequent UID s in that range Gateway The Modbus Master Gateway will use the same IP address when connecting to all the remote Modbus slaves in the specified UID range Default Host The IP address of the TCP Ethernet Modbus Slave Field Format Pv4 or IPv6 address 184 Serial Port Profiles End IP Address Displays the ending IP address of the TCP Ethernet Modbus Slaves based on the Start IP address and the UID range not supported for IPv6 addresses Field Format Pv4 address Protocol Specify the protocol that is used between the Modbus Master and Modbus Slave s Data Options TCP or UDP Default TCP UDP TCP Port The destination port of the remote Modbus TCP Slave that the IOLAN will connect to Range 0 65535 Default 502 Modbus Slave Advanced Settings Field Descriptions E Advanced Slave Settings ES A These settings are global and apply to all serial ports configured as a Modbus Slave Gateway Slave Gateway Settings TCP UDP Port 50 Next Request Delay 50 milliseconds C Enable Serial Modbus Broadcasts Request Queuing UID Address Mode Embedded Remapped C Enable IP Aliasing C Enable SSL TLS using global settings Security gt SSL TLS OK Cancel Configure the fo
276. gure the parameters for that channel Overview Analog channels monitor current voltage input Note that the internal jumpers must match the software setting by default they are set to Current see Analog Input Module to find out how to set the internal jumpers For example in an industrial freezer warehouse the IOLAN A4R2 is used to monitor humidity transducers which are in place to help prevent freezer burn If the humidity reaches a certain percentage monitored by an Analog channel a syslog message is sent to the Monitoring Application The Monitoring Application then sends a command to the IOLAN via the Perle API that causes the Relay channel to activate an internal freezer dehumidifier The relay is turned off when the Analog channel sends a clear syslog message to the Monitoring Application and the Relay channel is deactivated A4D2 Relay Analog I O Analog Monitoring IOLAN Relay Application STT Industrial Freezers Analog E 269 Channels Field Descriptions Analog A Description Analog Settings Type Voltage Range 2 10 Alarm Settings Configure the following parameters Description Provide a description of the channel making it easier to identify Data Options Maximum 20 characters including spaces Type Select the type of input being measured Data Options Current or Voltage Default Current Range Select the range for the measurement type Data Options e Cu
277. gured IP Address ccsssssseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenees 55 Easy Config Wizard sitissisiisitiswiebsiridicnciiceommieiiiiasiaameiicens 56 DEVICE MANA e LE 57 EEN 57 Access Platforms sacvscces cesececncesdtsdeeneventcedeabiventesstanaeneptenieivienteneteceieeeasasees 57 PG UES cricisestasucesscqcaceasassosacanacdenassnanaeaesaaaatecansasoamiascssancecessemaconsecacecua 57 Connecting to the IOLAN Using DeviceManaget s1seeeeee 57 Using DeuehlapaperzeurseueeugeseegessrereeEeENeNdEeNEEEEEEGEEEEEEEEEEAEEEEAENEN EEN 59 Navigating the ONS soa icecctee ta Se beset eatelearcace te aaete edamcatehade Wiudaacateeens 59 Downloading the Configuration ccccccccceesseccceetecececeeeeeeeeteeeenenees 60 WebManager eeh 60 EIERE 60 Access Platforms E 60 all 60 Connecting to the IOLAN Using WebManager eeeeeeeeeeeeee 61 Using KE ENT E 62 Command Line Interface cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeees 63 EENS 63 Table of Contents Access Platforms isectcestecssetees eee eee eee eee eae 63 Ee 63 Connecting to the IOLAN Using the CLI ccccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeees 63 Through the TEE 63 Through rn NL E 64 Using th e TEE 64 KELD EE 64 EENHEETEN eg 64 Access PUA ON INNS E 64 EEN 64 Connecting to the IOLAN Using the Menu cssssseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 64 Using the E 65 8 ele Tee H E 66 OVErVIEW enee EEN 66 Eeer eee eee ene ere 66 Connecting
278. h contacts that remain closed when the unit is powered off or in a failure state 4 Chassis Ground Chassis Ground must be connected to Equipment Ground for DC installations or Safety Ground for AC installations 5 t L source 1 L Source 1 is connected to the positive input for DC sources or to the Live input for AC sources Use with partner terminal N Source 1 6 N source 1 N Source 1 is connected to the negative input for DC sources or to the Neutral input for AC sources Use with partner terminal L Source 1 7 H L source 2 L Source 2 is connected to the positive input for DC sources or to the Live input for AC sources Use with partner terminal N Source 2 8 N source 2 N Source 2 is connected to the negative input for DC sources or to the Neutral input for AC sources Use with partner terminal L Source 2 E Earth Ground Earth Ground is a connection to the chassis that can be used for earth bonding Hardware and Connectivity 50 Powering up your IOLAN NOTES 1 For terminal 1 through 8 the use of ring terminals size 6 M3 5 is recommended using stranded wire size AWG 18 14 Tighten all screws to a torque of 12 Lb in 1 36 Nm 2 For terminal E the use of ring terminal size 8 M4 is recommended using stranded wire size AWG 18 14 Tighten screw to a torque of 12 Lb in 1 36 Nm 3 Use the Chassis Ground terminal co
279. h either IP address 8 To view the DHCP BOOTP assigned IP address type the following command show interface ethernet If for some reason it cannot obtain an IP address from your DHCP BOOTP server you will have to either reconnect to the IOLAN on the console port and reboot it or push the RESET button to access the IOLAN You are now ready to configure the IOLAN See Chapter 3 Configuration Methods for information on the different IOLAN configuration methods Getting Started 79 Setting Up the Network Using ARP Ping You can use the ARP Ping Address Resolution Protocol method to temporarily assign an IP address and connect to your IOLAN to assign a permanent IP address To use ARP Ping to temporarily assign an IP address 1 From a local UNIX Linux host type the following at the system command shell prompt arp s a b c d aa bb cc dd ee ff On a Windows 2000 or newer system type the following at the command prompt arp s a b c d aa bb cc dd ee ff where a b c d is the IPv4 address you want to temporarily assign to the IOLAN and aa bb cc dd ee ff is the Ethernet MAC address of IOLAN found on the back of the unit 2 Whether you use UNIX or Windows you are now ready to ping to the IOLAN Here is a UNIX example of the sequence to use arp s 192 168 209 8 00 80 d4 00 33 4e ping 192 168 209 8 From the ping command issued in step 2 the IOLAN will pickup and use the IP address entered into the ARP table in st
280. h you want syslog information sent Field Descriptions Syslog Level r Send More Primary Host None L Debug Info Notice Waring Error Critical Alert L gt Emergency Send Less Configure the following parameters Primary Host The first preconfigured host that the IOLAN will attempt to send system log messages to messages will be displayed on the host s monitor Default None Secondary Host If configured the IOLAN will attempt to send system log messages to this syslog host as well as the primary syslog host defined Messages will be displayed on the host s monitor Default None Level Choose the event level that triggers a syslog entry Data Options Emergency Alert Critical Error Warning Notice Info Debug Default Emergency 318 Management Management SNMP Overview If you are using SNMP to manage configure the IOLAN or to view statistics or traps you must set up a User in SNMP version 3 or a Community in SNMP version 1 2 to allow your SNMP manager to connect to the IOLAN this can be done in the DeviceManager WebManager CLI or Menu You must then load the perle sds MIB found on the CD ROM packaged with the IOLAN file into your SNMP manager before you connect to the IOLAN SNMP Tab Field Descriptions Configure the following parameters SNMP Traps SNMP Contact Information Contact Il Location Communities Version 1 and Version 2 Community Internet
281. have in exactly the same fashion as it would if it were connected to a modem Using AT commands it can configure the modem and the issue a dial out request ATTD The IOLAN will then translate the dial request into a TCP connection and data will be begin to flow in both directions The connection can be terminated by hanging up the phone line You can also manually start a connection by typing ATD lt ip address gt lt port_number gt and end the connection by typing ATH The ip address can be in IPv4 or IPv6 formats and is the IP address of the receiver For example ATD123 34 23 43 10001 or you can use ATD12303402304310001 without any punctuation although you do need to add zeros where there are not three digits presents so that the IP address is 12 digits long Dial Serial Device IOLAN J IOLAN Serial Device Modem Application lt gt Modem Application Raw TCP Data General Tab Field Descriptions General Advanced Hardware Email Alert Packet Forwarding SSL TLS Virtual Modem Settings Session Connection Listen on TCP Pot 10001 Connect Automatically At Startup Host Name None wN TCP Port 0 Connect Manually Via AT Command Connection Status Send Connection Status as O Verbose String Numerical Code Configure the following parameters 172 Serial Port Profiles Listen on TCP Port The IOLAN TCP port that the IOLAN will listen on Connect Automatically At Startup
282. he DeviceManager you connect as the admin user and must supply the password for the admin user Starting a New Session To start a new session and connect to the IOLAN using the DeviceManager 1 Start the DeviceManager by selecting Start All Programs Perle DeviceManager DeviceManager 2 When the DeviceManager starts it searches the network for IOLANs Establish Connection to MAC Address IP Address Model Discovered 00 80 D4 06 02 84 00 80 D4 06 11 23 00 80 D4 06 11 23 00 80 D4 06 11 82 00 80 D4 06 1A 9D 00 80 D4 06 28 F6 00 80 D4 06 28 F6 00 80 D4 06 2F 51 10 10 200 91 10 10 200 69 fe80 280 d4ff fe06 1123 10 10 200 152 10 10 200 143 10 10 200 116 fe80 280 d4ff fe06 28f6 10 10 200 33 IOLAN DS1 IOLAN SDS1M IOLAN SDS1M IOLAN SDS1 IOLAN DS1 IOLAN SDS1T4 IOLAN SDS1T4 IOLAN STS4D Auto Auto Auto Auto Auto Auto Auto Auto Cancel Refresh If your IOLAN is not in the local network and you do not have a multicast enabled router in your network and therefore is not displayed in the selectable list but can be pinged from your PC you can add it to the selectable list by clicking the Add button Add IOLAN Manually add IOLAN to the list of available devices IP Address Click the Add button and type in the IOLAN s IP address this field supports IPv4 and IPv6 addresses Click the Close button when you have completed adding all the manual entries Select the
283. he IOLAN will wait for connections to be initiated by the TruePort Client Default Disabled The TCP Port that the IOLAN will use to communicate through to the TruePort client Default 10001 for serial port 1 then increments by one for each serial port 134 Serial Port Profiles Allow Multiple When this option is enabled multiple hosts can connect to a serial device that Hosts to Connect is connected to this serial port Note These multiple clients Hosts need to be running TruePort in Lite mode Default Disabled Adding Editing Additional TruePort Hosts You can define a list of hosts that the serial device will communicate to through TruePort Lite or a primary backup host Configure the following parameters Connect to Additional Hosts E Tube client must be configured to run Lite mode in order to support multiple connections Define additional hosts to connect to Establish connections to all hosts on the list Host TCP Port Add Define a primary host and a backup host to connect to Close Define additional When this option is enabled you can define up to 49 hosts that the serial device hosts to connect to connected to this serial port will attempt communicate to With this mode of operation the IOLAN will connect to multiple hosts simultaneously Default Enabled Add Button Click the Add button to add a host to the list of hosts that will be receiving communication fro
284. he RADIUS server before erroring out Range 0 255 Default 5 The time in seconds that the IOLAN waits to receive a reply after sending out a request to a RADIUS accounting or authentication host If no reply is received before the timeout period expires the IOLAN will retry the same host up to and including the number of retry attempts Range 1 255 Default 3 seconds Attributes Field Descriptions Radius Settings General Attributes J i NAS Identifier Automatically determine NAS IP Address Automatically determine NAS IPv6 Address Use the following NAS IP Address Use the following NAS IPv6 Address Configure the following parameters NAS Identifier Automatically This is the string that identifies the Network Address Server NAS that is originating the Access Request to authenticate a user Field Format Maximum 31 characters including spaces When enabled the IOLAN will send the IOLAN s Ethernet 1 IPv4 address to determine NAS IP the RADIUS server Address Default Enabled 227 Authentication Kerberos Use the following NAS IP Address IP Address Automatically determine NAS IPv6 Address Use the following NAS IPv6 Address IPv6 Address When enabled the IOLAN will send the specified IPv4 address to the RADIUS server Default Disabled The IP v4 address that the IOLAN will send to the RADIUS server Default 0 0 0 0 When enabled the I
285. he first character on a line sends the character to the remote host This value is in hexadecimal Default 4 ASCII value D Erase Defines the erase character When Line Mode is Off typing the erase character erases one character This value is in hexadecimal Default 8 ASCII value H Echo Defines the echo character When Line Mode is On typing the echo character echoes the text locally and sends only completed lines to the host This value is in hexadecimal Default 5 ASCII value E Escape Defines the escape character Returns you to the command line mode This value is in hexadecimal Default 1d ASCII value GS Rlogin Settings The Rlogin settings apply when the User Service is set to Rlogin or the Terminal profile has Require Login selected and specifies an Rlogin connection to a host Login Telnet Riogin SSH SLIP PPP SSL TLS Terminal Type Configure the following parameter Terminal Type Type of terminal attached to this serial port for example ANSI or WYSE60 156 Serial Port Profiles When Connect to remote system is selected the Rlogin window requires the name of the user who is connecting to the host Configure the following parameters Terminal Type Type of terminal attached to this serial port for example ANSI or WYSE60 User This name is passed on to the specified host for the Rlogin session so that the user is only prompted for a password SSH Settings The S
286. he user you must have set Enable Callback enabled Restrictions Enter the number without spaces You can specify whether a user will use English or Custom Language as the language that appears in the Menu or CLI The IOLAN supports one custom language that must be downloaded to the IOLAN Default English See Language Support for more information about Custom Languages The prefix that a user types to control the current session Data Options e a number To switch from one session to another press a Ctrl a and then the required session number For example a 2 would switch you to session 2 Pressing a 0 will return you to the IOLAN Menu e 4an Display the next session The current session will remain active The lowest numbered active session will be displayed e a p Display the previous session The current session will remain active The highest numbered active session will be displayed e 4am To exit a session and return to the IOLAN You will be returned to the menu The session will be left running e al Lowercase L Locks the serial port until the user unlocks it The user is prompted for a password any password excluding spaces and the serial port is locked The user must retype the password to unlock the serial port e Ar When you switch from a session back to the Menu the screen may not be redrawn correctly If this happens use this command to redraw it properly This is always Ctrl R re
287. her chapter or section that you can click on to jump to that section Online Help Online help is provided in the DeviceManager You can click on the What s This button KR or 2h and then click on a field to get field level help Or you can press the F1 key to get window level help You can also get the User s Guide online by selecting Help Help Topics 26 Introduction About the IOLAN The IOLAN is an Ethernet communications terminal server that allows serial devices to be connected directly to LANs The IOLAN can connect to a wide range of devices including Terminals for multi user UNIX systems Data acquisition equipment manufacturing laboratory scanners etc Retail point of sale equipment bar coding registers etc PCs using terminal emulation or SLIP PPP Modems for remote access and Internet access ISDN adapters for branch remote access and Internet access All types of serial printers The performance and flexibility of the IOLAN allows you to use a wide range of high speed devices in complex application environments The IOLAN products will work in any server environment running TCP UDP IP IOLAN Family Models The IOLAN comes in several different models to meet your network needs DS Offered as a 1 port unit DB25M DB25F RJ45 and DB9M interfaces available this model provides general IOLAN functionality and supports software configurable serial interface protocols EIA 232 422 485 TS tThis mode
288. iate IP Address Automatically the IOLAN will ignore the remote IP address value you enter here and will allow the remote end to specify its IP address If your user is authenticated by RADIUS and the RADIUS parameter Framed interface ID is set in the RADIUS file the IOLAN will use the value in the RADIUS file in preference to the value configured here Field Format The first 64 bits of the Interface Identifier must be zero therefore abcd abcd abcd abcd is the expected format You can optionally specify an IPv6 global network prefix that the IOLAN will advertise to the device at the other end of the PPP link Default 0 0 0 0 Specify the prefix bits for the IPv6 global network prefix Default 64 Dynamic DNS Field Descriptions Dynamic DNS can be enabled and configured on a serial port level If you enable Dynamic DNS and leave the parameters blank the Dynamic DNS system parameters will be used Network Advanced Dynamic DNS tab Dynamic DNS C Enable Dynamic DNS for this Serial Port Host User Name Password Account Settings Cancel Configure the following parameters Enable Dynamic DNS for this Serial Port Host User Name Enables disables the ability to register a new IP address with the DNS server Default Disabled Specify the host name that will be updated with the PPP session s IP address on the DNS server Specify the user name used to access the DNS server 193 Serial Port Pr
289. icast Format PC applications must be able to interpret the UDP packet to obtain I O channel status and data This section provides the detailed structure of the UDP datagram and its data format UDP Broadcast Packet Version 1 Byte Total Packet Length 2 Bytes Analog Section Digital Relay Section Serial Pin Signal Section Each section with the exceptions of the Version and Total Packet Length sections is comprised of its own subset of bytes Version The current version of the format of I O UDP broadcast packet Total Packet Length The total length of the UDP packet e Analog Section The Analog Section of the UDP packet which contains data status of the Analog I O channels The Analog Channel Data subsection within the Analog Section will only exist if the channel s is enabled e Digital Relay Section The Digital Relay Section of the UDP packet which contains status of Digital and Relay I O channels The Channel Data subsection within the Digital Relay Section will always be present e Serial Pin Signal Section The Serial Pin Signal Section of the UDP packet which contains the status of the IOLAN s serial port s control signal pins The Serial Pin Signal Data subsection within the Serial Signal Pins Section will always be present 289 I O UDP Analog Section The Analog Section of the UDP packet is comprised of I O data for each enabled Analog channel Section
290. ication RSA Allow RSA to be used as the method of authenticating the IOLAN Authentication DSA Allow DSA to be used as the method of authenticating the IOLAN Authentication Allow Keyboard Interactive to be used as the method of authenticating the Keyboard IOLAN Interactive Console Port Tab Field Descriptions This tab is found on rack mount models and is used to configure the Admin Console port Advanced Bootup Files Message of the Day MOTD TFTP SFTP Console Port Baud Rate 9600 E Flow Control None v Configure the following parameters Baud Rate Specifies the baud rate of the line connected to the dedicated console port Data Options 9600 19200 38400 57600 115200 Default 9600 Flow Control For IOLAN models that have a dedicated console port defines how the data flow is handled Data Options e Soft Data flow control is handled by the software e Hard Data flow control is handled by the hardware e None There is no data flow control Default None 332 Controlling the RPS UO Channels IPsec Introduction The Control section appears when the IOLAN is connected to a Remote Power Switch and or an I O model or you want to control the IPsec tunnel RPS Control Overview When a Remote Power Switch s RPS console port is attached to the IOLAN s serial port and the serial port is configured for the Power Management profile you will be able to control the RPS s power plugs eithe
291. ick Start Guide for your model to determine the power requirements e Power can also be provided by e Serial Port 1 pin 1 on the DS SDS1 models e Serial Port 2 pin 1 on the SDS2 model e Serial Port 4 pin 1 on the SDS4 SCS4 SCS4 HL models e Ethernet on the P series models Power over Ethernet Power Over Ethernet PoE Models The 1 port 4 port SDS P models can be powered by either the external DC power supply not included or PoE or both The 2 port SDS P does not accommodate an external power supply and can be powered only through PoE The IOLAN SDS P model is considered a Powered Device PD and can only accept power from an IEEE 802 3AF compliant Power Source Equipment PSE device The IOLAN PoE can receive up to 13W of power using one of the following methods to connect to a PSE e Using the two unused twisted pair wires 10 100Mb only e Using the two data pairs or phantom power method 100Mb Hardware and Connectivity 33 Power Supply Specifications UO Models The power supply for a desktop IOLAN I O model must meet the following requirement e Output between 9 30V DC and a minimum of 600mA current e 20 AWG wire Rack Mount Models except Electric Utility models DC Power Requirements The IOLAN DC is supplied with an integral Terminal Connections block to facilitate connection to a DC source s The DC supply s should have adequate over current protection within the closed rack system and comply with
292. ield Descriptions for more information 108 Advanced Validate Peer Enables disables peer validation between the DynDNS org server and the Certificate IOLAN This may be desirable since the DynDNS user name and password are sent from the Terminal Server to the DynDNS server when the IP address needs to be updated and when an account refresh is performed Account refreshes are done periodically to ensure that DynDNS accounts do not auto delete should the IP address change infrequently This parameter will only take effect if HTTPS is selected as the connection method Default Disabled Validation Criteria Launches the peer validation criteria window so you can specify the Button information used to validate the connection between the DynDNS org server and the IOLAN See Validation Criteria Field Descriptions for more information Cipher Suite Field Descriptions The SSL TLS cipher suite is used to encrypt data between the IOLAN and the client You can specify up to five cipher groups Cipher Suite ier Min Key Size Max Key Size Key Exchange HMAC Any 40 256 Any Any OK Cancel The following buttons are available Add Button Adds a cipher to the cipher list Edit Button Edits a cipher in the cipher list Delete Button Deletes a cipher from the cipher list Move Up Button Moves a cipher up in preference in the cipher list Move Down Button Moves a cipher down in preference in the cipher list 109 Adva
293. ield Format IPv6 address When DHCPv6 is enabled you can enable this option to have the IOLAN receive the DNS IP address from the DHCPvV6 server Default Enabled When enabled the IOLAN will accept IPv6 address es from the DHCPv6 server Default Disabled When enabled the IOLAN will accept the network prefix from the DHCPv6 server Default Disabled 95 IP Settings Adding Editing a Custom IPv6 Address You can manually add one of the following e The IPv6 network prefix and the IOLAN will determine an IPv6 address based on the network prefix and the IOLAN MAC address e The complete IPv6 address IPv6 Address Create a unique IPv6 address on the network Network Prefix H j0 IPv6 Prefix Bits D O Use the following IPv6 address Configure the following parameters Create a unique When enabled the IOLAN will derive an IPv6 address from the entered IPv6 address on the network prefix and the IOLAN s MAC address network Default Enabled Network Prefix Specify the IPv6 network prefix The IOLAN will derive the complete IPv6 address from the entered network prefix and the IOLAN s MAC address Default Enabled Network Prefix Specify the network prefix bits for the IPv6 address IPv6 Prefix Bits Range 0 64 Default 64 Use the following Enable this option when you want to enter a specific IPv6 address IPv6 address Default Disabled IPv6 Address Specify the complete IPv6 address
294. ify an alias local IP address which will be used by the external host to access the ser vice Selecting custom services allows you to enter in a custom application configura tion Select either TCP or UDP The listening TCP IP or UPD IP port This is the port the local host will be using 255 HTTP Tunneling Destination The port number used by the destination host or destination application Port Local IP Alias Users can access the HTTP tunnel through this IP address Typically this field is only needed if the IOLAN has a listener on the same local TCP port If not en tered the IP address of the IOLAN is used Limited access to Allow only attached serial devices to connect to this destination attached serial devices only Add button Acts like an apply button Delete button Highlight an HTTP Tunnel Destination entry and click the Delete button to remove the entry from the list 256 Services Services Overview Services are either daemon or client processes that run on the IOLAN You can disable any of the services for security reasons Functionality If you disable any of the daemons it can affect how the IOLAN can be used or accessed For example if you disable WebManager HTTPS and HTTP services you will not be able to access the IOLAN with the WebManager If you disable the DeviceManager service the DeviceManager will not be able to connect to the IOLAN If you do not want to allow users to Telnet to
295. ify a custom baud rate When you enter a custom baud rate the IOLAN will calculate the closest baud rate available to the hardware The exact baud rate calculated can be viewed in the Serial Ports statistics Range 50 230400 custom supports 50 1843200 Default 9600 Data Bits Specifies the number of bits in a transmitted character Default 8 Parity Specifies the type of parity being used for the data communication on the serial port If you want to force a parity type you can specify Mark for lor Space for 0 Data Options Even Odd Mark Space None Default None Stop Bits Specifies the number of stop bits that follow a byte Data Options 1 1 5 2 1 5 is only available on the 1 port and 2 port models but not on the modem line Serial Port 2 of the SDS1M model Default 1 118 Serial Port Profiles Duplex TX Driver Control Flow Control Enable Inbound Flow Control Enable Outbound Flow Control Monitor DSR Monitor DCD Discard Characters Received with Errors Enable Echo Suppression Monitor DCD Used with a EIA 485 serial interface specify whether the serial port is Full Duplex communication both ways at the same time or Half Duplex communication in one direction at a time Default Full Used with a EIA 485 serial interface if your application supports RTS Request To Send select this option Otherwise select Auto Default Auto Defines whether the data flow is handled by the s
296. ights if one is already configured reset the admin password 351 Applications Introduction This chapter provides examples of how to integrate the IOLAN within different network environments or applications Each scenario provides an example of a typical setup and describes the configuration steps to achieve the IOLAN functionality feature Configuring Modbus Overview This sections provides a brief overview of the steps required to configure the IOLAN for your Modbus environment You can read the Modbus Gateway Settings and Modbus Serial Port Settings sections for more specific information about the Modbus settings This section describes the high level steps required to configure the IOLAN as a Modbus Master or Slave Gateway Configuring a Master Gateway To configure a Master Gateway Modbus Master connected to the serial side of the IOLAN do the following 1 Set the serial port that is connected to the serial Modbus Master to the Modbus Gateway profile 2 In the Modbus Gateway profile on the General tab set the Mode to Modbus Master 3 Still on the General tab click the Destination Slave IP Mappings button to map the Modbus Slave s IP addresses and their UIDs that the serial Modbus Master will attempt to communicate with 4 For specialized configuration options select the Advanced tab and configure as required Configuring a Slave Gateway To configure a Slave Gateway Modbus Master resides on the TCP Ether
297. ignal pin will use to communicate to the Backup Host Default 0 Adding Editing a Multihost Entry When you click the Add or Edit button the Host Entry window appears The hosts in the multihost list must already be defined see Host Table to learn how to create a host If you add a host that was defined with its fully qualified domain name FQDN it must be resolvable by your configured DNS server Configure the following parameters Host Name Specify the preconfigured host that will be in the multihost list Default None 283 Channels TCP Port Specify the TCP port that the I O channel or serial signal pin will use to communicate to the Host Default 0 Temperature Temperature input channels monitor RTD or thermocouple temperature sensors inputs for the most common ranges You can also configure severity alarms that can send an email a syslog message and or an SNMP trap when an alarm is triggered or cleared See Alarm Settings for more information about the alarms RTD ranges are e Ptl00 a 385 50 to 150C e Ptl00 a 392 50 to 150C e Pt1000 a 385 40 to 160C e Ptl00 a 385 0 to 100C e Pt100 a 392 0 to 100C e NiFe604 a 518 80 to 100C e Ptl00 a 385 0 to 200C e Ptl00 a 392 0 to 200C e NiFe604 a 518 0 to 100C e Ptl00 a 385 0 to 400C e Ptl00 a 392 0 to 400C e Ptl00 a 385 200 to 200C je Ptl00 a 392 200 to 200C Thermocouple ranges are e B 500 to 1800C e K 0to 1370C e T 10
298. igured for the user when User Service SSH is selected through an SSH connection Lynn and Tracy automatically connect to the HR Server and Dennis automatically connects to the Development Server via SSH through the IOLAN All the SSH negotiation is being done between the IOLAN and the target servers therefore the following keys need to be exchanged e Download the SSH Host Public Key to the IOLAN for each of the hosts that the IOLAN is connecting to e Download the SSH User Private Key for each user whose User Service is set to SSH Copy the SSH User Public Key to the host that the user is connecting to this is done outside the scope of the IOLAN Sales Server Sales Server Private Key Dennis Public Key HR Server HR Server Private Key Lynn Public Key Tracy Public Key Device Server Sales Server Public Key HR Server Public Key Lynn Private Key Tracy Private Key Dennis Private Key 235 SSH Field Descriptions Gy Network B IP Settings B Advanced SG Serial 2 Serial Ports B Port Buffering B Advanced B Users Gy Security R Authentication IW CH System localhost Offline Configuration SSH Server SSH settings that apply to all incoming SSH connections default Allow SSH 1 Protocol Authentication V RSA EE gj Keyboard Interactive M Password
299. iled explanation of the support initialization commands When enabled displays the Message of the Day MOTD when a successful virtual modem connection is made Default Disabled Enables a per connection TCP keepalive feature After the configured number of seconds the connection will send a gratuitous ACK to the network peer thus either ensuring the connection stays active OR causing a dropped connection condition to be recognized This parameter needs to be used in conjunction with Monitor Connection Status Interval parameter found in the Serial Advanced Advanced Settings tab The interval specifies the inactivity period before testing the connection Default Disabled The amount of time in milliseconds before an AT response is sent to the requesting device Default 250 ms Controls the sending of ASCII strings to serial devices at session start as follows e Send at Start H configured this string will be sent to the serial device on power up of the IOLAN or when a kill line command is issued on this serial port If the monitor DSR or monitor DCD options are set the string will also be sent when the monitored signal is raised Range 0 127 alpha numeric characters Range hex 0 FF e Delay after Send JC configured will inset a delay after the string is sent to the device This delay can be used to provide the serial device with time to process the string before the session is initiated or terminated Default 1
300. ill be re sent before the link is terminated Range 0 255 Default 10 seconds This determines whether compression of the PPP Address and Control fields take place on the link For most applications this should be enabled Default Enabled This determines whether compression of the PPP Protocol field takes place on this link Default Enabled When enabled Van Jacobson Compression is used on this link If your user is authenticated by the IOLAN this VJ compression value will be overridden if you have enabled the User Enable VJ Compression parameter If the user is authenticated by RADIUS and the RADIUS parameter Framed Compression is set in the RADIUS file the IOLAN will use the value in the RADIUS file in preference to the value configured here Default Enabled Determines if a line is looping back If enabled On random numbers are sent on the link The random numbers should be different unless the link loops back Default Disabled Use this timer to close a connection because of inactivity When the Idle Timeout expires the IOLAN will end the connection Range 0 4294967 seconds about 49 days Default 0 zero which does not timeout so the connection is permanently open Specify this option when a modem is not connected to this serial port Default Enabled 198 Serial Port Profiles Dial In Dial Out Dial In Out MS Direct Host MS Direct Guest Dial Timeout Dial Retry Modem Phone
301. ing to the IOLAN Using WebManager Before you can connect to the IOLAN using WebManager the IOLAN must already be configured with a known IP address see Setting Up the Network to configure an IP address on your IOLAN To connect to the IOLAN through the WebManager 1 Open your web browser and type in the IP address of the IOLAN that you want to manage configure and press Enter for example http 123 123 123 123 2 Ifyou successfully connect to the IOLAN a login screen will appear IOLAN SDS1 T4 Version 3 6 localhost Username Password Secure Login 3 If you are accessing the IOLAN in non secure HTTP just type in the username admin and the associated password the factory default password is superuser If the IOLAN has already been configured for secure access mode HTTPS select the Secure Login link and then type in the username admin and the associated password Configuration Methods 61 WebManager Using WebManager After you have successfully logged into WebManager you will see the following WebManager Users Guide www perie com Logged in as admin Configuration Services L Logout gt C Network muaa EasyPort Web gt 3 Serial Network IP Settings Ethernet Settings Routing tables etc Users System Name gt C Security A B Clustering Serial Port Profile Serial Port Hardware setup OTAN sper gt a System Firmware Version w 33 MAC Address 00 80 d4
302. inimum This section contains descriptions of I O input registers MB_REG_IR_CURR_ENG The current value of an Analog or Temperature input converted to appropriate units For Analog this will be in voltage or current depending on the configuration For the Temperature this value will be in Celsius or Fahrenheit depending on configuration MB_REG_IR_MIN_ENG The minimum converted value ever reached on this input since the IOLAN was re started or a manual clear was issued MB_REG_ IR MAX ENG The maximum converted value ever reached on this input since the IOLAN was re started or a manual clear was issued MB_REG_IR_CURR_RAW The current raw value received from the Analog to Digital converter This is a hexadecimal value in the range of 0 OxFFFF MB_REG_IR_MIN_RAW The minimum raw value ever reached on this input since the IOLAN was re started or a manual clear was issued MB_REG_IR_MAX RAW The maximum converted value ever reached on this input since the IOLAN was re started or a manual clear was issued MB_REG IR_ALARM_LEVEL This gives the current alarm severity level for the corresponding Analog input Severity levels range from 0 not in alarm to 5 highest alarm severity 294 Modbus I O Access Serial Port Coi This J o e This o UbRegoister Descriptions section contains descriptions of serial port coils MB_REG_DI_DSR The status of the DSR input signal 1 is Active 0 is Inactive If Invert Signal is
303. integer Perle ATTRIBUTE Perle Line Access Port 47 147 integer Perle ATTRIBUTE Perle Line Access Port 48 148 integer Perle ATTRIBUTE Perle Line Access Port 49 149 integer Perle Perle Clustered Port Access Values VALUE Perle Clustered Port Access Disabled 0 VALUE Perle Clustered Port Access Enabled 1 Perle User Level Values VALUE Perle User Level Admin 1 VALUE Perle User Level Normal 2 VALUE Perle User Level Restricted 3 VALUE Perle User Level Menu 4 Perle Line Access Right Values VALUE Perle Line Access Port Disabled 0 VALUE Perle Line Access Port Read Write 1 VALUE Perle Line Access Port Read Input 2 VALUE Perle Line Access Port Read Input Write 3 VALUE Perle Line Access Port Read Output 4 VALUE Perle Line Access Port Read Output Write 5 VALUE Perle Line Access Port Read Output Input 6 VALUE Perle Line Access Port Read Output Input Write 7 VALUE Perle Line Access Port 2 Disabled 0 VALUE Perle Line Access Port 2 Read Write 1 VALUE Perle Line Access Port 2 Read Input 2 VALUE Perle Line Access Port 2 Read Input Write 3 VALUE Perle Line Access Port 2 Read Output 4 VALUE Perle Line Access Port 2 Read Output Write 5 VALUE Perle Line Access Port 2 Read Output Input 6 VALUE Perle Line Access Port 2 Read Output Input Write 7 VALUE Perle Line Access Port 3 Disabled 0 VALUE Perle Line Access Port 3 Read Write 1 VALUE Perle Line Access Port 3 Read Input 2 VALUE Perle Line Access Port 3 Read Input Write 3 VAL
304. ion on the Serial Port for the specified Level e DSR signal loss Warning Level e UO alerts Critical Level General Advanced Hardware Email Alet Packet Forwarding J Enable Port Email Alert Level Addressing Configure the following parameters Enable Port Email Alert Use System Email Alert Settings Level Use System Setting To Subject Enable disable email alert settings for this serial port Default Disabled Determines whether you want the Serial Port to inherit the Email Alert settings from the System Email Alert configuration If this is enabled System and Serial Port notification events will have the same Email Alert setting Default Enabled Choose the event level that triggers an email notification Data Options Emergency Alert Critical Error Warning Notice Info Debug Default Emergency By default the fields are populated with the global email parameters If you wish to override a field you must uncheck this field An email address or list of email addresses that will receive the email notification A text string which can contain spaces that will display in the Subject field of the email notification 120 Serial Port Profiles From This field can contain an email address that might identify the IOLAN name or some other value Reply To The email address to whom all replies to the email notification should go Packet Forwarding Tab Field Descriptions The Pa
305. iring Diagrams 419 Utilities Introduction This chapter provides information on the TruePort and Decoder utilities TruePort TruePort is a com port redirector utility for the IOLAN It can be run in two modes e TruePort Full mode This mode allows complete device control and operates exactly like a directly connected serial port It provides a complete COM port interface between the attached serial device and the network e TruePort Lite mode This mode provides a simple raw data interface between the device and the network Although the port will still operate as a COM port control signals are ignored In this mode the serial communications parameters must be configured on the IOLAN You use TruePort when you want to connect extra terminals to a server using the IOLAN rather than a multi port serial card TruePort is especially useful when you want to improve data security as you can enable an SSL TLS connection between the TruePort host port and the IOLAN When run on UNIX TruePort allows you to print directly from a terminal to an attached printer transparent printing You can also remap the slow baud rate of your UNIX server to a faster baud rate as shown below _ Serial Connection D Map UNIX baud rate 4 800 to al l i Ethernet 230 400 for faster ES d throughput UNIX running PC TruePort Daemon baud rate 4 800 Currently TruePort is supported on Linux Windows E Sco S Solaris and oth
306. is able to automatically discover all IOL ANS on your local network even if they have not yet been assigned an IP address If routers on the network have been setup to propagate multicasts DeviceManager will also be able to discover IOL ANS in other networks The DeviceManager installation wizard can be found on the CD ROM included in the IOLAN package 1 Connect the IOLAN to the network 2 Power on the IOLAN 3 From the CD ROM that was included in the IOLAN packaging select the DeviceManager link 4 Click on the link under Location and click Open to automatically start the DeviceManager installation 5 Install the DeviceManager by following the installation wizard On the last window check the Yes want to launch DeviceManager now box and click the Finish button 6 When you launch the DeviceManager it will automatically scan the local network and display any TOL ANS that it can find 7 Any IOLAN that does not have an IP address will be displayed as Not Configured with the Model and MAC Address to identify the IOLAN Highlight the IOLAN that you want to assign an IP address to and click the Assign IP button 8 Choose the method you want to use to assign an IP address to the IOLAN e Type in the IP address that you want to assign to this IOLAN e Enable the Have the IOLAN automatically get a temporary IP address option This will turn on DHCP BOOTP so the IOLAN will attempt to get its IP address from your DHCP BOOTP server If you
307. is rebooted after it has received the new configuration The new configuration definitions will not go into effect until the IOLAN is rebooted 3 Click Add to add the IOLAN to the download list You can also click on the IOLAN entry and edit any information and then click Update to make the edits permanent 341 Managing Configuration Files 4 Click the Download gt button to start the download process A status window will display with the configuration download status Download Configuration to Multiple Units IP Address Server Name Status MEEN 22 2 2 2 ACCOUNTING_SDS Uploading Configuration Files When you upload a configuration to the DeviceManager you are uploading the IOLAN s working configuration file In most other configurators the exception being SNMP you are always seeing the working configuration file In DeviceManager select Tools Upload Configuration from IOLAN The working configuration file will automatically be loaded into the DeviceManager Specifying a Custom Factory Default Configuration When you receive the IOLAN it comes with a factory default configuration that the IOLAN can be reset to at any time Administrators might find it useful to customize the factory default configuration file so that if the IOLAN gets reset to its factory defaults it will be reset to defaults that the Administrator specified There are two ways you can set the custom factory default configuration Do
308. is triggered when the input drops below the specified Trigger value other severity level trigger values must decrease in value with each subsequent level If the Trigger Type is High an alarm is triggered when the input is higher than the specified Trigger value other severity level trigger values must increase in value with each subsequent level To clear an alarm the input must drop below the specified value when Trigger Type is High or go above the specified value when Trigger Type is Low Defines the Level severity settings for up to five levels If the Trigger Type is Low an alarm is triggered when the input drops below the specified Trigger value other severity level trigger values must decrease in value with each subsequent level If the Trigger Type is High an alarm is triggered when the input is higher than the specified Trigger value other severity level trigger values must increase in value with each subsequent level 287 Channels Trigger Clear Email Syslog SNMP If the Trigger Type is Low an alarm is triggered when the input drops below the specified Trigger value other severity level trigger values must decrease in value with each subsequent level If the Trigger Type is High an alarm is triggered when the input is higher than the specified Trigger value other severity level trigger values must increase in value with each subsequent level To clear an alarm the input must drop below the specified value
309. it Access TCP Custom 40001 IOLAN IP 23 R No Note This value must match destination port number on IOLAN 1 The setup for HTTP Tunnel Relay is now complete 376 A RADIUS and TACACS Introduction RADIUS This chapter describes the parameters that can be passed to the IOLAN when a user logs into the IOLAN serial port set to profile Terminal from external authentication RADIUS and TACACS servers Although RADIUS can be used strictly for external authentication it can also be used to configure line and user parameters Therefore when a user is being authenticated using RADIUS it is possible that the user s configuration is a compilation of the parameters passed back from RADIUS the IOLAN parameters if the user has also been set up as a local user in the IOLAN and the Default User s parameters for any parameters that have not been set by either RADIUS or the user s local configuration Supported RADIUS Parameters This section describes the attributes which will be accepted by the IOLAN from a RADIUS server in response to an successful authentication request Type Name Description 1 User Name Request The name of the user to be authenticated 2 User Password Request The password of the user to be authenticated 4 NAS IP Address Response The IOLAN s IPV4 address 5 NAS Port Response Ifthe user is connected to a physical port then the port number of the port is sent If the user is connected to the
310. it Before Cycling Power Enables a delay before cycling the power on the plug This delay allows for the sending of notification s of the impending power cycle Notifications can be sent to a user on the console port of the host being monitored and or via email This gives system administrators the time to take appropriate action Default Disabled e Delay Specify a delay in minutes before cycling the power on the plug Default 5 Minutes Send Notification Specify the desired notification to be sent advising of the impending power cycle e By Email Send an email Details configured in Email Alert tab e To Serial Port Send a message to the serial port associated with this power plug This is usually the console port on the host being monitored 190 Serial Port Profiles Remote Access PPP Profile Overview The Remote Access PPP profile configures a serial port to allow a remote user to establish a PPP connection to the IOLAN s serial port This is typically used with a modem for dial in or dial out access to the network or a wireless WAN card h lt gt PPP a Se lt gt lt PI ZP p gt Network A ZE re E Modem j Modem IOLAN Dial In Connection Server Application Functionality There are two options for PPP user authentication 1 You can configure a specific user password and a specific remote user password per a serial port 2 You can create a secrets file with multiple users a
311. ivity 40 Getting to Know Your IOLAN Rack Mount This section describes the basic components of all rack mount IOLAN models This example uses the IOLAN SCS with dual Ethernet and dual AC power Console Port LED View Power ON OFF Server LEDs Serial Activity Console Port Serial Ethernet View Serial Ports Dual Ethernet Dual AC Power PCI Card iE SCS models only Reset Hardware and Connectivity 41 Getting to Know Your IOLAN Medical Unit This section describes the basic components found on the IOLAN medical unit models Top View Power LAN Activity Serial View Serial Ports Power Ethernet View Power ON OFF AC Power Ethernet Hardware and Connectivity 42 Getting to Know Your IOLAN Electric Utility models This section describes the basic components of the Electric Utility models This example uses the SDS32C DHV model Front LED Console port View Server LEDs Serial Activity Console Pott Back Serial Ethernet power View Serial ports Ethernet ports Reset switch Power relay Hardware and Connectivity 43 Getting to Know Your IOLAN Console Serial Switch Located at the back of the desktop IOLAN models is a switch that controls whether serial port 1 is in Console or Serial mode Look at your model to verify the direction of the ON switch position ON indicates that serial port 1 is in Console mode otherwise serial port is in Serial mode Console
312. k e Serial Tunneling The Serial Tunneling profile configures a serial port to establish a virtual link over the network to a serial port on another IOLAN Both IOLAN serial ports must be configured for Serial Tunneling typically one serial port is configured as a Tunnel Server and the other serial port as a Tunnel Client Getting Started 81 Setting Up the Serial Port s e Virtual Modem The Virtual Modem Vmodem profile configures a serial port to simulate a modem When the serial device connected to the IOLAN initiates a modem connection the IOLAN starts up a TCP connection to another IOLAN configured with a Virtual Modem serial port or to a host running a TCP application e Control Signal I O The Control Signal I O profile enables the use of the E A 232 serial port signal pins to be used as assigned Digital Inputs or Digital Outputs e Modbus Gateway The Modbus Gateway profile configures a serial port to act as a Modbus Master Gateway or a Modbus Slave Gateway e Power Management The Power Management profile configures a serial port to communicate with a Remote Power Switch s RPS administration port This allows network access to the RPS and permits access to statistics and control of the RPS s power plugs e Remote Access PPP The Remote Access PPP profile configures a serial port to allow a remote user to establish a PPP connection to the IOLAN s serial port This is typically used with a modem for dial in
313. l See Perle RADIUS Dictionary Example on page 384 for an example of this file Line Access Rights for port n where n is the line number Name Perle Line Access Port n Type 100 n Data Type Integer Value Disabled 0 ReadWrite 1 ReadInput 2 ReadInputWrite 3 ReadOutput 4 ReadOutputWrite 5 ReadOutputInput 6 ReadOutputInputWrite 7 Name Perle User Level Type 100 Data Type Integer Value Admin 1 Normal 2 Restricted 3 Menu 4 Name Perle Clustered Port Access Type 99 Data Type Integer Value Disabled 0 Enabled 1 Maximum number of seconds the user will be allowed to stay logged on Use this timer to close a connection because of inactivity When the Idle Timeout expires the IOLAN will end the connection The maximum value is 4294967 seconds about 49 days A value of 0 zero means the Idle Timeout will not expire so the connection is permanently open For reverse telnet and reverse ssh the IP address of the client will be sent All other server type do not send this field If the identifier is configured then this field will be sent RADIUS and TACACS 379 RADIUS Type Name Description 61 NAS Port Type Response For reverse telnet and reverse ssh connections a type of Virtual 5 will be sent For a PPP connection type a type of Async 0 will be sent For all direct connect service types a type of Async 0 will be sent 87 NAS Port Id Response For sessions origina
314. l is available with two serial ports RJ45 only and supports EIA 232 only The TS model is similar to the DS model supporting only general IOLAN functionality SDS This model is available in both desktop and rack mount configurations Both models support software configurable serial interface protocols EIA 232 422 485 The SDS model has the advanced secure IOLAN feature set in addition to the general IOLAN functionality The SDS models also include the Electric Utility variants which include both HV High Voltage AC and DC and LDC Low Voltage DC models as well as the TELCO NEBS LDC model The Iolan SDS M model supports 1 or 3 serial ports with an intergrated V 92 modem The SDS P is 802 3af Power over Ethernet complaint Ethernet interface speeds of 10 100 Mbps STS This model comes in two desktop models and several rack mount configurations All models support EIA 232 only except for the STS P which utilizes Power over Ethernet technology The STS model has the advanced secure IOLAN feature set in addition to the general IOLAN functionality SCH This model comes in several rack mount configurations All models support EIA 232 only and have an internal PCI card interface The internal PCI card interface can be used either for installation of a V 92 modem card or optionally a wireless fiber card The SCS model has the advanced secure IOLAN feature set in addition to the general IOLAN functionality MDC Offered as a 4 port and 8 port uni
315. l register with a decimal value of 6659 hexadecimal 0x1A03 Request 0x0F 0x1A 0x03 0x00 0x02 0x01 0x03 03 00000011 which sets R1 and R2 to 1 Response 0x0F 0x1A 0x03 0x00 0x02 Value for second register Value for first register 303 UO SNMP Traps Error Codes Code Name Description 01 Illegal Function 02 Illegal Data Address 03 Illegal Data Value 04 Slave Device Failure The function code received in the query is not an allowable action for the server or slave The data address received in the query is not an allowable address for the server or slave A value contained in the query data field is not an allowable value for server or slave An unrecoverable error occurred while the server or slave was attempting to perform the requested action UO SNMP Traps When you enable SNMP traps for Digital and Analog inputs a value is returned when an alarm triggers or clears This section decodes the SNMP specific trap numbers The value returned from the trap will be the I O channel number that is generating the trap Specific Trap Alarm Description 1 IO DI ALARM SENSOR Trap for the Digital input Trigger 2 IO DI ALARM _ SERIAL DSR Trap for the Digital input DSR serial pin Trigger 3 IO DI ALARM SERIAL DCD Trap for the Digital input DCD serial pin Trigger 4 IO DI ALARM SERIAL CTS Trap
316. l use the value in the RADIUS file in preference to the value configured here Negotiate IP Specifies whether or not IP address negotiation will take place IP address Address negotiation is where the IOLAN allows the remote end to specify its IP Automatically address When On the IP address specified by the remote end will be used in preference to the Remote IP Address set for a Serial Port When Off the Remote IP Address set for the Serial Port will be used Default Disabled Dynamic DNS Launches the Dynamic DNS window when IP Address Negotiation is enabled Button which can then update the DNS server with the IP address that is negotiated and accepted for the PPP session 192 Serial Port Profiles IPv6 Local Interface Identifier IPv6 Remote Interface Identifier IPv6 Global Network Prefix IPv6 Prefix Bits The local IPv6 interface identifier of the IOLAN end of the PPP link For routing to work you must enter a local IP address Choose an address that is part of the same network or subnetwork as the remote end Do not use the IOLAN s main IP address in this field if you do so routing will not take place correctly Field Format The first 64 bits of the Interface Identifier must be zero therefore abcd abcd abcd abcd is the expected format The remote IPv6 interface identifier of the remote end of the PPP link Choose an address that is part of the same network or subnetwork as the IOLAN If you enable Negot
317. latform printing protocol A series of commands sent to the modem by a communications program at start up These commands tell a modem how to set itself up in order to communicate easily with another modem Message of the day This is defined by a file whose contents display when users log into the Device Server The broadcasting of messages to a specified group of workstations on a LAN WAN or internet A communication control character sent by the receiving destination indicating that the last message was not received correctly IOLAN SDS SCS STS MDC User s Guide Version 4 5 455 PAP Password Authentication Protocol RADIUS Remote Authentication Dial In Users Services Reverse Connection RIP Routing Information Protocol Roaming Callback RPC Silent Connection SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol Subnet Prefix Bits Standard authentication protocol for PPP connections see CHAP An open standard network security server that communicates with the PAP protocol Connections that originate from a host that go directly to a serial device through the Device Server A protocol that allows gateways and hosts to exchange information about various routes to different networks A method where the client supplies the number for callback when they dial in Remote Procedure Call A type of protocol that allows a program on one computer to execute a program on a server computer Silent connections are the sa
318. le describes how to jumper the pins for line termination fixed 5V output and for output equal to the external adapter input Port Line Termination 5V Output Input Volt Output 1 Jumper J7 for Full J4 jumper pins 1 amp 2 J4 jumper pins 2 amp Duplex 3 Jumper J8 for Half Duplex Rx Tx 2 Jumper J9 for Full J5 jumper pins 1 amp 2 J5 jumper pins 2 amp Duplex Rx 3 Jumper J11 for Half Duplex Rx Tx 3 Jumper J22 for Full J10 jumper pins 1 amp 2 J10 jumper pins 2 Duplex Rx amp 3 Jumper J24 for Half Duplex Rx Tx 4 Jumper J23 for Full J6 jumper pins 1 amp 2 J6 jumper pins 2 amp Duplex Rx 3 Jumper J25 for Half Duplex Rx Tx 4 Close the IOLAN case by replacing the case lid and the two screws You can now power it on with the new settings Setting Jumpers 412 Introduction Digital UO Module IOLANs that have Digital I O have an input output jumper that must be set for each channel and must match the software configuration for each channel Depending on the model the placement of the digital I O board can change so the diagram below shows how to set jumper for any digital board To change the settings do the following 1 Detach the IOLAN from the electrical power source and disconnect everything from the box 2 Open the case by unscrewing the five side screws two on each side plus the grounding screw and lifting off the top of the case You should see the following configuration for the digital I O
319. le for serial port 1 2 On the General tab enable the Modbus Slave parameter 3 Still on the General tab specify the UID Range as 6 8 as shown below Serial Port 1 Settings Profile Modbus Gateway Change Profile General Advanced Hardware Email Alert Packet Forwarding Modbus Gateway Settings Mode Modbus Master Modbus Slave UID Range E Advanced Slave Settings Protocol Modbus RTU Modbus ASCII 4 Click the Advanced Slave Settings button to verify that the default settings are acceptable 355 Configuring PPP Dial On Demand Configuring PPP Dial On Demand The IOLAN can be configured to access remote networks via modems connected to the serial interface of the IOLAN By configuring the IOLAN for the Remote Access PPP profile data that is destined for the remote network will initiate a modem connection to the remote network to route the data to its appropriate destination 172 16 0 0 yo Local IP Addr 195 16 20 23 E PPP Remote IP Addr 195 16 20 24 z z Jo Local Host 204 16 0 0 Example wA IOLAN Remote Host 204 16 25 72 If you want to configure a serial port to use PPP dial on demand do the following 1 Create an entry for the modem and its initialization string Serial Advanced Modems tab 2 Set the serial port to Remote Access PPP 3 In Remote Access PPP select the Advanced tab Enable the Connect option and select Dial Out Set the Mo
320. ll Select Javascript if you need to communicate through a firewall on port 8080 using EasyPort Web To end and close a Telnet session type CTRL then type quit To end and close a SSH session on a new line type period You must have a SFTP TFTP server running on any host that you are uploading or downloading files to from When you specify the file path the path must be relative to the default path set in your SFTP TFTP server software Advanced Bootup Files Message of the Day MOTD TFTP SFTP Console Port Firmware Host File Use SFTP Configuration Host File Use SFTP Configure the following parameters Firmware Host The host name or IP address of the server that contains the firmware file If you use a host name it must exist in the IOLAN s host table or be resolved by DNS Field Format Resolvable host name IPv4 address IPv6 address Firmware File The path and file name relative to the default path of your TFTP server software of the update software for the IOLAN that will be loaded when the IOLAN is rebooted Firmware Use Check this box if you wish to use SFTP Secure File Transfer Protocol instead SFTP of TFTP Trivial File Transfer Protocol The IOLAN will use the SFTP server information entered under the SFTP tab Configuration Host The host name or IP address of the server that contains the configuration file If you use a host name it
321. ll be used for the SSL connection Data Options Any Will use the first encryption format that can be negotiated AES 3DES DES ARCFOUR ARCTWO Default Any The minimum key size value that will be used for the specified encryption type Data Options 40 56 64 128 168 256 Default 40 The maximum key size value that will be used for the specified encryption type Data Options 40 56 64 128 168 256 Default 256 The type of key to exchange for the encryption format Data Options e Any Any key exchange that is valid is used this does not however include ADH keys RSA This is an RSA key exchange using an RSA key and certificate EDH RSA This is an EDH key exchange using an RSA key and certificate e EDH DSS This is an EDH key exchange using a DSA key and certificate e ADH This is an anonymous key exchange which does not require a private key or certificate Choose this key if you do not want to authenticate the peer device but you want the data encrypted on the SSL TLS connection Default Any 240 SSL TLS HMAC Select the key hashing for message authentication method for your encryption type Data Options e Any e MD5 e SHAI Default Any Validation Criteria Field Descriptions If you choose to configure validation criteria then the information in the peer SSL TLS certificate must match exactly the information configured in this window in order to pass peer authentication
322. llowing parameters TCP UDP Port The network port number that the Slave Gateway will listen on for both TCP and UDP messages Default 502 Next Request Delay A delay in milliseconds to allow serial slave s to re enable receivers before issuing next Modbus Master request Range 0 1000 Default 50 ms Enable Serial When enabled a UID of 0 zero indicates that the message will be broadcast to Modbus Broadcasts all Modbus Slaves Default Disabled Request Queuing When enabled allows multiple simultaneous messages to be queued and processed in order of reception Default Enabled 185 Serial Port Profiles Embedded Remapped Remap UID Enable IP Aliasing Enable SSL TLS using global settings When this option is selected the address of the slave Modbus device is embedded in the message header Default Enabled Used for single device port operation Older Modbus devices may not include a UID in their transmission header When this option is selected you can specify the UID that will be inserted into the message header for the Modbus slave device This feature supersedes the Broadcast feature Default Disabled Specify the UID that will be inserted into the message header for the Slave Modbus serial device Range 1 247 Default 1 When enabled allows for multiple requests to serial slaves from an Ethernet Master s to be processed simultaneously Default Off See IP Address for details about
323. local or national standards applicable to the installation territory You need wire gauge 20 to 22 AWG to connect the IOLAN rack mount unit to the power source AC Power Requirements AC power rack mount units come with standard power cords specific to your country that should be used to power the IOLAN unit Medical Unit Models The MDC model comes with standard power cords specific to your country that should be used to power the IOLAN unit Electric Utility Models Power Options The Electrical Utility series of IOLAN units can be purchased with three different power source options HV Single High Voltage power input with nominal AC range of 100V 240V 50 60Hz or nominal DC range of 125V 250V DHV Dual redundant High Voltage power inputs with nominal AC range of 100V 240V 50 60Hz or nominal DC range of 125V 250V Either power source can be used to supply power to the unit When both power inputs are live the unit operates in a load sharing fashion Note that the power input pairs are electrically isolated from each other This means that when using both power inputs either input can be in either the AC or DC range LDC Dual low voltage DC power inputs with nominal range of 24V 60V The power supply can be fed by either source1 or source 2 or both When both power inputs are live the unit selects the input with the highest voltage The other input is not used unless it becomes the Hardware and Connectivity 34 Power S
324. low all traffic Allow only defined traffic v Allow traffic only to from hosts defined with IP addresses il Allow traffic to from address range StatIP Address 10 10 200 90 EndiPAddess 10 10 200 95 Configure the appropriate parameters IP Filtering Data Options e Allow all traffic Allows any host to connect to the IOLAN e Allow only defined traffic Allow traffic only to from hosts defined with IP addresses A security feature that when enabled the IOLAN will only accept data from or send data to hosts configured in the IOLAN s Host Table Allow traffic to from address range A security feature that when enabled the IOLAN will only accept data from or send data to hosts configured within this IPV4 address range Default Allow all traffic Add Button Adds a host to the host table Edit Button Changes a host that already exists in the host table 100 Advanced Delete Button Deletes a host from the host table Adding Editing a Host Host Name IP Address Fully Qualified Domain Name resolved by DNS server Close Configure the appropriate parameters Host Name The name of the host This is used only for the IOLAN configuration Field Format Up to 14 characters no spaces IP Address The host s IP address Field Format IPv4 or IPv6 address Fully Qualified When you have DNS defined in the IOLAN you can enter a DNS resolvable Domain Name
325. lt Disabled The NFS host that the IOLAN will send data to for its Remote Port Buffering feature The IOLAN will open a file on the NFS host for each serial port configured for Console Management and will send serial port data to be written to that file s Default None The directory and or subdirectories where the Remote Port Buffering files will be created For multiple IOLANs using the same NFS host it is recommended that each IOLAN have its own unique directory to house the remote port log files Default device server portlogs Determines if the data sent to the NFS host is sent encrypted or in the clear across the LAN NOTE When NFS encryption is enabled the Decoder utility software is required to be installed on the NFS host for decrypting the data to a readable format The Decoder utility software can be found on the installation CD ROM and on the www perle com website Default Disabled When enabled buffered data is sent to the syslog host to be viewed on the host s monitor Choose the event level that will be associated with the port buffer data in the syslog Data Options Emergency Alert Critical Error Warning Notice Info Debug Default Level Info Default Disabled Enable disable time stamping of the serial port buffer data Default Disabled When enabled key strokes that are sent from the network host to the serial device on the IOLAN s serial port are buffered Default Disabled 207
326. lt CTRL gt B Up Page Down lt CTRL gt F Down Home lt CTRL gt T Top of the buffer data oldest data End lt CTRL gt E Bottom of the buffer latest data ESC Exit viewing port buffer data 205 Port Buffering Remote Port Buffers The Remote Port Buffering feature allows data received from serial ports on the IOLAN to be sent to a remote server on the LAN The remote server supporting Network File System NFS allows administrators to capture and analyze data and messages from the serial device connected to the IOLAN serial port Remote Port Buffering data can be encrypted or raw and or time stamped The data is transmitted to an NFS server where a unique remote file is created for each serial port using the configured serial port Name for the file name If the serial port Name parameter is left blank the IOLAN will create unique files using the IOLAN s Ethernet MAC address and serial port number It is recommended that a unique NFS directory and serial port Name be configured if multiple IOLANs use the same NFS host for Remote Port Buffering The filenames will be created on the NFS host with a ENC extension to indicate data encrypted files or DAT for unencrypted files If the data is encrypted the Decoder utility application must be run on the NFS server to convert the encrypted data to a readable file for administrators to analyze The Decoder Utility can be found on your installation CDROM or on the Perle website www perle c
327. m of 80 characters Advanced Tab Field Description General Advanced Hardware Packet Forwarding Advanced Custom Application Settings Session Strings Send at Stat Delay after Send 10 milliseconds Configure the following parameter 203 Serial Port Profiles Session Strings Controls the sending of ASCH strings to serial device at session start as follows e Send at Start H configured this string will be sent to the serial device on power up of the IOLAN or when a kill line command is issued on this serial port If the monitor DSR or monitor DCD options are set the string will also be sent when the monitored signal is raised Range 0 127 alpha numeric characters Range hexadecimal 0 FF e Delay after Send If configured will inset a delay after the string is sent to the device This delay can be used to provide the serial device with time to process the string before the session is initiated Default 10 ms 204 Port Buffering Port Buffering Overview The Port Buffering feature allows data activity on the IOLAN s serial ports to be held in memory for viewing at a later stage without affecting the normal operation of the serial ports Functionality Port Buffering is required by system administrators to capture important information from devices attached to the IOLAN If a device such as a Router has a problem and sends a warning message out of its console port while no one is connected
328. m the serial device connected to the IOLAN See Adding Editing a Multihost Entry for more information Edit Button Highlight an existing host and click the Edit button to edit a host in the list of hosts that will be receiving communication from the serial device connected to the IOLAN Delete Button Highlight an existing host and click the Edit button to edit a host in the list of hosts that will be receiving communication from the serial device connected to the IOLAN Define a primary When this option is enabled you need to define a primary host that the serial host and backup device connected to this serial port will communicate to and a backup host in the event that the IOLAN loses communication to the primary host The IOLAN will first establish a connection to the primary host Should the connection to the primary host be lost or never established the IOLAN will establish a connection the backup host Once connected to the backup the IOLAN will attempt to re establish a connection to the Primary host once this is successfully done it gracefully shuts down the backup connection Default Disabled 135 Serial Port Profiles Primary Host Specify a preconfigured host that the serial device will communicate to through the IOLAN Default None TCP Port Specify the TCP port that the IOLAN will use to communicate to the Primary Host Default 0 Backup Host Specify a preconfigured host that the serial device will commu
329. me as direct connections except that they are permanently established The host login prompt is displayed on the screen Logging out redisplays this prompt Silent connections unlike direct connections however make permanent use of pseudo tty resources and therefore consume host resources even when not in use A protocol for managing network devices Identifies the device s IP address which portion constitutes the network address and which portion constitutes the host address 456 Index A admin default password 77 lost password 351 analog calibrating 343 API T O commands 300 421 TruePort 299 ARP Ping setting an IP address 80 authentication general 223 B binary configuration file 91 BOOTP parameters 67 setting an IP address 79 C cabling EIA 232 403 calibrating analog 343 temperature 344 certificates LDAP CA list 259 SSH OpenSSH 259 SSL 259 CLI IOLAN interface 63 configuration files formats 91 connecting to the Device Server console mode 44 serial mode 44 setting IP address 55 console mode 44 custom factory default configuration 342 D DB25 pinouts female 396 male 395 power in pin female 397 male 396 DB9 male pinouts 401 402 DC power requirements 34 Decoder utility 422 default admin password 77 definitions 455 Device Server models 27 DeviceManager overview 57 setting an IP address 77 DHCP parameters 67 setting an IP address 79 direct connect setting an IP add
330. messages returned by the ping command for example that a particular host or gateway is unreachable Gateways added into the gateway table are ignored by the IOLAN e Have you used BOOTP and entered a single static gateway in the bootptab file entry If yes the other gateways will be ignored Access to host lost after a few minutes e Ifthe route to this host goes through routers make sure those routers are all sending RIP packets across the networks RADIUS Authentication Problems User is waiting up to 60 seconds before login is accepted or denied and Authentication is set to RADIUS User has entered User Name and Password and has pressed Enter e Check RADIUS configuration of primary and secondary authentication accounting hosts specified if you have retry and timeout values greater than the default the IOLAN will be spending time trying each of these hosts and keeping the user waiting e Adjust RADIUS configuration specify just one host reduce Timeout and Retry values to the default or less than default You cannot progress beyond the login and password prompts when authentication is set to RADIUS e Onthe RADIUS host check the secret password you should see it displayed in clear text in the RADIUS clients file If you are unsure whether it is the same secret which you entered in the IOLAN go to the IOLAN and re enter a new secret e On the RADIUS host verify that there is only one entry for a particular user do not have
331. mperature calibrating 344 terminal definitions creating 349 downloading 349 text configuration file 91 TruePort API 299 Modbus 298 TruePort utility 133 420 Tunnel Relay 373 U UDP configuring 146 UDP I O 289 user sessions 220 utility Decoder 422 TruePort 133 420 V virtual modem 172 vmodem overview 172 VNP IPsec 243 VPN exceptions 249 L2TP IPsec 248 W WebManager overview 60 IOLAN SDS SCS STS MDC User s Guide Version 4 5 459
332. must exist in the IOLAN s host table or be resolved by DNS Field Format Resolvable host name IPv4 address IPv6 address Configuration File The path and file name relative to the default path of your TFTP server software of the configuration file for the IOLAN that will be loaded when the IOLAN is rebooted Configuration Use Check this box if you wish to use SFTP Secure File Transfer Protocol instead SFTP of TFTP Trivial File Transfer Protocol The IOLAN will use the SFTP server information entered under the SFTP tab 328 Management Message of the Day MOTD Tab Field Descriptions The message of the day is displayed when users log into the IOLAN through a telnet or SSH session or through WebManager or EasyPort Web There are two ways to retrieve the message of the day to be displayed to users when they log into the IOLAN e The message of the day file is retrieved from a SFTP TFTP server every time a user logs into the IOLAN You must have a SFTP TFTP server running on any host that you are uploading or downloading files to from when using SFTP TFTP When you specify the file path the path must be relative to the default path set in your SFTP TFTP server software e The message of the day file is downloaded to the IOLAN and retrieved locally every time a user logs into the IOLAN You can download an MOTD file to the IOLAN in the DeviceManager by selecting Tools Advanced Custom Files and then selecting the Download Oth
333. n 59 38 305 25 Level 0 A4 Input Open 59 38 305 25 Level 0 Clear Minimum Value Clear Alarm J Reset Channel Reset All Channels Clear Maximum Value The following buttons are available Reset Channel Button Clear Alarm Button Clear Latched Input Button Clear Minimum Value Button Clear Maximum Value Button Activate Output Button Deactivate Output Button Reset All Channels Button Refresh Button Resets the highlighted channel click on a channel to highlight it Clears the alarm Note that if the condition that tripped the alarm still exists the alarm will not look like it s cleared but will reflect the appropriate alarm level severity Alarm Level 0 means that the alarm has not been triggered Clears the latched value Clears the minimum value Clears the maximum value Manually activates the channel output Manually deactivates the channel output Resets all the channels Resets the highlighted channel click on a channel to highlight it 337 IPsec Tunnel Control IPsec Tunnel Control You can start stop and restart all the IPsec tunnels When you start the IPsec tunnels the Boot Action configured for each IPsec tunnel is what determines its state Start Stop All IPsec Tunnels Start all IPsec tunnels Stop all IPsec tunnels Stop start all IPsec tunnels The following buttons are available Start Button Starts all IPsec VPN tunnels Stop Button Stops all I
334. n Therefore any parameters configured by RADIUS or TACACS will override the same parameters configured in the IOLAN See Appendix A RADIUS and TACACS for more information Authentication In the Authentication window you can select up to two methods of authentication made up of external authentication options and or the local user database Authentication Primary Authentication Method Secondary Authentication Method C Only use as backup LDAP Settings Local RADIUS Kerberos 13 TACACS SeculD G a Local OH RADIUS Kerberos LDAP Active Directory TACACS SA Only authenticate admin user in the local user database Configure the following parameters Primary Authentication Method Secondary Authentication Method Settings Button Only use as backup Only authenticate admin user in the local database The first authentication method that the IOLAN attempts Data Options Local RADIUS Kerberos LDAP Microsoft Active directory TACACS SecurID NIS Default Local If the Primary Authentication Method fails the next authentication method that the IOLAN attempts You can choose to use authentication methods in combination For example you can specify the Primary Authentication Method as Local and the Secondary Authentication Method as RADIUS Therefore some users can be defined in the IOLAN Local others in RADIUS Data Options None Local RADIUS Kerbe
335. n to download the configuration to the IOLAN You must reboot the IOLAN for your configuration changes to take effect WebManager Overview The WebManager is a web browser based method of configuring managing the IOLAN It follows the same design as the DeviceManager so it is easy to switch between the WebManager and DeviceManager when configuring your IOLAN See Chapter 5 Using DeviceManager and WebManager for information on configuring managing the IOLAN with DeviceManager Access Platforms You can access the IOLAN through WebManager from any system that can run a web browser WebManager can be accessed by the admin user or any user who has Admin Level privileges Features WebManager supports the following features The ability to open a session to the IOLAN and download a saved configuration file to it The ability to save a configuration file locally in text format in addition to the binary format The ability to download upload keys certificates to from the IOLAN The ability to download custom files such as new terminal definitions and a custom language files to the IOLAN From WebManager you can launch EasyPort Web which can be used to e access clustered IOLANs access ports configured with the Console Management profile and launch an SSH or Telnet session to those console ports exercise power management capability when using the Perle Remote Power Switch Configuration Methods 60 WebManager Connect
336. n Digital 1 0 Extension The Digital 1 0 extension feature connects the digital input signal to The Digital 1 0 extension feature connects the digital input signal to digital output s and or a TCP IP application over an IP network digital output s and or a TCP IP application over an IP network Enable 1 0 extension Enable 1 0 extension Connection Settings Connection Settings Listen for connection Listen for connection Input TCP Pot 20000 Output TCP Port 20000 C Alow Multiple Hosts to Connect O Connect to O Connect to Local connection Local connection Advanced TCP Settings Advanced TCP Settings C Enable TCP Keepalive C Enable TCP Keepalive Configure the following parameters Enable I O When enabled the digital channel can be connected to extension e A Digital output or relay if the I O model supports relay channel on the same IOLAN e Output Serial Signal Pins DTR RTS e A Digital output channel on another IOLAN s or output serial signal pins DTR RTS on another IOLAN s e A TCP IP application s running on a host on the network Default Disabled Listen for When enabled the channel serial signal pin will wait for connections to be connection initiated by another I O channel or a TCP IP application Default Enabled Input TCP Port The TCP port that the channel serial signal pin will use to listen for incoming connections Default 2000 for channel 1 then increments by one for each channel
337. n For Connections Restrict To IP optional Shared Secret optional C Restrict Access To This IOLAN Only OK J Cancel The following parameters are available for configuring a HTTP Tunnel Name Connect to Proxy Settings Listen for Connections Restrict to IP Shared Secret HTTPS Restrict Access to this IOLAN only Provide a name for this tunnel This name must match the tunnel name on the tunnel peer IOLAN DS Provide the Host name or IP address of the listening IOLAN DS If a proxy server is being used allows for the configuration of proxy specific pa rameters Listen for connection requests generated from the connecting IOLAN DS Only accept connection requests from this IP address If a secret is defined then both sides of the tunnel must set the same secret A secret is used to ensure that the Tunnel is being established with the correct peer When enabled secure access mode HTTPS will be used to establish the tunnel If enabled tunnel connections will only be allowed to access local devices serial ports on this IOLAN Connection requests going to external IP hosts on the lo cal LAN will be not allowed 252 HTTP Tunneling Configuring HTTP Tunnel Proxy Proxy servers are used in larger companies and organizations Ask your network administrator if you need to configure a Proxy server Field Descriptions HTTP Tunnel Proxy Proxy Advanced Use HTTP Proxy Global Proxy
338. n Internet protocol that enables a diskless workstation to discover its own IP address the IP address of a BOOTP server on the network and a file to be loaded into memory to boot the machine This enables the workstation to boot without requiring a hard or floppy disk drive A security feature where the Device Server calls back the User at a predetermined number defined in the User s account Standard authentication protocol for PPP connections It provides a higher level of security than PAP and should be used whenever possible see PAP An SNMP community is the group that devices and management stations running SNMP belong to It helps define where information is sent A TCP IP protocol that provides static and dynamic address allocation and management Connections that bypass the Device Server enabling the user to log straight into a specific host A direct connection is recommended where a user logging in to the Device Server is not required A high speed 10Mbps 100Mbps cable technology that connects devices to a LAN using one or more sets of communication protocols A method where there is a specific number defined to callback a user Uses the user ID and password stored within the Device Server User database Line Printer Daemon A printer protocol that uses TCP IP to establish connections between printers and workstations on a network The technology was developed originally for BSD UNIX and has since become the de facto cross p
339. n a connection to a host can be established e who are connecting through the serial port directly to a host Connect NZ Terminal KL SS UNIX Linux System General Tab Field Descriptions General Advanced Hardware Email Alert Packet Forwarding Terminal Settings Terminal Type Dumb v Require Login User Service Settings Connect to remote system Configure the following parameters 151 Serial Port Profiles Terminal Type Require Login User Service Settings Button Connect to Remote System Protocol Settings Button Host Name TCP Port Automatically Specifies the type of terminal connected to the line Data Options Dumb WYSE60 VT100 ANSI TVI925 IBM3151TE VT320 specifically supporting VT320 7 HP700 specifically supporting HP700 44 Term1 Term2 Term3 user defined terminals Default Dumb When users access the IOLAN through the serial port they must be authenticated using either the local user database or an external authentication server Default Enabled After a user has been successfully authenticated the IOLAN will connect to the specified host using the specified protocol according to e the User Service parameter for locally configured users e the Default User Service parameter for users who are externally authenticated e TACACS RADIUS for externally authenticated users where the target host is passed to the IOLAN
340. n an IP address in the range of 169 254 0 1 169 254 255 255 this IP address is only assigned for the duration of the DeviceManager IOLAN connection Click the Assign IP button Double click the IOLAN in the IOLAN List If this is the first time you are accessing the IOLAN type in the factory default admin password superuser and click OK The DeviceManager will display a window indicating that it is trying to authenticate and connect you on the IOLAN If the authentication and connection are successful the Server Info window is displayed You are now ready to configure the IOLAN If authentication was unsuccessful try to connect to the IOLAN again you probably mistyped the password for the admin user For more information about managing the IOLAN see Configuration Files Using DeviceManager and WebManager 88 Using DeviceManager to Connect to the IOLAN Adding Deleting IOLANs Manually To permanently add delete the IOLAN to from the IOLAN List click the Add button The following window is displayed Add IOLAN Manually add IOLAN to the list of available levices IP Address To permanently add the IOLAN to the IOLAN list click the Add button and type in the IPv4 or IPv6 address of the IOLAN To permanently delete the IOLAN from the IOLAN list select the IOLAN s IP address and click the Delete button Logging in to the IOLAN To log in to the IOLAN double click on the IOLAN in the Device Server List You will be p
341. n if you have set a Framed IP Address for the user If your user is authenticated by RADIUS and the RADIUS parameter Framed Address is set in the RADIUS file the IOLAN will use the value in the RADIUS file in preference to the value configured here The network subnet mask For example 255 255 0 0 If your user is authenticated by RADIUS and the RADIUS parameter Framed Netmask is set in the RADIUS file the IOLAN will use the value in the RADIUS file in preference to the value configured here 200 Serial Port Profiles Advanced Tab Field Descriptions General Advanced Hardware Email Aert Packet Fowardng Advanced SLIP Settings MTU ual Routing MV Compression Session Strings Send at Stat Delay de Send 10 miliseconds Dial Options Q Drect Connect Odan CM Cp ite D sek ue 7 Modem y Configure the following parameters MTU Routing VJ Compression The Maximum Transmission Unit MTU parameter restricts the size of individual SLIP packets being sent by the IOLAN Enter a value between 256 and 1006 bytes for example 512 The default value is 256 If your user is authenticated by the IOLAN this MTU value will be overridden when you have set a Framed MTU value for the user If your user is authenticated by RADIUS and the RADIUS parameter Framed MTU is set in the RADIUS file the IOLAN will use the value in the RADIUS file in preference to the value configured here Defaul
342. n is received or relayed e Disabled UDP service not enabled e LAN to Serial This setting will allow UDP data to be received from one or more hosts on the LAN and forwarded to the serial device attached to this serial port Serial to LAN This setting will allow data originating from the serial device attached to this serial port to be sent to one or more hosts on the LAN using UDP datagrams e Both Allows for data to flow from the serial device to the LAN and from the LAN to the serial device Default Both for UDP 1 and Disabled for all other UDP ranges The first host IP address in the range of IP addresses for IPv4 or IPv6 that the IOLAN will listen for messages from and or send messages to Field Format Pv4 or IPv6 address The last host IP address in the range of IP addresses for IPv4 not supported for IPv6 that the IOLAN will listen for messages from and or send messages to Field Format Pv4 address Determines how the IOLAN s UDP port that will send receive UDP messages is defined e Auto Learn The IOLAN will only listen to the first port that it receives a UDP packet from Applicable when Direction is set to LAN to Serial or Both e Any Port The IOLAN will receive messages from any port sending UDP packets Applicable when Direction is set to LAN to Serial e Port tThe port that the IOLAN will use to relay messages to servers hosts This option works with any Direction except Disabled The IOL
343. n the organization for example Payroll This field is case sensitive in order to successfully match the information in the peer SSL TLS certificate Data Options Maximum 64 characters 111 Advanced Common Name An entry for common name for example the host name or fully qualified domain name This field is case sensitive in order to successfully match the information in the peer SSL TLS certificate Data Options Maximum 64 characters Email An entry for an email address for example acct anycompany com This field is case sensitive in order to successfully match the information in the peer SSL TLS certificate Data Options Maximum 64 characters IPv6 Tunnels Overview IPv6 tunnels transport IPv6 data packets from one IPv6 network to another IPv6 network over an IPv4 network In addition to creating the IPv6 tunnel you must also create the route that will transport the data packets through the IPv4 network in the Route List see Route List for more information Field Descriptions Host Table Route List DNS WINS RIP Dynamic DNS IPv6 Tunnels Name Mode Remote Host Gateway Add The following buttons are available Add Button Adds an IPv6 tunnel Edit Button Edits an existing IPv6 tunnel Delete Button Deletes an IPv6 tunnel If a tunnel is associated with a route it cannot be deleted until the route is either changed or deleted 112 Advanced Adding Editing an IPv6 Tunnel
344. nabled on a global basis and provides a trigger mechanism that can be configured for each channel when no I O traffic has occurred for the specified amount of time This traffic information would include any statistical data updates based on the refresh timer for Statistics A Failsafe Action can be configured for each Digital Output channel each Serial Signal Output pin DTR and RTS and each Relay channel to either Activate or Deactivate the output The Failsafe Timer has a different function when I O Extension is enabled for Digital Output channels Relay channels or the Serial Signal Output pins DTR and RTS For I O Extension the Failsafe Timer provides a per channel or per serial signal output pin trigger mechanism that is activated when there are no TCP sessions for the specified amount of time Field Descriptions 1 0 Access Failsafe Timer UDP C Enable 1 0 Failsafe Timer Configure the following parameters Enable I O Failsafe Enables disables the Failsafe Timer This is the global setting that must be Timer enabled to set the Failsafe Action on the channel for digital output and relay channels or output signal pins When this timer expires because of no I O activity within the specified time interval the Failsafe Action set for the channel determines the action on the output When the channel or serial signal pin is configured for I O extension the timer expires there are no TCP sessions for the specified time interval
345. nables authorization on the TACACS host meaning that IOLAN specific parameters set in the TACACS configuration file can be passed to the IOLAN after authentication Default Disabled Enables disables TACACS accounting Default Disabled 231 Authentication SecurlD Accounting Primary Host Accounting Secondary Host Accounting Port Accounting Secret Use Alternate Service Names Overview The primary TACACS host that is used for accounting Default None The secondary TACACS host that is used for accounting should the primary accounting TACACS host fail to respond Default None The port number that TACACS listens to for accounting requests Default 49 The TACACS shared secret is used to encrypt decrypt TACACS packets in communications between two devices The shared secret may be any alphanumeric string Each shared secret must be configured on both client and server sides The TACACS service name for Telnet or SSH is normally raccess The service name for Web Manager or Device Manager is EXEC In some cases these service names conflicted with services used by Cisco devices If this is the case checking this field will cause the service name for Telnet or SSH to be perlecli and the service name for Web Manager or Device Manager to be perleweb If you need to reset the SecurID secret select Tools Reset Reset SecurlD Node Secret Field Descriptions SecurID Setti
346. nables disables a global email alerts setting Even if this option is disabled Level To Subject From Reply To Outgoing Mail Server Username you can still configure individual serial port email alerts When this option is enabled individual serial ports can inherit these email alerts settings Default Disabled Choose the event level that triggers an email notification Data Options Emergency Alert Critical Error Warning Notice Info Debug Default Emergency An email address or list of email addresses that will receive the email notification A text string which can contain spaces that will display in the Subject field of the email notification This field can contain an email address that might identify the IOLAN name or some other value The email address to whom all replies to the email notification should go The SMTP host email server that will process the email notification request This can be either a host name defined in the IOLAN host table or the SMTP host IP address If your mail server requires you to authenticate with it before it will accept email messages use this field to configure the authorized user name Maximum size of user name is 64 characters 316 Alerts Password Encryption Verify Peer Certificate TCP Port NTLM Domain Enter the password associated with the user configured in Username Maximum size of password is 64 characters Choose the type
347. nager and WebManager 84 UNO H d E BA Navigating DeviceManager WebManaget 2 sseseeeeeees 85 II ET E 85 Neben EE 86 Bas PONG VV GD eege 86 Using DeviceManager to Connect to the IOLAN 87 Starting a New SeSSION sssseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeesesesseneeeeeeeeeeeeeees 87 Assigning a Temporary IP Address to a New IOL AN een 88 Adding Deleting IOL ANS Manually eeccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 89 Logging in to the IOLAN Reeser seneceer ep enene iter enlrente ne eee eee lee ese ren teeren ee 89 Using WebManager to Connect to the IOLAN 000 90 Logging into the IOLAN esse co ceca wa see cecececn Neca cus tecctemecenecene suceeeceutens 90 Configuration Files seeiicectsiececesessasisicnspncarsnnemabsbecesinnctacndiandensasans 90 Creating a New IOLAN Configuration in DeviceManager 90 Opening an Existing Configuration File cceccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 91 Importing an Existing Configuration File see 91 Managing th IOLA vs ceuiscisisssssecnsicacnstnuevnrvavueneseranancenabasessasineasa 91 Chapter 6 Network Settings ccccccessssseeeeeeeeseeeeeeees 92 Table of Contents PEEP OGG DONA EE 92 IP UNS ceecerestieirincsaasievedeansnbneeeieccameardeetnnesopeadetenseuestaaasseeareniis 93 IPy4 Settings versini ste ecesnced answer ccd ceeececeenseantcncaeteareceenedececnenencece 93 EEN EE EE 93 Field DGSCIDUONS erugee
348. nager has system information and some navigation options on the far right hand side DeviceManager The DeviceManager has a navigation tree that you can use to access the available Configuration and Statistics pages in the display area When you select an option in the navigation tree you can often navigate the tabs or buttons in the display area to access the various configuration and statistics options See Using DeviceManager for more information on how to navigate the pages of DeviceManager DeviceManager Tracy SDS2 10 10 200 25 Connected lt Menu Quick Access Buttons System Info Name Tracy SDS2 Model IOLAN SDS2 Firmware 3 3 Build 1 Uptime 02 41 41 MAC Address 00 80 D4 06 00 02 IPv4 Address 10 10 200 25 IPv6 Address es fe80 280 d4ff fe06 2 iil Statistics Navigation Tree Display Area Download All Changes Using DeviceManager and WebManager 85 Navigating DeviceManager WebManager WebManager The WebManager uses a expandable collapsible buttons with folders and pages for the navigation tree You can expand the buttons to view the folders and pages to see the available configuration options When you access a configuration page you can often navigate the tabs in the configuration area to access all of the configuration options WebManager Logged in as admin Server Info Summary Model IOLAN SDS2 Version 3 3 A1 MAC Address 00 80 d4 06 00 02 System Name Tracy
349. nal 17 Terminal v When the default serial port profile Terminal displays click the Change Profile button and select the appropriate profile for the serial port See Chapter 7 Configuring Serial Ports for more information on the serial port profiles and their configuration parameters WIAA 5 W041 Getting Started 82 Setting Up Users Setting Up Users When you have a user who is accessing a device connected to a serial port from the network or who is accessing the network from a device connected to a serial port through the IOLAN you can create a user account and configure the user s access privileges Notice that there is a Default user the Default user s parameters are inherited by users logging into the IOLAN who are being authenticated by an external authentication method see Authentication for more information or are accessing the IOLAN as a Guest see Local for more information To add a user account click on the Users page in the navigation pane Ab Configuration B S Network Users B IP Settings D Advanced Name Level Access to Clustered Ports Gy Serial admin Admin Yes DI Serial Ports Default Normal Yes B Port Buffering DO Clustering D Option Card DG System Add Ed Delete Click the Add button to create a user account User Settings General Services Advanced Sessions Serial Port Access User Name Password Confirm Pass
350. nal 1 0 Enable Signal Description lv DSR DSR Input v DCD DCD Input Vv CTS CTS Input Vv DTR DTR Output Vv RTS RTS Output Edit Highlight a signal and then click the Edit button to configure the signal pin s parameters 177 Serial Port Profiles Input Signal Field Descriptions See Digital I O Extension for information about the I O Extension tab General LO Extension Digital Input DSR Description Digital Input Settings Latch C Invert Signal Alarm Settings Trigger None Disabled v Configure the following parameters Description Latch Invert Signal Trigger Auto Clear Mode Manual Clear Mode Provide a description of the channel making it easier to identify Data Options Maximum 20 characters including spaces Latches remembers the activity transition active to inactive or inactive to active Data Options None Inactive to Active Active to Inactive Default None When enabled inverts the actual condition of the I O signal in the status therefore an inactive status will be displayed as active Default Disabled When the trigger condition is met triggers the specified alarm action Data Options e Disabled No alarm settings This is the default e Inactive When the expected Digital input is active going inactive will trigger an alarm e Active When the expected Digital input is inactive going active will trigger an alarm Default
351. nced Adding Editing a Cipher Suite To see a list of valid cipher suite combinations see Appendix B SSL TLS Ciphers Cipher Suite Edit Encryption Min Key Size Max Key Size Key Exchange HMAC Cancel Configure the following parameters Encryption Min Key Size Max Key Size Key Exchange Select the type of encryption that will be used for the SSL connection Data Options Any Will use the first encryption format that can be negotiated AES 3DES DES ARCFOUR ARCTWO Default Any The minimum key size value that will be used for the specified encryption type Data Options 40 56 64 128 168 256 Default 40 The maximum key size value that will be used for the specified encryption type Data Options 40 56 64 128 168 256 Default 256 The type of key to exchange for the encryption format Data Options e Any Any key exchange that is valid is used this does not however include ADH keys RSA This is an RSA key exchange using an RSA key and certificate EDH RSA This is an EDH key exchange using an RSA key and certificate e EDH DSS This is an EDH key exchange using a DSA key and certificate e ADH This is an anonymous key exchange which does not require a private key or certificate Choose this key if you do not want to authenticate the peer device but you want the data encrypted on the SSL TLS connection Default Any 110 Advanced HMAC Select the ke
352. nced Tab Field Descriptions AAA 150 Terminal Profile gasses sata teicesticsiasd cctemanedeseemscotectateaenisstenawecehencts 151 WEIEN ee EEN 151 FEC ION UE 151 General Tab Field Descriptions EE 151 Advanced Tab Field Descriptions EE 153 User Service SCN S i aa ee eae tac 155 Login Settings E 155 TenMet Settings E 155 Rlogin SS de E 156 lee e e E E ET eca dad eerherecedeyageees 157 SLIP Settings o er E E EEA EARRA ate 158 PPP SettiNgS insae eee Ee EEEE EEEE EEEE 161 Printer te OU 167 EE EE eeh 167 General Tab Field Descrptons nnen n nn neneenreennnnene ennea 167 Advanced Tab Field Descnptons AAA 168 Serial Tunneling Profile sesccccccscccscccsesccscesencccneccesestecseaccsanesascteananaasewesees 169 BL iesea aa a a Ee E E dala i EEE TAE E 169 Functionally E 169 General Tab Field Descriptions cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesseeeeees 170 Advanced Tab Field Descriptions AAA 171 Virtual Modem Profile cccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeees 172 SB VI eebe EE 172 F nctionallty E 172 General Tab Field DESCrIPLONS c vcicanssssonsdavieniosrsensnctenencrconandtnvonaaunen 172 Advanced Tab Field Descriptions AAA 174 Phone Number to Host Mappumg EEN 176 VModem Phone Number Entry eccecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenees 176 Control Signal HO Profile jcscccccecccensccecesceccetencccenesenecucncncnceensnssnasececeencs 177 OVETVIEW eege 177 Functionality EEN 177 General Tab Field Descriptions
353. nd their passwords that will globally authenticate users on all serial ports You can use configure PPP authentication in the configuration or in the secrets file but not both If you want to use a secrets file you must download the secrets file to the IOLAN for CHAP or PAP authentication the files must be downloaded to the IOLAN using the names chap secrets and pap secrets respectively The file can be downloaded to the IOLAN under the Custom Files option by selecting the Download Other File parameter In the Remote Access PPP profile you must also specify the Authentication option as PAP or CHAP on the Authentication tab but must leave the User Password Remote User and Remote Password fields blank An example of the CHAP secrets file follows Secrets for authentication using CHAP client server secret acceptable local IP addresses barney fred flintstonel234567890 192 168 43 1 fred barney wilma 192 168 43 2 An example of the PAP secret file follows Secrets for authentication using PAP client server secret acceptable local IP addresses barney S flintstonel234567890 fred SS wilma 191 Serial Port Profiles General Tab Field Descriptions General Authentication Advanced Hardware Email Alert Packet Forwarding PPP Settings IPv4 Local IP Address BS a eee IPv4 Remote IP Address ee ee eee IPv4 Subnet Mask iene 0 o Negotiate IP Address Automatically IPv6 Local Interface Identifier
354. ne termination is required e IOLAN UO models with Digital I O for setting the channels as input or output Hardware and Connectivity 45 Powering up your IOLAN IOLAN I O models with Analog I O for setting Voltage Current See Appendix E Setting Jumpers to see how to set the jumpers for your IOLAN desktop model Medical Unit Models To power up the medical unit IOLAN perform the following steps 1 You can attach the multi function wall plate included with your medical unit IOLAN to the wall then mount the IOLAN on the wall plate Alternatively you can mount the IOLAN on a tabletop or any suitable horizontal surface See the JOLAN MDC Hardware Installation Guide for more information on how to mount the medical unit IOLAN Plug a power cable into the left side power Ethernet panel of the IOLAN unit and then into the electrical outlet Power on the IOLAN unit using the Power ON OFF switch You will see the LEDs blink for several seconds and then remain a solid green indicating that it is ready to configure use Terminal Block Models Perform the following steps to power up the unit 1 2 Ensure power is NOT applied to the wires prior to connection On each end wire remove the insulation from the copper wire 5 mm 3 16 of an inch 3 Loosen the left screw on the top of the terminal connector block then insert your positive wire into the left terminal and screw it down tight Loosen the right screw on the to
355. negotiate with the client and use the first authentication method and cipher that is compatible with both systems Functionality When you are using the SSH connection protocol keys need to be distributed to all users and the IOLAN Below are a couple of example scenarios for key certificate distribution Users Logging into the IOLAN Using SSH This scenario applies to serial ports configured for Console Management using the SSH protocol In the following example users are connecting to the IOLAN via SSH from the LAN Therefore the following keys need to be exchanged e Upload the IOLAN SSH Public Key to each user s host machine who is connecting and logging into the IOLAN using SSH e Download the SSH Public Key from each user s host machine who is connecting and logging into the IOLAN using SSH Device Server Private Key Lynn Public Key Tracy Public Key Dennis Public Key Server y Fi F Sas moet Device Server Lynn Device Server Public Key Lynn Private Key Tracy Device Server Public Key Tracy Private Key Dennis d Device Server Public Key Dennis Private Key 234 SSH Users Passing Through the IOLAN Using SSH Dir Sil This scenario applies to serial ports configured for the Terminal profile and are required to login to the IOLAN The user s service is set to the SSH protocol therefore users first log into the IOLAN and then are connected to a specified host conf
356. net network do the following 1 Set the serial port that is connected to the serial Modbus Slave s to the Modbus Gateway profile In the Modbus Gateway profile on the General tab set the Mode to Modbus Slave 3 Still on the General tab specify the Modbus Slave UIDs that the TCP Modbus Master will attempt to communicate with 4 Still on the General tab click the Advanced Slave Settings button to configure global Slave Gateway settings 5 For specialized configuration options select the Advanced tab and configure as required IOLAN SDS SCS STS MDC User s Guide Version 4 1 352 Configuring Modbus Modbus Gateway Settings The scenarios in this section are used to illustrate how the IOLAN s Modbus Gateway settings are incorporated into a Modbus device environment Depending on how your Modbus Master or Slave devices are distributed the IOLAN can act as both a Slave and Master Gateway s on a multiport IOLAN or as either a Slave or Master Gateway on a single port IOLAN Modbus Master Gateway The IOLAN acts as a Master Gateway when the Modbus Master is connected to a serial port on the IOLAN Each Modbus Master can communicate to UIDs 1 247 Modbus Slave Serial Master Gateway lt ey Se Modbus Slave EIA 232 4 EIA 422 485 Modbus Slave Modbus Master Modbus Slave Gateway The IOLAN acts as a Slave Gateway when the Modbus Master resides on the TCP Ethernet network and the Modbus Sl
357. network The TruePort profile operates in conjunction with the TruePort software Functionality TruePort is a COM port redirector utility for the IOLAN It can be run in two modes these modes will be set on the client software when it is configured e TruePort Full mode This mode allows complete device control and operates as if the device was directly connected to the Workstation Server s local serial port It provides a complete COM port interface between the attached serial device and the network All serial controls baud rate control etc are sent to the IOLAN and replicated on its associated serial port e TruePort Lite mode This mode provides a simple raw data interface between the application and the remote serial port Although the port will still operate as a COM port control signals are ignored In this mode the serial communications parameters must be configured on the IOLAN See the ZruePort User s Guide for more details about the TruePort client software Client Initiated Connection n NM Serial IOLAN d B Device Server Initiated Connection _ gt Serial Application with TruePort Client General Tab Field Descriptions The TruePort General tab determines how the TruePort connection is initiated and then sets up the appropriate connection parameters 133 Serial Port Profiles Serial Port 1 Settings Profile TruePort Name mE General Advanced Hardware Email Alert Packet
358. nfigure the parameter DNS IP Address You can configure up to four DNS servers Field Format Pv4 or IPv6 address WINS IP Address You can configure up to four WINS servers Field Format Pv4 address Overview The Routing Information Protocol RIP is a routing protocol used with almost every TCP IP implementation Its function is to pass routing information from a router or gateway to a neighboring router s or gateway s RIP messages contain information about destinations which can be reached and the number of hops which are required The hop count is the basic metric of RIP and so RIP is referred to as a distance vector protocol RIP messages are carried in UDP datagrams Functionality You can configure RIP to selectively advertise networks remotely connected via a SLIP PPP link on the Ethernet connection and pass RIP routing information to remotely connected clients As this can be undesirable in some environments this behavior can be configured and is defaulted to the non routing behavior Transmission and reception of Routing Information Protocol RIP packets over PPP and SLIP connections can be configured on a per user basis or on a per serial port basis The Routing parameter can be configured e On the Advanced tab for Remote Access PPP and Remote Access SLIP profiles configured for a serial port to determine the exchange of RIP packets between the IOLAN and remotely connected users connected from the serial side
359. ng e KTIKG 500F Gigabit fiber card e Transition Networks N FX SC5 02 100MB card The type selected must match the card installed in the PCI slot No additional configuration is required for the fiber card The fiber card will now replace the second Ethernet interface on the unit All configuration parameters related to Interface 2 will now apply to the fiber card If the options card configuration is changed to None or the card is removed from the PCI slot the second Ethernet interface will be come active again using the configuration parameters for Interface 2 314 Configuring the System Introduction Alerts Email Alerts i 5 4 Configur This chapter describes the alerts email and syslog that can be configured T pe seg for the IOLAN and the advanced options SNMP time custom Sai eg applications plugins and other miscellaneous configuration options that E G Security you will want to look at to see if they are required for your implementation WA eei Sy System Sea Alerts Email Alert Syslog SNMP Time Custom App Plugin Advanced DDDD Overview Email notification can be set at the Server and or Line levels You can set email notification at these levels because it is possible that the person who administers the IOLAN might not be the same person who administers the serial device s attached to the IOLAN port Therefore email notification can be sent to the prop
360. ng e Verify that lease data in your DHCP server manager is correct e Reset or restart the DHCP server Callback Problems User Callback is On and a number is configured for the line but the IOLAN is not calling the user back e Verify that the phone number is entered under the user not the line e Verify that the callback Phone Number is valid e Verify that the modem at the user s end is set to auto answer Language Problems In a customized language the text strings appear in the wrong place in the Menu CLI or Web Manager e Check the original ASCII text file you used to translate to your customised language The sequence of the line much match exactly be aware that comments don t affect line sequence but can affect the actual line that the strings appear on So if you strip out all comments if the original file says line 1000 should be string none then line 1000 stripped of comments should be the translated version of none Troubleshooting 440 Modem Problems Modem Problems The IOLAN is not initializing the modem e Check your Line Service is set to SLIP or PPP If your line service is set to any other type the IOLAN will not initialize a modem You will need to configure the modem manually PPP Problems The link fails on start up when there are remote IP addresses set for both a user Framed IP value and a line Remote IP address e Check the IP address set for the user this is used in pr
361. ngs Primary Master Host None v Replica Slave Host UDP Port Encryption Type C Legacy Configure the following parameters Primary Master Host Replica Slave Host UDP Port The first SecurID server that is tried for user authentication Default None If the first SecurID server does not respond to an authentication request this is the next SecurID server that is tried for user authentication Default None The port number that SecurID listens to for authentication requests Default 5500 232 Authentication Encryption Type The type of encryption that will be used for SecurID server communication Data Options DES SDI Default SDI Legacy If you are running SecurID 3 x or 4 x you need to run in Legacy Mode If you are running SecurID 5 x or above do not select Legacy Mode Default Disabled NIS Field Descriptions NIS Settings NIS Domain Primary NIS Host None Configure the following parameters NIS Domain The NIS domain name Primary NIS Host The primary NIS host that is used for authentication Default None Secondary NIS Host The secondary NIS host that is used for authentication should the primary NIS host fail to respond Default None 233 SSH SSH Overview The IOLAN contains SSH Server software that you need to configure if the IOLAN is going to be accessed via SSH If you specify more than one Authentication method and or Cipher the IOLAN will
362. nicate to through the IOLAN if the IOLAN cannot communicate with the Primary Host Default None TCP Port Specify the TCP port that the IOLAN will use to communicate to the Backup Host Default 10000 Adding Editing a Multihost Entry When you click the Add or Edit button the Host Entry window appears The hosts in the multihost list must already be defined If you add a host that was defined with its fully qualified domain name FQDN it must be resolvable by your configured DNS server Host Entry E terre mm Host Name Specify the preconfigured host that will be in the multihost list Default None TCP Port Specify the TCP port that the IOLAN will use to communicate to the Primary Host Default 10000 serial port number 1 so serial port 47 defaults to 10046 Advanced Tab Field Descriptions The TruePort Advanced tab determines how the TruePort connection is initiated and then sets up the appropriate connection parameters 136 Serial Port Profiles Serial Port 1 Settings General Advanced Hardware Email Alert Packet Forwarding SSL TLS Advanced TruePort Settings Signals high when not under TruePort det control Enable Message of the Day MOTD C Enable TCP Keepalive Enable Data Logging TruePort Lite Mode Idle Timeout 0 seconds Session Timeout 0 seconds Session Strings Send at Start Delay after Send 10 miliseconds Dial Options dial in Dial Out Dial Timeout 45
363. nistrator General Tab Field Descriptions The Console Management General tab configures how the serial port will be accessed by the user through the network General Advanced Hardware Email Alert Packet Forwarding Console Management Settings Protocol Telnet e Listen for connections on TCP Port 10001 C Enable IP Aliasing Configure the following parameters Protocol Specify the connection method that users will use to communicate with a serial device connected to the IOLAN through the network Data Options Telnet SSH Default Telnet Listen for The port number that the IOLAN will listen on for incoming TCP connections Connections on Default 10001 depending on the serial port number TCP Port Enable IP Aliasing Enables disables the ability to access a serial device connected to the serial port by an IP address or host name that can be resolved to the Internet Address in a DNS network instead of the IOLAN s IP address and port number Default Disabled 129 Serial Port Profiles IP Address Users can access serial devices connected to the IOLAN through the network by the specified Internet Address or host name that can be resolved to the Internet Address in a DNS network Field Format Pv4 or IPv6 Address Advanced Tab Field Descriptions The Console Management Advanced tab configures serial port options that may be required by certain applications General Advanced Hardware Email Al
364. nnect the IOLAN to your PC or dumb terminal Make sure the DIP switch is in Console mode for desktop models this sets the IOLAN serial port to E A 232 or that you are connected to the dedicated Console port for rack mount models When connecting a terminal or PC directly without modems the E A 232 signals need to be crossed over null modem cable See Appendix D EIA 232 Cabling Diagrams for cabling diagrams 2 Using a PC emulation application such as HyperTerminal or from a dumb terminal set the Port settings to 9600 Baud 8 Data bits No Parity 1 Stop Bits and No Hardware Flow control to connect to the IOLAN You can change these settings for future connections on the rack mount models the IOLAN must be rebooted for these changes to take place 3 When prompted type admin for the User and superuser for the Password You should now see the a prompt that displays the model type and port number for example SCS16 4 You are now logged into the IOLAN and can set the IP address by typing from the command line using the Command Line Interface CLI Type the following command set server internet dhcp bootp on 5 Type the following command Save 6 Type the following command reboot 7 When the IOLAN reboots it will automatically poll for an IP address from the DHCP BOOTP server If the IOLAN has dual Ethernet each Ethernet connection will automatically be assigned an IP address you can access the IOLAN throug
365. nnection for grounding the unit Earth Ground should be used as secondary grounding source only 4 Be sure to replace the clear plastic electrical safety shield before applying power to the unit Wiring up a LDC unit 1 Ensure that the power supply side of the connection is been powered down before attempting to connect the wires on the IOLAN side Connect the power as outlined in the wiring section below Enable power to unit Unit should now power up ALARM 24 6 0VDC Me Je ee DI 11 Sg Terminal Description Usage 1 Normally Open Normally Open is a fail safe relay connection Use this with the Common terminal to act as switch contacts that remain open when the unit is powered off or in a failure state 2 Common Common is a fail safe relay connection Use this terminal in conjunction with the Normally Open or Normally Closed terminals 3 Normally Normally Closed is a fail safe relay connection Use this with the Closed Common terminal to act as switch contacts that remain closed when the unit is powered off or in a failure state 4 Input 1 Input 1 is connected to the positive input or the DC sources Use with partner terminal Input 1 5 Input 1 Input 1 is connected to the negative input or the DC sources Use with partner terminal Input 1 Hardware and Connectivity 51 Powering up your IOLAN NOTES Terminal Description
366. nsiders a configure request packet to have been lost Range 1 255 Default 3 seconds The maximum number of times a configure request packet will be re sent before the link is terminated Range 0 255 Default 10 seconds The maximum time in seconds that LCP Link Control Protocol will wait before it considers a terminate request packet to have been lost Range 1 255 Default 3 seconds The maximum number of times a terminate request packet will be re sent before the link is terminated Range 0 255 Default 2 seconds The maximum number of times a configure NAK packet will be re sent before the link is terminated Range 0 255 Default 10 seconds 164 Serial Port Profiles Authentication Timeout Roaming Callback Challenge Interval Address Control Compression Protocol Compression VJ Compression Magic Negotiation IP Address Negotiation The timeout in minutes during which successful PAP or CHAP authentication must take place when PAP or CHAP are specified If the timer expires before the remote end has been authenticated successfully the link will be terminated Range 1 255 Default 1 minute A user can enter a telephone number that the IOLAN will use to callback him her This feature is particularly useful for a mobile user Roaming callback can only work when the User Enable Callback parameter is enabled Enable Roaming Callback therefore overrides fixed User Enable Callback To use
367. nsions of the feature rich SDS IOLAN Technical Specifications Digital UO e 2or4 channels depending on model e software selectable as inputs or outputs e optical isolation of 2000V rms Digital Input e Dry Contact Logic 0 open Logic 1 close to GND e Wet Contact Logic 0 0 3V Logic 1 10V 30V Digital Output e Open collector to 30V source sink or both 200mA max load Digital out DO or pulse mode Relay Form C type SPDT Contact rating 1 A 30VDC 0 5A AC 120VAC Breakdown voltage 500 VAC 50 60 Hz Relay on time 7 msec Relay off time 3 msec Total switching time 10 msec Insulation resistance 1000 MW minimum at 500 VDC IOLAN SDS SCS STS MDC User s Guide Version 4 5 261 Settings Settings Overview The I O Interfaces Settings window configures the parameters that are global to all I O channels UO Access Functionality Field Descriptions 70 Access Failsafe Timer UDP Choose the method in which the 1 0 interfaces are accessed via network by an external application C Enable 1 0 Access via Modbus protocol Available Network Access Advanced Modbus C Enable 1 0 Access via TruePort Available Network Access Configure the following parameters Enable I O Access Enables disables Modbus as the communication protocol for all the I O to Modbus protocol channels Default Disabled UID This is the UID you are assigning to the IOLAN which is acting as a Modbus slave Default 2
368. nt E Tunnel IOLAN IOLAN Tunnel Z S The Server Tunnel will also support Telnet Com Port Control protocol as detailed in RFC 2217 ri Serial ii Server EH Ems Tunnel IOLAN Running 2217 Application The IOLAN serial port signals will also follow the signals on the other serial port If one serial port receives DSR then it will raise DTR on the other serial port If one serial port receives CTS then it will raise RTS on the other serial port The CD signal is ignored 169 Serial Port Profiles General Tab Field Descriptions General Advanced Hardware Email Aert Packet Forwarding SSL TLS Serial Tunneling Settings A serial tunnel consists of two IOLANs connected over a TCP IP network and creating a virtual link between two serial ports Actas Tunnel Server Listen for connections on 10005 TCP Port O Actas Tunnel Client J Enable TCP Keepalive Configure the following parameters Act As Tunnel Server TCP Port Act as Tunnel Client Host Name TCP Port Enable TCP Keepalive The IOLAN will listen for an incoming connection request on the specified Internet Address on the specified TCP Port Default Enabled The TCP port that the IOLAN will listen for incoming connection on Default 10000 serial port number so serial port 5 is 10005 The IOLAN will initiate the connection the Tunnel Server Default Disabled A preconfigured host name that is associated with the IP address of
369. ntax lp d raw _p lt port_number gt lt filename gt 357 Setting Up Printers Remote Printing Using RCP When setting up a serial port that accesses a printer using RCP do the following 1 Set the serial port to Printer and configure the Speed Flow Control Stop Bits Parity and Bits parameters so that they match the printer s port settings Save your settings and restart the serial port To execute a print job use either of the following syntaxes rcp lt filename gt lt ip_address gt lt line_ name gt or rcp lt filename gt lt IOLAN Name gt lt line_name gt where lt gt is the IOLAN serial port number Remote Printing Using Host Based Print Handling Software Printers connected to the IOLAN can be accessed by TCP IP hosts using print handling software 1 Set the serial port to TCP Sockets Enable the Listen for connection option On the Hardware tab configure the Speed Flow Control Stop Bits Parity and Bits parameters so that they match the printer s port settings Save your settings and restart the serial port The print handling software needs to know the Name of the IOLAN and the TCP Port number assigned to the printer serial port 358 Configuring a Virtual Private Network Configuring a Virtual Private Network You can configure the IOLAN to act as a Virtual Private Network VPN gateway using the IPsec protocol Any of the following scenarios can be configured using one IOLAN an
370. ntrol the viewing and or the write to and from the device See the Multisessions and User Authentication parameters in the Console Management Profile for the serial port settings Field Descriptions User Settings General Services Advanced Sessions Serial Port Access g Read Write Read In ReadOut DEE a w N Oggcgogcgpngcgpgggnagn Iw Vv Vv Vv Vv Iw I Vv Vv Vv Iw Iw Iw Iw fc Allow Access to Clustered Ports Configure the following parameters Serial Port Access Specifies the user access rights to each IOLAN serial port device There can be multiple users connected to a particular serial device and these settings determine the rights of this user for any of the listed serial ports Data Options e Read Write The user has read and write access to the serial port e Read In The User will see data going to the serial port from all network connected users that have write privileges to this serial port e Read Out The user will have access to all data originating from the serial device Users can read data going in both directions by selecting both the Read In and Read Out options Default Read Write Allow Access to When enabled allows the user access to IOLANs that have been configured in Clustered Ports the clustering group Default Enabled 222 Configuring Security Introduction The Security group includes the following configuration options
371. nu When a user connects to the IOLAN through the network the string is used to access the Reverse Session Menu Data Options You can specify control unprintable codes by putting the decimal value in angle brackets lt gt for example ESC b is lt 027 gt b Default lt 026 gt s Ctrl z s Power Management Users accessing the IOLAN through the network can enter the string to bring Menu String Monitor Connection Interval Status Retry Interval Retry Attempts up the Power Bar Management menu Data Options You can specify control unprintable codes by putting the decimal value in angle brackets lt gt for example ESC b is lt 027 gt b Default lt 016 gt Ctrl p Specify how often in seconds the IOLAN will send a TCP Keepalive to services that support TCP Keepalive Default 180 seconds Sets the maximum time to wait for a response asfter sending a TCP keep alive message Options 1 32767 Default 5 seconds The number of TCP keepalive retires before the connection is closed Values 1 32767 Default 5 209 Advanced Modems Tab Overview You need to configure a modem if there is a modem connected to the IOLAN If your IOLAN model contains an internal modem or a PCI slot SCS models for a modem card a permanent modem string called internal_modem or IOLAN modem respectively exists permanently in your configuration Functionality Modems are usually configured for PPP SLIP dial in o
372. number on IOLAN 1 The setup for HTTP Tunnel serial to serial is now complete Serial to Host The following example will demonstrate how to setup a serial device Point of Sale terminal to an IP host 100 10 60 3 connection via an HTTP tunnel Because IOLAN 1 is behind the firewall it will need to initiate the tunnel connection to IOLAN 2 At the application level the serial device will initiate the connection with the IP host For more HTTP tunneling configuration parameters see HTTP Tunneling System Device TCP Sockets Point of Sale IOLAN 1 IOLAN 2 wi 10 10 50 2 100 10 50 1 Ka 10 10 60 3 Serial Device HTTP Tunnel Data 368 Configuring HTTP Tunnels Configure a connect to HTTP tunnel on IOLAN 1 HTTP Tunnel Name TAL Match name on IOLAN 2 Connect To Host IP 100 10 50 1 IP address of IOLAN 2 Proxy Settings Listen For Connections Restrict To IP optional Shared Secret optional LIJHTTPS C Restrict Access To This IDLAN Only Configure a Listen for connection HTTP tunnel on IOLAN 2 HTTP Tunnel Name tunnell gt Match name on IOLAN 1 O Connect To Proxy Settings Listen For Connections Restrict To IP optional Shared Secret optional CI HTTPS C Restrict Access To This IOLAN Only Add The IP host to the host table on IOLAN 2 369 Config
373. o include the following capabilities in this format term acsc bold civis clear cnorm cup rev rmacs rmso smacs smso page circ 349 Resetting Configuration Parameters For example term AT386 at386 386AT 386at at 386 console acsc jYk 1Zm qDtCu4x3 bold E 1m civis clear E 2J E H cnorm cup E i p1 02d p2 02dH rev E4A rmacs E 10m rmso E m smacs E 12m smso E 7m page circ n Resetting Configuration Parameters You can reset the IOLAN to its factory default settings this will reset it to the Perle factory default or custom factory default settings depending on what has been configured through any of the following methods You can push in the recessed button at the back of the IOLAN hardware for three to ten seconds pushing it in and then quickly releasing will just reboot the IOLAN DeviceManager select Tools Reset Reset to Factory Defaults CLI at the command line type reset factory WebManager select Administration Reset Factory Default and then click the Reset to Factory Defaults button Menu select Network Configuration Reset to Factory Defaults SNMP in the adminInfo folder Set the adminFunction variable to 2 350 Lost admin Password Lost admin Password If the admin user password is lost there are only two possible ways to recover it e reset the IOLAN to the factory defaults e have another user that has Admin level r
374. odbus TCP Application If you have a Modbus RTU or Modbus ASCII program you can access the I O by connecting to the IOLAN over the network E Si 5 D ie IOLAN g PC running a Modbus RTU or ASCII Application Modbus UO Access The section defines the function codes and registers you will need to access the I O through Modbus TCP Modbus serial or Modbus serial TruePort T O Digital Output Function Codes The following function codes are supported by the IOLAN 01 read coils 03 read multiple holding registers 04 read input registers 05 write coil 06 write single register 08 diagnostics echo the request 15 force multiple coils 16 write multiple registers There are four Modbus data models Discrete Input Not used Coils Digital Input DI Alarm state for DI Digital Output DO All coils are Boolean values and are 1 byte Input Registers IR Analog Input AI Alarm state for AI All Input Registers are 2 bytes long Holding Registers Status R Control value R W or W Holding Registers with ENG registers are 4 bytes long all other Holding Registers are 2 bytes long All coil register values are in decimal 293 Modbus I O Access I O Coil Register Descriptions This section contains descriptions of I O coils MB_REG_DI_SENSOR Status of Digital input 1 is Active 0 is Inactive If Invert Signal is configured on 0 is Active 1 is Inactive If input is Latched ret
375. oder utility on any of the following operating systems e Windows 2000 and greater platform DOS Solaris x86 Solaris Sparc 32 bit 64 bit Linux x86 v2 4 x Utilities 422 Accessories Introduction This chapter provides information about peripheral IOLAN options that can be ordered separately from the product Contact your sales representative to find out how to order the products listed in this appendix Installing a Perle PCI Card This sections describes how to install the Perle IOL AN modem card and the Perle PCI adapter card used with a wireless WAN card in your SCS rack mount model PCI Adapter Card IOLAN Modem Card The location and brackets are slightly different for the 32 port and 48 port SCS rack mount models but the basic installation concept is the same The PCI adapter card bracket is found on the serial side of the 8 port 16 port 32 port models and the LED side of the 48 port model 1 Unscrew the six screws on the top of the SCS IOLAN IOLAN SDS SCS STS MDC User s Guide Version 4 5 423 Installing a Perle PCI Card Unscrew the four screws along the bottom of the serial side of the SCS IOLAN On the SCS 8 port 16 port 32 port models this includes the screw that is at the bottom of the PCI face plate Slide the top of the IOLAN off of the chassis Carefully holding the bracket just behind the face plate unscrew the two screws at the top of the 8 port 16 port 32 port removable face
376. of encryption desired Valid options are None All information is sent in the clear SSL Select this if your email server requires SSL TLS Select this if your email server requires TLS When checked this will enable the validation of the certificate presented by the email server To validate the certificate you will need to download the appropriate CA list into the IOLAN If the certificate is not found to be valid the communication with the email server will be terminated No authentication will take place and the email message will not be forwarded to the email server If this option is not checked the certificate validation will still be attempted but if it fails a syslog message will be generated but the authentication and forwarding of the email will still take place Default Enabled if SSL or TLS encryption is selected Disabled if no encryption is selected This is the TCP port used to communicate with the email server Default 25 for non SSL 465 if SSL TLS is used This field is only used if SPA authentication is performed with the email server It may or may not be required If the email server does not expect this field it can be left blank 317 Alerts Syslog Overview The IOLAN can be configured to send system log messages to a syslog daemon running on a remote host if the Syslog service is activated You can configure a primary and secondary host for the syslog information and specify the level for whic
377. of hosts that will be receiving communication from the serial device connected to the IOLAN Highlight an existing host and click the Edit button to edit a host in the list of hosts that will be receiving communication from the serial device connected to the IOLAN Click the Delete button to delete a host to the list of hosts that will be receiving communication from the serial device connected to the IOLAN When this option is enabled you need to define a primary host that the serial device connected to this serial port will communicate to and a backup host in the event that the IOLAN loses communication to the primary host The IOLAN will first establish a connection to the primary host Should the connection to the primary host be lost or never established the IOLAN will establish a connection the backup host Once connected to the backup the IOLAN will attempt to re establish a connection to the Primary host once this is successfully done it gracefully shuts down the backup connection Default Disabled Specify a preconfigured host that the serial device will communicate to through the IOLAN Default None Specify the TCP port that the IOLAN will use to communicate to the Primary Host Default 0 Specify a preconfigured host that the serial device will communicate to through the IOLAN if the IOLAN cannot communicate with the Primary Host Default None Specify the TCP port that the IOLAN will use to communicate to the
378. of the IOLAN s date is dependent on the Windows operating system and regional settings Time The IOLAN s internal clock time based on your PC s time zone For example if your PC s time zone is set to Pacific Standard Time GMT 8 00 and the IOLAN s time zone is set to Eastern Standard Time GMT 5 00 the IOLAN s time is three hours ahead of your PC s time If you set the IOLAN s time to 2 30 pm the IOLAN s actual internal clock time is 5 30 pm Use the PCs When enabled sets the IOLAN s time to the PCs time Date Time Default Enabled This option is unique to the DeviceManager Rebooting the IOLAN When you download any file configuration keys certificates firmware etc to the IOLAN you must reboot the IOLAN for it to take effect by selecting Tools Reset Reboot Server in DeviceManager and Administration Reboot Unit in WebManager Resetting the IOLAN to Factory Defaults You can reset the IOLAN to its factory default configuration by selecting Tools Reset Reset to Factory Default in DeviceManager and Administration Reset Factory Defaults in WebManager The IOLAN will automatically reboot itself with the Perle factory default or custom factory default configuration 346 Resetting the SecurlD Node Secret Resetting the SecurlID Node Secret If you are using SecurID external authentication you can select Tools Reset Reset SecurlID Node Secret in DeviceManager and Administration Reset SecurlD
379. ofiles Password Specify the password used to access the DNS server Account Settings Click this button to configure the Dynamic DNS DynDNS org account Button information See Account Settings for information on how to configure the Account Settings window Authentication Tab Field Descriptions General Authentication Advanced Hardware Email Alert Packet Forwarding PPP Authentication Settings Authentication CHAP k User Password Remote User el Remote Password E Authentication Timeout 4 seconds CHAP Challenge Interval 0 minutes C Enable Roaming Callback Configure the following parameters Authentication The type of authentication that will be done on the link You can use PAP or CHAP MDS5 CHAP MS CHAPv1 and MS CHAPv2 to authenticate a user or client on the IOLAN When setting either PAP and CHAP make sure the IOLAN and the PPP peer have the same setting For example if the IOLAN is set to PAP but the remote end is set to CHAP the connection will be refused Data Options None no authentication will be performed PAP is a one time challenge of a client device requiring that it respond with a valid username and password A timer operates during which successful authentication must take place If the timer expires before the remote end has been authenticated successfully the link will be terminated CHAP challenges a client device at regular intervals to valida
380. oftware Soft hardware Hard Both or None If you are using SLIP set to Hard only If you are using PPP set to either Soft or Hard Hard is recommended If you select Soft with PPP you must set the ACCM parameter when you configure PPP for the Serial Port Data Options Soft Hard Both None Default None Determines if input flow control is to be used Default Enabled Determines if output flow control is to be used Default Enabled Specifies whether the EIA 232 signal DSR Data Set Ready should be monitored This is used with modems or any device that sends a DSR signal When it is monitored and the IOLAN detects a DSR signal the serial port profile is started The Monitor DSR parameter is not available for medical unit models If both Monitor DCD and Monitor DSR are enabled both signals must be detected before the serial port profile is started Default Disabled Specifies whether the E A 232 signal DCD Data Carrier Detect should be monitored This is used with modems or any other device that sends a DCD signal When it is monitored and the IOLAN detects a DCD signal the serial port profile is started If both Monitor DCD and Monitor DSR are enabled both signals must be detected before the serial port profile is started Default Disabled When enabled the IOLAN will discard characters received with a parity or framing error Default Disabled This parameter applies only to EIA 485 Half Duplex mode All chara
381. om The data that is sent to the remote buffer file is appended to the end of the file even through IOLAN reboots so you will want to create a size limit on the file on your remote NFS host to keep the buffer file size from becoming too large for your system Field Definitions Port buffering displays or logs data received on the IOLAN serial port Serial Port Data Buffering C Enable Local Buffering C Enable Remote NFS Buffering C Enable Port Buffering to Syslog Level Advanced Pott Buffering Configure the following parameters Enable Local Enables disables local port buffering on the IOLAN Buffering Default Disabled View Port Buffering The string used by a a session connected to a serial port to display the port String buffer for that particular serial port Data Options Up to an 8 character string You can specify control unprintable codes by putting the decimal value in angle brackets lt gt for example Escape b is lt 027 gt b Default view 206 Port Buffering Enable Remote NFS Buffering NFS Host NES Directory Encrypt Data Enable Port Buffering to Syslog Add Time Stamp to Data Enable Key Stroke Buffering Enables disables port buffering on a remote system When you enable this option you have the ability to save the buffered data to a file s one file is created for each serial port and or send it to the Syslog host for viewing on the Syslog host s monitor Defau
382. ommunication from the I O channel or serial signal pin Highlight an existing host and click the Edit button to edit a host in the list of hosts that will be receiving communication from the I O channel Click the Delete button to delete a host to the list of hosts that will be receiving communication from the I O channel or serial signal pin When this option is enabled you need to define a primary host that the I O channel will communicate to and a backup host in the event that the I O channel loses communication to the primary host The I O channel will first establish a connection to the primary host Should the connection to the primary host be lost or never established the I O channel will establish a connection the backup host Once connected to the backup the I O channel will attempt to re establish a connection to the Primary host once this is successfully done it gracefully shuts down the backup connection Default Disabled Specify a preconfigured host that the I O channel or serial signal pin will communicate to Default None Specify the TCP port that the I O channel or serial signal pin will use to communicate to the Primary Host Default 2000 for channel 1 then increments by one for each channel Specify a preconfigured host that the I O channel or serial signal pin will communicate to if the I O channel cannot communicate with the Primary Host Default None Specify the TCP port that the channel or serial s
383. on to a host Login Telnet Riogin SSH SLIP PPP SSL TLS Terminal Type Control Characters Interrupt 3 C Enable Local Echo Quit te C Enable Line Mode EOF 4 Map CR To CRLF bese ee Echo 5 Escape 1d Configure the following parameters Terminal Type Type of terminal attached to this serial port for example ANSI or WYSE60 155 Serial Port Profiles Enable Local Echo Toggles between local echo of entered characters and suppressing local echo Local echo is used for normal processing while suppressing the echo is convenient for entering text that should not be displayed on the screen such as passwords This parameter can be used only when Enable Line Mode is enabled Default Disabled Enable Line Mode When enabled keyboard input is not sent to the remote host until Enter is pressed otherwise input is sent every time a key is pressed Default Disabled Map CRto CRLF When enabled maps carriage returns CR to carriage return line feed CRLF Default Disabled Interrupt Defines the interrupt character Typing the interrupt character interrupts the current process This value is in hexadecimal Default 3 ASCII value C Quit Defines the quit character Typing the quit character closes and exits the current telnet session This value is in hexadecimal Default 1c ASCII value FS EOF Defines the end of file character When Enable Line Mode is enabled entering the EOF character as t
384. one M Enable Protocol Compression F Enable VJ Compression Session Strings C Enable Magic Negotiation Send at Start E Idle Timeout 0 seconds Delay after Send 10 miliseconds Configure the following parameters Routing Determines the routing mode RIP Routing Information Protocol used on the PPP interface This is the same function as the Framed Routing attribute for RADIUS authenticated users Data Options e None Disables RIP over the PPP interface e Send Sends RIP over the PPP interface e Listen Listens for RIP over the PPP interface Send and Listen Sends RIP and listens for RIP over the PPP interface Default None ACCM Specifies the ACCM Asynchronous Control Character Map characters that should be escaped from the data stream Field Format This is entered as a 32 bit hexadecimal number with each bit specifying whether or not the corresponding character should be escaped The bits are specified as the most significant bit first and are numbered 31 0 Thus if bit 17 is set the 17th character should be escaped that is 0x11 XON The value 000a0000 will cause the control characters 0x11 XON and 0x13 XOFF to be escaped on the link thus allowing the use of XON XOFF software flow control If you have selected Soft Flow Control on the Serial Port you must enter a value of at least 000a0000 for the ACCM Default 00000000 which means no characters will be escaped MRU The Maximum Receive Unit MR
385. or dial out access to the network e Remote Access SLIP The Remote Access SLIP profile configures a serial port to allow a remote user to establish a SLIP connection to the IOLAN s serial port This is typically used with a modem for dial in or dial out access to the network e Custom Application Plugin The Custom Application Plugin profile configures a serial port to run a custom application or IOLAN plugin After you download the custom application files and specify the application name and any parameters you want to pass to it the IOLAN will execute the application when the serial port is started Each serial port profile contains all the parameters that are required to completely configure the serial port scenario represented by the profile To select a serial port profile in the DeviceManager connect through the DeviceManager to the IOLAN you are configuring and select Serial Serial Ports in the navigation pane Highlight the serial port you want to configure and then click Edit E 4B Configuration B Network Serial Potts B IP Settings dvanced Enable Name Profile Details M 1 Terminal 2 Terminal 3 Terminal 4 Terminal 5 Terminal 6 7 8 9 e Serial Serial Ports B Port Buffering a Advanced 3 Users H Security d Clustering Termina Terminal Terminal 2 Option Card Terminal DG System sy SSS SSS 12 Termina 13 Terminal 14 Terminal 15 Terminal 16 Termi
386. or transmission if the End Trigger character is not immediately followed by the End Trigger2 character the IOLAN waits for another End Trigger character to start the End Trigger1 End Trigger2 character sequence The actual transmission of the packet is based on the Trigger Forwarding Rule Range hexadecimal 0 FF Default 0 When enabled this group of parameters allows you to control the frame that is transmitted by defining the start and end of frame character s If the internal buffer 1024 bytes is full before the EOF character s are received the packet will be transmitted and the EOF character s search will continue Default Disabled When enabled the Start of Frame character defines the first character of the frame any character s received before the Start of Frame character is ignored Range hexadecimal 0 FF Default 0 When enabled creates a sequence of characters that must be received to create the start of the frame if the SOF1 character is not immediately followed by the SOF2 character the IOLAN waits for another SOF1 character to start the SOF 1 SOF2 character sequence Range hexadecimal 0 FF Default 0 122 Serial Port Profiles Transmit SOF Character s EOF1 Character EOF2 Character Trigger Forwarding Rule When enabled the SOF or SOF1 SOF2 characters will be transmitted with the frame If not enabled the SOF1 or SOF1 SOF2 characters will be stripped from the transmission Defa
387. or your local time zone Field Format Hours Ah valid 12 to 14 and minutes mm valid 0 to 59 minutes The name of the configured summer time zone this will be displayed during the summer time setting If this parameter is not set then the summertime feature will not work Field Format Maximum 4 characters and minimum 3 characters do not use angled brackets lt gt The offset from standard time in minutes Valid values are 0 to 180 Range 0 180 Default 60 You can configure the summer time to take effect e None No summer time change e Fixed The summer time change goes into effect at the specified time every year For example April 15 at 1 00 pm e Recurring The summer time changes goes into effect every year at same relative time For example on the third week in April on a Tuesday at 1 00 pm Default None Sets the exact date and time in which the IOLAN s clock will change to summer time daylight saving time hours Sets the exact date and time in which the IOLAN s clock will end summer time hours and change to standard time 325 Management Recurring Start Sets the relative date and time in which the IOLAN s clock will change to Date summer time daylight saving time hours Sunday is considered the first day of the week Recurring End Date Sets the relative date and time in which the IOLAN s clock will end summer time hours and change to standard time Sunday is considered the first da
388. ort parameters Field Descriptions User Settings General Services Advanced Sessions Serial Port Access Senice E hd PPP SLIP Configure the following parameters Service Used in conjunction with the Terminal Profile After the user has successfully been authenticated the specified service is started Data Options DSPrompt Telnet SSH RLogin SLIP PPP TCP Raw SSL Raw Default DSPrompt Host IP When the User Service is set to Telnet or TCP Clear the target host IP address If no IP address is specified the Host IP value in the Default User configuration will be used Default None 216 Adding Editing Users TCP Port IPv4 Address IPv4 Subnet Mask IPv6 Interface Indentifier MTU Routing When the User Service is Telnet this is the target port number The default value will change based on the type of Service selected the most common known port numbers are used as the default values Used for User Service PPP or SLIP sets the IP address of the remote user Enter the address in dot decimal notation as follows e n n n n where n is a number Enter the IP address of your choice This IP address will then be used in preference to the Remote IP Address set for a line The following IP addresses have a special meaning e 255 255 255 254 The IOLAN will use the Remote IP Address set in the PPP settings for the serial port that this user is connecting to e 255 255 255 255 When th
389. ote that the internal jumpers must match the software setting and must be set to Output by default they are set to Input see Digital LO Module to find out how to set the internal jumpers Functionality The Digital output channels support three types of Digital output sink voltage source ground and sink and source apply voltage or ground For the output type you can configure the following options e You can choose to manually activate deactivate the Digital output e You can choose to manually activate deactivate the Digital output and then specify that the Digital output will either pulse you get to specify the active and inactive pulse times continuously or for a specified number of pulse counts e You can choose to manually activate deactivate the Digital output and then specify a delay before the output goes from inactive to active or active to inactive e You can also specify a failsafe action that can either activate or inactivate the Digital output when the failsafe timer is triggered see Failsafe Timer Functionality for more information In an industrial freezer warehouse the IOLAN D4 is used to monitor the freezer doors When one of the industrial freezer doors are left open for more than five minutes the Monitoring Application using the Perle API starts the Digital output sink causing the strobe light on top of the offending freezer to activate Output Input Digital UO ll Output Monitorin
390. ou have successfully logged in to the IOLAN you can type iolan at the CLI command prompt to access the IOLAN configuration menu you must have User Level Normal or Admin If you choose to use the IOLAN configuration interface you should always configure the IOLAN using the IOLAN interface The IOLAN IOLAN fields do not map directly between the two interfaces If you configure a field in the IOLAN configuration interface to a value that is invalid in the IOLAN interface and then attempt to use the IOLAN interface the invalid field value will show up as all asterisks although the IOLAN will interpret the value as valid Configuration Methods 70 IOLAN Interface Changes to the IOLAN Interface You should be aware that the following IOLAN configuration fields are no longer supported You no longer have the option of selecting access Authentication Logging Also kill reboot and stats are not available When you select port the following fields are not available on the Port Setup Menu Administrator Hardware Options Hex data Options Secure Keys Sess Access UDP Retries Access Retry Interval Access Authentication Speed 9600 Parity None Bit 8 Stop 1 k Break Disabled Monitor DSR No Monitor DCD No Interface EIA 232 User Name abcd Terminal type dumb TERM Video pages 5 CLI Menu CLI Reset Term No PORT SETUP MENU REMOTE ADMIN Flow ctrl Keys Flow
391. ovides information that can help resolve problems with the IOLAN Hardware Troubleshooting The Power Ready LED stays red after a boot See Getting to Know Your IOLAN for the LED label on your IOLAN unit If the IOLAN Power Ready LED is red and stays red for over 10 seconds you have a hardware problem that might require factory service First try the following If the IOLAN is not in Console mode do the following a Set up a direct connection to the IOLAN see Console Serial Switch for information on this type of connection b Power the IOLAN off c Switch the Console dip switch to On d Power the IOLAN on e Read the messages on the console to determine if the problem can be fixed If there is a problem with the IOLAN firmware you will need to reload the firmware which can be found either on the CD ROM that came with the IOLAN or on the Perle website www perle com downloads when you access the webpage select your specific IOLAN model If the IOLAN is already in Console mode and the Power LED stays red you need to make arrangements to return the IOLAN In Console mode for desktop models or viewing the Console port in rack mount models see if you need to reload the firmware which can be found either on the CD ROM that came with the IOLAN or on the Perle website www perle com downloads when you access the webpage select your specific IOLAN model If the bootloader option does not appear when you reboot the IOLA
392. ower Ready Link 10 100 Activity LAN Serial Activity Serial Ports The 2 port IOLAN has two RJ45 serial connections The 2 port IOLAN can support an 8 pin connector if there is no requirement for power in pin 1 or power out pin 10 pins The 2 Port P model Power over Ethernet does not come with an external power supply connector Hardware and Connectivity 38 Getting to Know Your IOLAN 4 Port and 8 Port desktop models This section describes the components found on the IOLAN 4 port models Console Serial Switch Reset External Power Supply Ethernet Power Ready Link 10 100 Activity LAN Serial Activity Serial Ports The 4 port IOLAN model has four RJ45 serial connections The STS8 D IOLAN model has eight RJ45 serial connections Hardware and Connectivity 39 Getting to Know Your IOLAN UO This sections describes the basic components found on the IOLAN I O models Top View The following image shows a typical IOLAN I O model Your I O model may have I O connectors in slightly different positions External Power Supply Power Ready Link 10 100 Activity LAN perle Serial Activity End View The IOLAN I O model shown is an A4D2 Different IOLAN I O models have different I O connector configurations LO connectors VO connectors External Power Supply Reset Console Serial Ethernet Switch Serial Port All IOLAN I O models have a DB9M serial connector Hardware and Connect
393. owing response format Number of Bytes Value 1 Function code of request if no error Most significant bit will be set if an error occurred 1 Length of data in response if no error occurred If an error occurred the byte will contain the error code see the Error Codes table below n Data response for request the number of bytes is dependent on the number and type of registers requested If the request returns 2 or 4 byte values it will be in big endian network order format If the request returns boolean values the least significant bit bit 0 represents the first value requested and bits 1 to 7 represents subsequent boolean values If more than 8 boolean registers are requested they are returned in successive bytes Utilities 421 Decoder Error Codes Code Name Description 01 Illegal Function The function code received in the query is not an allowable action for the server or slave 02 Illegal Data The data address received in the query is not an allowable address for Address the server or slave 03 Illegal Data Value A value contained in the query data field is not an allowable value for server or slave 04 Slave Device An unrecoverable error occurred while the server or slave was Failure attempting to perform the requested action Decoder If you are using Port Buffering NFS Encryption you need to run the Decoder utility to view the port buffering logs See the Readme file to install the Dec
394. p of the terminal connector block then insert your negative wire into the right terminal and screw it down tight Left Right Plug the power supply into the electrical outlet A solid green LED indicates the unit is powered up For I O models you should set the IOLAN jumpers for Digital I O see Digital I O Module or Analog Input Analog Input Module channels Hardware and Connectivity 46 Powering up your IOLAN DC Power Models excluding Electric Utility models To power up the IOLAN with DC power requirements perform the following steps 1 Verify that the power switch on the IOLAN unit and the power source is in the Off position 2 Connect the primary and secondary DC input using the following specifications a Use wire gauge 12 to 22 AWG b Strip insulation 7mm from wire ends If using stranded wire twist all strands together to ensure all wire strands are used for the connection c Connect supply with reference to the terminal block diagram and electrical specifications Earthing wire Secondary Supply Negative wire Secondary Supply Positive wire Primary Supply Negative wire Primary Supply Positive wire DC Power Supply amp 1 2 Primary Supply Positive wire to Circuit 1 terminal marked Negative wire to Circuit 1 terminal marked Secondary back up Supply Positive wire to Circuit 2 terminal marked Negative wire to Circuit 2 termin
395. packets are neither received nor sent by the IOLAN e Send RIP packets can only be sent by the IOLAN e Listen RIP packets can only be received by the IOLAN Send and Listen RIP packets are sent and received by the IOLAN Default None 217 Adding Editing Users Enable VJ Used for User Service PPP or SLIP determines whether Van Jacobsen Compression Compression is used on the link VJ compression is a means of reducing the standard TCP IP header from 40 octets to approximately 5 octets This gives a significant performance improvement particularly when interactive applications are being used For example when the user is typing a single character can be transmitted and thus have the overhead of the full TCP IP header VJ Compression has minimal effect on other types of links such as ftp where the packets are much larger The User VJ Compression option will override the VJ Compression value set for a Serial Port Default Disabled Advanced Tab Overview The Advanced tab is used to configure those parameters that control the user session this includes session length language the hotkey used for switching between sessions access to clustered ports etc Field Descriptions User Settings General Services Advanced Sessions Serial Port Access Idle Timeout a seconds Session Timeout D seconds Enable Callback Configure the following parameters Idle Timeout The amount of time in secon
396. perspective If line is configured for hardware flow control the RTS is used for this purpose and the setting of this command is ignored Sets the behaviour of the DCD signal Sets the modes back to the factory defaults This is a hard coded default configuration which does not look at any user configuration n 0 RTS always high default n 3 RTS signal acts as DCD n 4 RTS signal acts as RI n 0 DCD always on n 1 DCD follows state of connection off when no connection on when TCP connection exists default ATS2 Sets the value of the S2 register The S2 register controls which character is used to enter command mode this is the potential replacement for the default in front of the ATH command This register will hold the hexadecimal value of the escape character Any value gt 27 will disable the ability to escape into command mode ATS12 ATO Sets the value of the S12 register The S12 register controls the minimum length of idle time which must elapse between the receipt of the escape character and the A first character of the ATH sequence Units are 1 50th of a second The default is 50 1 second ATD with no phone number Establishes a connection using the IP and port specified in the telephone number field ATDS1 Establishes a connection using the IP and port or phone number specified in the Phone Number field stored by the AT amp Z1 command
397. ppendix L Symmetric Key File ccecssseeeeeeeeees 449 Symmetric Key Filesi hobusena 449 Appendix M Troubleshooting the USB Modem 450 Modem not connecting to the network see EEN 450 USB Modem Support and Custom Options cceeeeee 453 Downloading Custom USB Modem Configuration Files 453 NGOS SUNY E 455 ROX osaciadascntanansedatewast antnceaauenadaatianansesanassathcrcaSaanoeaunadaed 457 25 Preface About This Book This guide provides the information you need to e configure the IOLAN e incorporate the IOLAN into your production environment Intended Audience This guide is for administrators who will be configuring the IOLAN Some prerequisite knowledge is needed to understand the concepts and examples in this guide e Ifyou are using an external authentication application s working knowledge of the authentication application s e Knowledge of SFTP TFTP the transfer protocol the IOLAN uses Documentation The following documentation is included on the IOLAN installation CD IOLAN 1 Port Quick Start Guide IOLAN 2 4 Port Quick Start Guide IOLAN Rack Mount Quick Start Guide IOLAN I O Quick Start Guide IOLAN Electric Utility Terminal Server Quick Start Guide IOLAN SDS SCS STS MDC User s Guide IOLAN SDS SCS STS MDC Command Line Reference Guide IOLAN MDC Hardware Installation Guide TruePort User s Guide TruePort Installation and Configuration Guide for Windows NT
398. pplicable country wiring codes Grounding of HV and DHV models The Electric Utility series of IOLAN units have a chassis ground screw This connection must be connected to Equipment Ground for DC installations or Safety Ground for AC installations A second earth ground connection is provided for secondary grounding This should only be used in conjunction with the grounding screw provided on the terminal connector Hardware and Connectivity 48 Powering up your IOLAN Wiring up an HV unit 125 250VDC 100 240VAC 60 60Hz L N S Terminal Description Usage 1 Normally Open Normally Open is a fail safe relay connection Use this with the Common terminal to act as switch contacts that remain open when the unit is powered off or in a failure state 2 Common Common is a fail safe relay connection Use this terminal in conjunction with the Normally Open or Normally Closed terminals 3 Normally Normally Closed is a fail safe relay connection Use this with the Closed Common terminal to act as switch contacts that remain closed when the unit is powered off or in a failure state 4 t L L is connected to the positive input for DC sources or to the Live input for AC sources Use with partner terminal N 5 H N H N is connected to the negative input for DC sources or to the Neutral input for AC sources Use with partner terminal L 6 Chassis Ground Chassis G
399. pr Obtain IPv6 Address es using C IPv6 address es Obtain Automatically C Network Prefix iate parameters When enabled you can configure the IOLAN to obtain the IPv6 address es using IPv6 Autoconfiguration or a DHCPV6 server Default Enabled 94 IP Settings IPv6 Autoconfiguration DHCPv6 Custom IPv6 Address List Add Button Edit Button Delete Button Default Gateway DNS Server DNS Server Obtain Automatically DHCPv6 Settings IPv6 Address es DHCPv6 Settings Network Prefix When enabled the IOLAN will send out a Router Solicitation message If a Router Advertisement message is received the IOLAN will configure the IPv6 address es and configuration parameters based on the information contained in the advertisement If no Router Advertisement message is received the IOLAN will attempt to connect to a DHCPv6 server to obtain IPv6 addresses and other configuration parameters Default Enabled When enabled requests IPv6 address es and configuration information from the DHCPV6 server Default Disabled Displays the list of custom configured IPv6 addresses Adds a custom IPv6 address Edits an existing IPv6 address Deletes an IPv6 address from the Custom IPv6 address list Specify the gateway IP address that will provide general access beyond the local network Field Format IPv6 address Specify the IPv6 address of a DNS host in your network for host name resolution F
400. private network to public network to private network Notice also that the serial devices connected to the IOLAN can be accessed by the VPN tunnel since they are included in the network configuration as part of the 172 16 45 0 subnetwork External IP Address External IP Address D D m 196 15 23 56 199 15 23 56 Right N Remote VPN A Router Router Gateway Left 172 16 45 1 172 16 45 99 192 168 45 99 z S 192 168 45 45 Unencrypted IPsec Tunnel Encrypted Data Wier Unencrypted Data NI FF 172 16 45 23 172 16 45 84 192 168 45 87 192 168 45 1 1 Configure the IPsec tunnel in the IOLAN IPsec Tunnel IPsec Tunnel rae NettoNet Authentication Method 509 Certificate Remote Validation Criteria Secret Local Device IOLAN Lett O Right Local Remote IP Address 472 16 45 1 IP Address 199 15 23 56 ExtemallP 196 15 23 56 External IP Address Address NextHop 172 16 45 99 NextHop 0 0 0 0 APA a 172 16 45 0 Areas 192 168 45 0 ress a ask IPv6 Subnet Bits pe Subnet ea Subnet ES 255 8 3 IPv4 Subnet 255 255 Boot Action Stat e Cancel 2 Click the Remote Validation Criteria button and enable and populate the fields that are required for the remote X 509 certificate validation If you just want to validate the X 509 certificate signer you do not need to enable any of the remote validation criteria fields 362 Configuring a Virtual Private Network 3 Ifthe
401. ps of commands e Get Commands Retrieve values of the I O channel registers e Set Commands Set values on the I O channel registers V O Channel registers are all assigned unique addresses which need to be referenced in all of the commands Please refer to the documentation specific you the applicable mode for the list and addresses of all the registers Model Go to A4 A4 T4 Registers T4 A4 T4 Registers A4D2 A4D2 A4R2 Registers A4R2 A4D2 A4R2 Registers D4 D4 D2R2 Registers D2 R2 D4 D2R2 Registers Get Commands The following tables show the general structure to be used for Get commands Command Format Byte s of Bytes 1 1 2 3 2 4 5 2 Value Command Code e 0x01 Get coils Boolean register e 0x03 Get holding registers R W registers e 0x04 Get input registers R only register Starting register number see 44 T4 Registers A4D2 A4R2 Registers or D4 D2R2 Registers for this value Number of registers to read If this value is greater than 1 the response will contain the values of multiple consecutive registers Response Format Byte s of Bytes Value 1 1 2 1 3 n n Command that this is a response to If an error has been detected the command value will have the high bit set OR with 0x80 For example The command is 0x04 so the command field in the response would be 0x84 Length of data in bytes starting in next byte Requested re
402. ptions Left Right Default Left The IP address of the IOLAN You can specify defaultroute when the IP address of the IOLAN is not always known for example when it gets its IP address from DHCP When defaultroute is used a default gateway must be configured in the route table Network Advanced Route List tab Field Format IPv4 address IPv6 address FQDN defaultroute When NAT Traversal NAT_T is enabled this is IOLAN s external IP address or FQDN When the IOLAN is behind a NAT router this will be its public IP address Field Format Pv4 address IPv6 address FQDN The IP address of the router gateway that will forward data packets to the remote VPN if required The router gateway must reside on the same subnet at the IOLAN Leave this parameter blank if you want to use the Default Gateway configured in the IOLAN Field Format Pv4 or IPv6 address Local Host Network The IP address of a specific host or the network address that the IOLAN will Address Local IPv4 Subnet Mask Local IPv6 Prefix Bits Remote IP Address provide a VPN connection to Field Format IPv4 or IPv6 address The subnet mask of the local IPv4 network Keep the default value when you are configuring a host to host VPN connection Default 255 255 255 255 The prefix bits of the local IPv6 network Keep the default value when you are configuring a host to host VPN connection Default 0 The IP address or FQDN of the remote V
403. r when you select File New the New Configuration window is displayed New Configuration Choose the IOLAN Model d Family Model Cancel DS TS DS1T4 Osps DS1 A4 DS1 D4 OsSTS Dei D2R2 Dei A4R2 Oscs Dei A4D2 FRIE T52 Fips Firmware Select the IOLAN model for which you want to create a new configuration file Any configuration file created in this manner can only be save locally To download a created configuration file you must first connect to the IOLAN import the created configuration file into DeviceManager this is not available in WebManager and then download the configuration file to the IOLAN and reboot it Using DeviceManager and WebManager 90 Managing the IOLAN Opening an Existing Configuration File If you select the File Open a browse window is opened so you can select the configuration file you want to edit IOLAN configuration files saved in the DeviceManager can be in the IOLAN native binary format dme or as a text file txt which can be edited with a text editor Either configuration version can be imported into the DeviceManager IOLAN configuration files saved from WebManager can also be opened into DeviceManager Importing an Existing Configuration File If you have a local saved configuration file that you want to download to the IOLAN you must first connect to the IOLAN that you want to download the configuration file to Once you have successfully logged into the IOLAN in DeviceMan
404. r Isolated DC return DC I or Common DC return DC C You need wire gauge 12 to 18AWG to connect the IOLAN rack mount unit to the power source Hardware and Connectivity 35 Getting to Know Your IOLAN Getting to Know Your IOL AN This section describes the hardware components found on your IOLAN unit Overview All IOLANSs have the same basic hardware components to allow you to connect to serial devices connect to the network monitor LAN and serial activity and manage the unit Below is a list of these components e Serial Port s Connector s that will be used to connect to a serial device e Activity This LED blinks to indicate LAN activity For medical unit models the LED is indicated by the gt symbol e Link10 100 This LED indicates the Ethernet connection speed for desktop models only Green 10 Mbits Amber 100 Mbits Off no LAN connection e Link10 100 1000 This LED indicates the Ethernet connection speed for rack mount models only Green 10 100 Mbits Amber 1000 Mbits Off no LAN connection e Power Ready This LED can cycle through several colors amber green red during a boot process but should complete with a solid green light The label of the LED and whether or not the LED blinks green after power depends on the IOLAN as shown in the table below You can learn more about the Power Ready LED in Hardware Troubleshooting IOLAN Model LED Label Green light R
405. r J7 for Full Duplex Rx or locate and jumper J8 for Half Duplex Rx Tx Close the IOLAN case by replacing the case lid and the two screws You can now power it on with the new settings Setting Jumpers 410 Introduction 2 Port IOLAN To change the settings do the following 1 2 Unplug the IOLAN from the electrical outlet and disconnect everything from the box Open the case by unscrewing the two side screws one on each side and lifting off the top of the case You should see the following Screw Power DIP 4 5 Switch er Reset 5 RJ45 O Screw To change the power pin out locate the set of three pins associated with the line you want to set Line 1 is J4 Line 2 is the set the three pins just to the left of port 2 For the fixed 5V DC output jumper pins 1 and 2 For the output to equal the external adapter input jumper pins 2 and 3 To turn line termination on for Line 1 locate and jumper J7 for Full Duplex Rx or locate and jumper J8 for Half Duplex Rx Tx To turn line termination on for Line 2 locate and jumper J9 for Full Duplex Rx and locate and jumper J11 for Half Duplex Rx Tx Close the IOLAN case by replacing the case lid and the two screws You can now power it on with the new settings 2 Port IOLAN RJ45 P Power Over Ethernet To change the settings do the following 1 Unplug the IOLAN from the electrical outlet and disconnect everything from
406. r Kit includes the following for the SCS48C SCS32C SCS16C SCS8C Sun Cisco models e RJ45F to DB25M DTE Crossover Adapter RJ45F to DB25M DCE Modem Adapter RJ45F to DB25F DTE Crossover Adapter RJ45F to DB9M DTE Crossover Adapter RJ45F to DB9F DTE Crossover Adapter Sun Cisco Roll Over Adapter for Rack Mount Models The adapters cable can be purchased as a kit or individually RJ45F to DB25M DTE Crossover Adapter The following diagram shows the IOLAN RJ45F gt DB25M DTE crossover adapter pinouts This is model number DBAOOLIC e o E D e W I D e Ze Za e VE D e A D e 25 RJ45F DB25M RJ45F DB25M DTE TxD 3 3 RxD RxD 6 2 TxD GND 4 7 GND GND 5 DTR 2 6 DSR 8 DCD DSR 7 20 DTR RTS 1 5 CTS CTS 8 4 RTS Accessories 431 SCS48C SCS32C SCS16C SCS8C Starter Kit RJ45F to DB25M DCE Modem Adapter The following diagram shows the IOLAN RJ45F2DB25M DCE modem adapter pinouts This is model number DBA0013C x RJ4 amp SF RJ45F TxD 3 RxD 6 GND 4 GND 5 DTR 2 DSR 7 RTS 1 CTS 8 oooeeoeooooeo o o o o o D e e o o 25 DB25M DB25M 2 TxD 3 RxD 7 GND 20 DTR 8 DCD 4 RTS 5 CTS Accessories 432 SCS48C SCS32C SCS16C SCS8C Starter Kit RJ45F to DB25F DTE Crossover Adapter The following diagram shows the IOLAN RJ45 gt DB25F D
407. r a specific terminal type Configuration Methods 67 SNMP SNMP Overview The IOLAN supports configuration and management through SNMP SNMP Management tools SNMP client MIB browser software can be used to set IOLAN configuration parameters and or view IOLAN statistics Before you can configure manage the IOLAN using SNMP you need to set the IOLAN IP address and configure a read write user for SNMP version 3 or a community for SNMP version 1 or 2 You can use DeviceManager CLI or the Menu to set the IP address and user community don t forget to reboot the IOLAN before connecting with the SNMP manager to make your changes take effect Access Platforms Features You can access the IOLAN SNMP MIB from any system that runs your SNMP client MIB browser software SNMP supports the following features e You can configure SNMP traps e Since not all versions of SNMP support secure communication password parameters must be set using another configuration method Connecting to the IOLAN Using SNMP Before you can connect to the IOLAN through an SNMP Management tool or MIB browser you need to set the following components through another configuration method 1 Configure a known IP address on the IOLAN 2 Configure a read write user for SNMP version 3 or a community for SNMP version 1 or 2 on the IOLAN 3 Reboot the IOLAN to make sure the changes take effect To connect to the IOLAN through an SNMP Management tool or M
408. r universally or individually power on off the whole RPS or individual plugs Field Descriptions RPS Control Control the RPS product and it s associated power plugs Serial Port RPS Model RPS Name Plug Control All Plugs On l D Cycle Reset to Default State Plug Control The following buttons are available On Button Turns all the RPS plugs on Off Button Turns all the RPS plugs off Cycle Button Turns all the RPS plugs off and then on Reset to Default Resets all the RPS plugs to the default state as configured in the Power State Button Management profile settings Plug Control Button Displays a window that allows you to manage the individual plugs on the RPS IOLAN SDS SCS STS MDC User s Guide Version 4 5 333 RPS Control Plug Control Overview When you click the Plug Control button you can power on off individual plugs Field Descriptions Power Plug Control Serial Port 4 Model RPS820 Name Version Plug Plug Name Power Status Monitor Host Status Reboots Last Reboot Monitor Host The Power Status field above can contain the following values e On Power is currently being applied to the plug e Off Power is currently not being applied to the plug The Monitor Host Status field above can contain the following values e Disabled Feature is currently disabled e Discovering Host has never responded to a PING After a PING response is received once
409. rating Current When calibrating the IOLAN Analog input for current you will need a calibration meter that is better than 1 current precision Each channel needs to be calibrated individually Calibrating Temperature Input To calibrate an Analog Temperature input channel read the section that applies to the type of input you are calibrating Note that calibration will be done for the active channel configuration for example if Channel A1 is set to thermocouple you cannot calibrate it for RTD During the calibration process you will be asked to apply the minimum and maximum range value to the channel in either mV or Ohms for example to calibrate for thermocouple J 0 to 760C you will be prompted to first apply 80mV and then 80mV to the channel Also you cannot actively calibrate disabled channels although if you enable the channel and then set it for the type of thermocouple or RTD that has already been calibrated on another channel it will also be calibrated Calibrating Thermocouple When calibrating the IOLAN Analog input for thermocouple you will need a calibration meter that is better than 15 accuracy When you calibrate one channel all thermocouple channels are automatically calibrated for that range if another channel is set for a different range you will need to calibrate that channel separately but all channels that use that range are automatically calibrated Calibrating RTD When calibrating the IOLAN Analog inp
410. rding Advanced Terminal Settings Dial Options Z Enable Message of the Day MOTD Reset Terminal on disconnect Dy C Aow Pot Locking CDa ox Dial Timeout 45 seconds Hotkey Prefix 1 Dial Rety 2 0 Ide Timeout seconds M e Vasen P Session Timeout D seconds Phone Session Strings Send at Statt Delay ater Send 10 mifseconds Configure the following parameters Enable Message of Enables disables the display of the message of the day the Day MOTD Default Disabled Reset Terminal on When enabled resets the terminal definition connected to the serial port when disconnect a user logs out Default Disabled Allow Port Locking When enabled the user can lock his terminal with a password using the Hotkey Prefix default Ctrl a a I lowercase L The IOLAN prompts the user for a password and a confirmation Default Disabled 153 Serial Port Profiles Hotkey Prefix Idle Timeout Session Timeout Session Strings Dial Timeout Dial Retry Dial In Dial Out The prefix that a user types to lock a serial port or redraw the Menu Data Range e al Lowercase L Locks the serial port until the user unlocks it The user is prompted for a password any password excluding spaces and locks the serial port Next the user must retype the password to unlock the serial port e r When you switch from a session back to the Menu the screen may not be redrawn correctly If this happens us
411. res that the user is defined within the authentication database with the exception of using the Guest authentication option under Local Authentication which can accept any user ID as long as the user knows the configured password For external authentication the IOLAN supports RADIUS Kerberos LDAP Microsoft Active Directory TACACS SecurID and NIS You can specify a primary authentication method and a secondary authentication method If the primary authentication method fails cannot connect to the server or authentication fails the secondary authentication method is tried unless you enable the Only Use as backup option in which case the secondary authentication method will be tried only when the IOLAN cannot communicate with the primary authentication host This allows you to specify two different authentication methods If you do specify two different authentication methods the user will be prompted for his her username once but will be prompted for a password for each authentication method tried For example user Alfred s user ID is maintained in the secondary authentication database therefore he will be prompted for his password twice because he is not in the primary authentication database Unlike the other external authentication methods RADIUS and TACACS can also send back Serial Port and User parameters that are used for the duration of the IOLAN SDS SCS STS MDC User s Guide Version 4 1 223 Authentication connectio
412. ress IPv4 Subnet 255 ee nn IPv4 Subnet 255 255 255 255 Mask E a ee Mask R H IPv6 Subnet IPv6 Subnet Bits Bits Boot Action Cancel The Remote IP Address field is set to any to allow any VPN client to communicate in the IPsec tunnel that can validate the Secret Also the Remote Host Network field is configured for 0 0 0 0 to allow any remote peer private IP address RFC 1918 10 0 0 0 8 172 16 0 0 12 192 168 0 0 16 access to the IPsec tunnel Lastly the Boot Action is set to Add to listen for an IPsec tunnel connection 365 Configuring HTTP Tunnels Configuring HTTP Tunnels Serial to Serial The following example will demonstrate how to set up a serial device VT100 Terminal to serial device Linux host console port connection via an HTTPS tunnel HTTPS will be used because data security is required Because IOLAN 1 is behind the firewall it will need to initiate the HTTP tunnel connection For more HTTP tunneling configuration parameters see HTTP Tunneling Terminal Console E IOLAN 1 IOLAN 2 but rn d y E 10 50 2 100 10 50 1 Linux Host HTTPS Tunnel Encrypted Data Configure a connect to HTTP tunnel on IOLAN 1 HTTP Tunnel Name tunnell i gt Match name on IOLAN 2 Connect To Host IP 100 10 50 1 IP address of IOLAN 2 Proxy Settings Listen For Connections Check HTTPS for secure tunnel con nection This must J Restrict Access To This IOL
413. ress 78 E EasyPort Web 86 email notification events 120 315 F factory default configuration custom 342 original 343 factory defaults resetting to 350 H Host 370 host based printing 358 Host to Host 370 HTTP Tunnels 366 installing IOLAN modem card 423 IOLAN SDS SCS STS MDC User s Guide Version 4 5 457 J Index rack mount 45 interface IOLAN 70 vo Modbus 293 UDP 289 VOSNMP traps 304 IOLAN interface 70 CLI 63 Menu 64 IOLAN supported models 70 IPsec 243 IPv6 setting an IP address 80 J jumpers line termination 408 power out 408 setting 408 K keys HTTPS 259 SSH 259 L L2TP IPsec 248 language translating 348 upgrading firmware 348 LDAP parameters 229 line termination setting jumper 408 LPD printing 357 medical unit description 27 42 installing firmware 75 power supply 34 poweringup 46 Menu conventions 65 IOLAN 70 Menu IOLAN interface 64 MIB 68 Modbus configuration overview 352 gateway settings 353 LO access 293 line settings 354 TruePort 298 mode console 44 serial 44 models Device Server 27 modem card 423 modem parameters 210 N NFS Decoder utility 422 port buffering 205 NIS parameters 233 O online help using 26 OpenSSH 259 P parameters BOOTP DHCP 67 LDAP 229 modems 210 NIS 233 port buffering 206 RADIUS 226 SecurID 232 SSH server 234 TACACS 231 password admin default 77 IOLAN admin 70 lost 3
414. rmat lt 027 gt The decimal numbers within the brackets must be 3 digits long example 003 not 3 e Delay after Send Jr configured a delay time is sent to the device This delay can be used to provide the serial device with time to process the string before the session is initiated Range 0 65535 ms Default 10 ms If the console port is remote and will be dialing in via modem or ISDN TA enable this parameter Default Disabled If you want the modem to dial a number when the serial port is started enable this parameter Default Disabled The number of seconds the IOLAN will wait to establish a connection to a remote modem Range 1 99 Default 45 seconds The number of times the IOLAN will attempt to re establish a connection with a remote modem Range 0 99 Default 2 The name of the predefined modem that is used on this line The phone number to use when Dial Out is enabled 132 Serial Port Profiles TruePort Profile Overview TruePort is especially useful when you want to improve data security as you can enable an SSL TLS connection between the TruePort host port and the IOLAN TruePort is COM Port redirector that is supplied with the IOLAN TruePort can be installed as a client on a Workstation or Server and supports a variety of operating systems It in conjunction with the IOLAN emulates a local serial port COM port to the application to provide connectivity to a remote serial device over the
415. rmation IP address subnet prefix bits etc e The DHCP BOOTP server can download a new version of firmware when the IOLAN is rebooted e The DHCP BOOTP server can download a full configuration file when the IOLAN is rebooted Connecting to the IOLAN Using DHCP BOOTP The IOLAN will automatically request an IP address from the DCHP BOOTP server when the Obtain IP address automatically using DHCP BOOTP parameter is enabled To enable the Obtain IP address automatically using DHCP BOOTP parameter follow the directions in Using a Direct Serial Connection to Enable BOOTP DHCP Using DHCP BOOTP To use DHCP BOOTP edit the bootp file with IOLAN configuration parameters You can use DHCP BOOTP to perform the following actions on a single or multiple IOLANs on bootup e auto configure with minimal information for example only an IP address e auto configure with basic setup information IP address subnet prefix bits etc e download a new version of firmware e download a full configuration file DHCP BOOTP is particularly useful for multiple installations you can do all the IOLANs configuration in one DHCP BOOTP file rather than configure each IOLAN manually Another advantage of DHCP BOOTP is that you can connect the IOLAN to the network turn on its power and let autoconfiguration take place All the configuration is carried out for you during the DHCP BOOTP process Configuration Methods 66 DHCP BOOTP DHCP BOOTP Paramete
416. rnet connection SCS models type set server internet ethl lt ipv4address gt Where ipv4address is the IP Address being assigned to the IOLAN Type the following command Save If you are going to use another configuration method such as WebManager or DeviceManager unplug a desktop IOLAN or turn Off a rack mount IOLAN On a desktop IOLAN change the DIP switch to Off Serial DIP switch in the up position and connect it to your serial device Plug the IOLAN back in automatically rebooting the IOLAN in the process If you want to complete the configuration using a direct connection see Command Line Interface and or Menu After you complete configuring the IOLAN unplug the IOLAN If this is a desktop model change the IOLAN DIP switch to Off Serial DIP switch in the up position and connect it to your serial device Plug the IOLAN back in automatically rebooting the IOLAN in the process Getting Started 78 Setting Up the Network Using a Direct Serial Connection to Enable BOOTP DHCP If you are using BOOTP you need to add an entry in the BOOTP server for the IOLAN that associates the MAC address found on the back of the IOLAN and the IP address that you want to assign to the IOLAN After you have made the MAC address IP address association for BOOTP use the following directions for BOOTP or DHCP You can connect to the IOLAN using a PC with a terminal emulation package such as HyperTerminal or a dumb terminal 1 Co
417. rofile different from the Default user profile When users are connecting to the IOLAN from a network connection the user database can be used to e Provide authentication on the IOLAN prior to establishing a serial connection via PPP or SLIP e Authenticate users prior to providing access to a serially attached console port such as a Unix server or router IOLAN SDS SCS STS MDC User s Guide Version 4 5 212 User Settings User Settings Overview The Users window allows you to add edit and delete users from the IOLAN Functionality The Users window displays the users who have been configured You can add users edit existing users or delete users from this window You cannot delete the pre configured admin user See Adding Editing Users for information on the parameters available when adding or editing a user Users Name Level admin Admin Default Normal Add g Delete 213 Adding Editing Users Adding Editing Users General Tab Overview The General tab configures the basic user information Functionality You must minimally provide a User Name and Level for a user Field Descriptions User Settings KEE General Services Advanced Sessions Serial Port Access User Name Password Confirm Password Level Configure the following parameters User Name The name of the user Restrictions Do not use spaces Password The password the user will n
418. rompted for the admin Password the default is superuser e Authentication required Please enter the password for the admin user Password Corcel If the authentication and connection are successful the IOLAN s Server Info window is displayed If you cannot connect to the IOLAN you can highlight the IOLAN and click the Ping button to verify that the DeviceManager can communicate with the IOLAN s IP Address If the ping times out then you might need to set up a Gateway in your IOLAN or verify that your network is communicating correctly Using DeviceManager and WebManager 89 Using WebManager to Connect to the IOLAN Using WebManager to Connect to the IOLAN WebManager can only connect to IOLANs that already have an assigned IP address To connect to the IOLAN type the IP address of the IOLAN into the Address field as such http 10 10 234 34 You will see the login screen IOLAN SDS2 Version 3 3 Tracys SDS2 Username admin Password Secure Login Logging into the IOLAN Type in the admin password in the Password field and click the Login button A user who does not have admin privileges can access EasyPort Web to access clustered serial ports Perle Remote Power Switches RPS and or RPS plugs must already be configured on this IOLAN by typing their user name and password on the login screen Configuration Files Creating a New IOLAN Configuration in DeviceManager In DeviceManage
419. ros LDAP Microsoft Active Directory TACACS SecurID NIS Default None Click this button to configure the authentication method The secondary authentication method will be tried only when the IOLAN cannot communicate with the primary authentication host Default Disabled When enabled the IOLAN will only authenticate the admin user in the local user database regardless of any external authentication methods configured When disabled a user called admin must exist when only external authentication methods are configured or you will not be able to access the IOLAN as the admin user except through the console port Default Enabled 224 Authentication Local Overview When Local authentication is selected the user must either be configured in the IOLAN s User List or you must enable Guest users Field Descriptions OK Cancel Configure the following parameters Enable Guest Mode Allow users who are not defined in the Users database to log into the IOLAN with any user ID and the specified password Guest users inherit their settings from the Default User s configuration Default Disabled Guest Password The password that Guest users must use to log into the IOLAN Confirm Password Type the Guest Password in again to verify that it is correct 225 Authentication RADIUS Overview RADIUS is an authentication method that the IOLAN supports that can send back User information see RADIU
420. rotocol to be used for the PPP or SLIP link Supported value is e Van Jacobson TCP IP compression Indicates the host with which the user can connect to when the Service Type is set to 1 Login or 3 Callback Login Indicates the IOLAN User Service to use to connect the user a host Supported values are e 0 Telnet e 1 Rlogin e 2 TCP Clear e 5 SSH e 6 SSL Raw RADIUS and TACACS 378 RADIUS Type Name Description 16 19 20 22 25 26 27 28 31 32 Login TCP Port Callback Number Callback ID Framed Route Class Vendor Specific Session Timeout Idle Timeout Calling Station Id NAS Identifier Response Response Response Response Response Response Response Response Response Response Indicates the TCP port with which the user is to be connected when the Service Type is set to 1 Login or 3 Callback Login Specifies the callback phone number This is the same implementation as 20 Callback ID but takes precedence if 20 is set Specifies the callback phone number This is the same implementation as 19 Callback Number but 19 takes precedence if both are set When the PPP IPv4 interface comes up the IOLAN will add routes to the user s PPP interface in the same order they were received Received attributes are send in the Accounting Reply messages Perle s defined attributes for line access rights and user leve
421. round must be connected to Equipment Ground for DC installations or Safety Ground for AC installations E Earth Ground Earth Ground is a connection to the chassis that can be used for earth bonding NOTES l For terminal 1 through 6 the use of ring terminals size 6 M3 5 is recommended using stranded wire size AWG 18 14 Tighten all screws to a torque of 12 Lb in 1 36 Nm 2 For terminal E the use of ring terminal size 8 M4 is recommended using stranded wire size AWG 18 14 Tighten screw to a torque of 12 Lb in 1 36 Nm 3 Use the Chassis Ground terminal connection for grounding the unit Earth Ground should be used as secondary grounding source only 4 Be sure to replace the clear plastic electrical safety shield before applying power to the unit Hardware and Connectivity 49 Powering up your IOLAN Wiring up a DHV unit ALARM Hh OO 00900 0000 125 250VDC 100 240VAC 50909 L d AN L 2 IN Terminal Description Usage 1 Normally Open Normally Open is a fail safe relay connection Use this with the Common terminal to act as switch contacts that remain open when the unit is powered off or in a failure state 2 Common Common is a fail safe relay connection Use this terminal in conjunction with the Normally Open or Normally Closed terminals 3 Normally Normally Closed is a fail safe relay connection Use this with the Closed Common terminal to act as switc
422. rrent 0 20 mA 4 20 mA e Voltage t 10V 5V 1V 500mV 150mV Default Current is 0 20 mA Voltage is 10V Alarm Settings Click the Alarm Settings button to specify the trigger and clear levels for the Button alarms Notice that the Analog Alarm Settings window has two alarm configuration views a basic alarm view and an advanced alarm view See Alarm Settings for field descriptions 270 Channels Digital Input Overview When the channel is set for digital input it monitors voltage or current Note that the internal jumpers must match the software setting and must be set to Input which is the default see Digital I O Module to find out how to set the internal jumpers Functionality The Digital input channels allow you to configure the following options e You can choose to remember the last state change or latch that occurred Your options are to latch remember when the state changes from inactive to active or active to inactive e You can choose to invert the signal which is useful if your sensor is wired in such a way that closed is actually inactive whereas closed is normally considered active e You can also configure an alarm trigger and clear mode based on whether the Digital input is active or inactive sending an email syslog message and or SNMP trap when the alarm is triggered or cleared In an industrial freezer warehouse example a D4 is used to monitor the open door sensor so that
423. rs The following parameters can be set in the DHCP BOOTP bootp file SW_FILE The full path pre fixed by hostname IP address IPv4 or IPv6 and file name of the firmware update CONFIG_FILE The full path pre fixed by hostname IP address IPv4 or IPv6 and file name of the configuration file GUL_ACCESS Access to the IOLAN from the HTTP or HTTPS WebManager Values are on or off AUTH_TYPE The authentication method s employed by the IOLAN for all users You can specify the primary and secondary authentication servers separated by a comma This uses the following numeric values for the authentication methods 0 None only valid for secondary authentication 1 Local 2 RADIUS 3 Kerberos 4 LDAP Microsoft Active Directory 5 TACACS 6 SECURID 7 NIS SECURITY Restricts IOLAN access to devices listed in the IOLAN s host table Values are yes or no TFTP_RETRY The number of TFTP retries before aborting This is a numeric value for example 5 TFTP_TMOUT The time in seconds before retrying a TFTP download upload This is a numeric value for example 3 CUSTOM_LANG The full path pre fixed by a hostname IP address IPv4 or IPv6 and file name of a translated language file For example 192 101 34 211 accounting Iolan ds german Cat EXTRA_TERM1 EXTRA_TERM2 EXTRA_TERMS The full path pre fixed by a hostname IP address IPv4 or IPv6 and file name of a termcap file fo
424. rt The network port number that the Slave Gateway will listen on for both TCP and UDP messages Default 502 Next Request Delay A delay in milliseconds to allow serial slave s to re enable receivers before issuing next Modbus Master request Range 0 1000 Default 50 ms Enable Serial When enabled a UID of 0 zero indicates that the message will be broadcast to Modbus Broadcasts all Modbus Slaves Default Disabled Request Queuing When enabled allows multiple simultaneous messages to be queued and processed in order of reception Default Enabled Embedded When this option is selected the address of the slave Modbus device is embedded in the message header Default Enabled Remapped Used for single device port operation Older Modbus devices may not include a UID in their transmission header When this option is selected you can specify the UID that will be inserted into the message header for the Modbus slave device This feature supersedes the Broadcast feature Default Disabled Remap UID Specify the UID that will be inserted into the message header for the Slave Modbus serial device Range 1 247 Default 1 Enable SSL TLS When enabled Modbus Slave Gateway messages to remote TCP Modbus using global settings Masters are encrypted via SSL TLS Default Disabled 264 Settings Failsafe Timer Functionality Overview The Failsafe Timer tab configures the I O failsafe timer The Failsafe Timer is e
425. ruePort Baud Rate Map TruePort Baud Rate Map your TruePort baud rate running on the application software to the Actual baud rate baud rate on the serial port TruePort Actual Baud Rate 50 57600 v 75 m mM 110 115200 w 134 230400 v 150 ns M 200 200 EI 300 am w 600 600 v 1200 120 ei 1800 1800 v 2400 2400 v 4800 4800 E 9600 9600 v 19200 19200 E 38400 38400 sl Configure the following parameter Actual Baud Rate The actual baud rate that runs between the IOLAN and the connected serial device Range 50 230400 you can also specify a custom baud rate 211 Configuring Users Introduction You can configure up to four users in the IOLAN s local user database for all DS SDS and STS 1 port to 4 port desktop models in addition e d eee to the admin user You can configure up to 48 users in the IOLAN s sa IP Settings local user database for all STS SCS and SDS rack mount models and PE Se all MDC medical unit models in addition to the admin user A user ae Serial can even represent a device like a barcode reader or a card swipe DN Serial Ports device that you want to be authenticated 2 Port Buffering When users are connecting to the IOLAN via serial ports the user Advanced database can be used to B Users e Have the user authenticated prior to establishing a connection to a network host e Establish a different connection type to the host specific to each user e Create a p
426. rver Application UDP Socket i I Serial Device OHAN ee NW L Data Server Application UDP Socket Sample UDP Sockets configuration screen General Hardware Email Alert Packet Forwarding UDP Socket Settings Listen for connections on UDP port Host Range Direction Start IP Address End IP Address UDP Port 1 Both el 0 0 00 foo00 Auto Leam ze 3 Disabled 3 Disabled ze 4 Disabled ES Four individual entries are provided to allow you greater flexibility to specify how data will be forwarded to from the serial device All four entries support the same configuration parameters You can configure one or more of the entries as needed The first thing you need to configure for an entry is the Direction of the data flow The following options are available e Disabled UDP service not enabled e LAN to Serial This setting will allow UDP data to be received from one or more hosts on the LAN and forwarded to the serial device attached to this serial port e Serial to LAN This setting will allow data originating from the serial device attached to this serial port to be sent to one or more hosts on the LAN using UDP datagrams e Both Allows for data to flow from the serial device to the LAN and from the LAN to the serial device 146 Serial Port Profiles The role of each of the configurable parameters in an entry depends on the Direction selected
427. rypted connection using SSL TLS for the following profiles TruePort TCP Sockets Terminal the user s Service must be set to SSL_Raw Serial Tunneling Virtual Modem and Modbus When you enable this feature it will automatically use the global SSL TLS settings configured on Security SSL TLS although you can configure unique SSL TLS settings for the serial port When configuring SSL TLS the following configuration options are available e You can set up the IOLAN to act as an SSL TLS client or server e There is an extensive selection of SSL TLS ciphers that you can configure for your SSL TLS connection see Appendix B SSL TLS Ciphers for a list of SSL TLS ciphers e You can enable peer certificate validation for which you must supply the validation criteria that was used when creating the peer certificate this is case sensitive so keep that in mind when enabling and configuring this option General Advanced Hardware Email Alert Packet Forwarding SSL TLS Enable SSL TLS C Use global settings Security gt SSL TLS SSL TLS Version Any v SSL TLS Type Client v C Validate Peer Certificate Configure the following parameters Enable SSL TLS Activates the SSL TLS settings for the serial port Default Disabled Use global settings Uses the SSL TLS settings configured in the Security section for the serial port Default Enabled SSL TLS Version Specify whether you want to use e Any The IOLAN will
428. s Enables disables serial application access to the I O over the network using the via TruePort TruePort COM redirector feature Default Disabled Enable SSL Enables disables SSL encryption for the I O data between the IOLAN and the Encryption TruePort host Default Disabled Listen TCP Port The TCP port that the IOLAN will listen to for I O channel data requests from TruePort Default 33816 Allow I O Access Allows serial application access to the I O over the network using the TruePort via API through COM redirector feature via a custom application using the Perle API TruePort Default Permanently enabled when Enable I O Access via TruePort is enabled See Modbus I O Access for function codes and I O coil registration descriptions and Accessing I O Data Via TruePort for the Perle API Advanced Slave Modbus Settings The parameters in this window configure global Modbus gateway settings that apply to all serial ports configured first as the Modbus Gateway profile and then as a Modbus Slave WW Advanced Slave Settings A These settings are global and apply to all serial ports configured as a Modbus Slave Gateway Slave Gateway Settings TCP UDP Pott Next Request Delay 50 milliseconds C Enable Serial Modbus Broadcasts V Request Queuing UID Address Mode Embedded Remapped J Enable SSL TLS using global settings Security gt SSL TLS Configure the following parameters 263 Settings TCP UDP Po
429. s been authenticated successfully the link will be terminated MD5 CHAP and Microsoft MS CHAPv1 MS CHAPv 2 are supported The IOLAN will attempt MS CHAPv2 with MPPC compression but will negotiate to the variation of CHAP compression and encryption that the remote peer wants to use Default CHAP 162 Serial Port Profiles User Password Remote User Complete this field only if you have specified PAP or CHAP security protocols in the Authentication field and you wish to dedicate this line to a single remote user who will be authenticated by the IOLAN or e you are using the IOLAN as a router back to back with another IOLAN When Connect is set to Dial Out or both Dial In Dial Out are enabled the User is the name the remote device will use to authenticate a port on this IOLAN The remote device will only authenticate your IOLAN s port when PAP or CHAP are operating You can enter a maximum of sixteen alphanumeric characters for example tracy201 When connecting together two networks enter a dummy user name for example DS_HQ Note If you want a reasonable level of security the user name and password should not be similar to a user name or password used regularly to login to the IOLAN External authentication can not be used for this user Field Format You can enter a maximum of 254 alphanumeric characters Complete this field only if you have specified PAP or CHAP security protocols in the Security field and
430. s support a wireless WAN card that can be installed to permit access to the IOLAN via the internet or other WAN network If you are using a USB modem please see Configuring a USB Modem When the PCI card type has been configured to be a Wireless WAN card the serial port associated with the wireless WAN card is automatically set to PPP No other PPP configuration is typically required The wireless WAN card will establish a GPRS data connection over the service provider s GSM network The service provider will assign an IP address to your wireless connection This address may be public or private and it may be dynamically or statically assigned depending on the type of account established with the service provider If a static public IP address has been assigned the IOLAN will be directly accessible via that IP address If a dynamic public IP address has been assigned you may access your IOLAN with the assistance of a dynamic DNS service provider These service providers provide a method of accessing your device server using a standard URL for example yourcompany dyndns org when the IP address assigned by the Wireless provider is dynamic The IOLAN SCS supports dynamic DNS updates to DynDNS com see www DynDNS com for more information Field Descriptions Wireless WAN BEE wireless v Advanced APN User Name Password Phone Number Initialization String Configure the following parameters Card Specify the wireless
431. sage digest key consisting of a printable ASCII string equal to or less than 20 characters or a 40 character hex digit string key ID keytype message digest key 1 MD5 CeR 9LRTY a0 P GOA ascii string 2 MD5 POE 9KRMY P0 PZOQ ascii string 3 MD5 E 9KRRTS 9LRTpp ascii string 4 MD5 ECeE 9KRDSRuurQPiw ascii string 5 SHA1 0e9e44502940294 fa788aafaac34ccb126347d34 hex digit string 6 SHA1 4e9e4454e9e4450294faccb126309ff4ccb 1200 hex digit string 7 SHA 9e44502949e4450294ccb12634e9e447d3489 hex digit string 8 SHA1 40294fa7894faccb 126502944 fac4e9e788aafaa hex digit string IOLAN SDS SCS STS MDC User s Guide Version 4 5 449 Troubleshooting the USB Modem Modem not connecting to the network This appendix provides some helpful troubleshooting tips for getting your USB modem to connect to your wireless network In most cases the IOLAN will be able to detect initialize and operate the USB modem automatically The pre requisites for successfully connecting your USB modem to your service provider s network are an installed Perle USB option card that is configured with the service provider s APN phone number normally 99 optional username password and PIN SIM lock code Refer to Configuring a USB Modem After configuring the USB option card and USB modem settings you must save the configuration and either reboot the IOLAN or kill the PCI line service the last serial line service for the settings
432. scriptions aaennaennnnenn nn eneneeneeeenneeenn nna 241 Uu BEE 242 OT WW ee 242 PE 242 IKE Phase 1 PROPOR AS aeiia e ean 243 ESP Phase2 ee EE 243 Eege 243 e RE ee EE 243 Adding Editing the IPsec Tunnel 2 c0ccccceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteceeesananes 244 Shared Secret Field Description EEN 246 Remote Validation Criteria Field Descriptions cccceeeeeeeeeees 247 Table of Contents SEENEN 248 e Reie EE 248 Le 249 Field TS SS ee E 249 Adding Editing a VPN Exception ccccccscccceececeeccteneneeeneesenteeeeneeeees 250 Advanced WE 250 Field DSSCMBNGIN ME 250 HITE TUNNEN Orina EE 251 Functionality aeeeeee ee ener eee nee nee nee eE eE ee eee eih eee 251 Adding Editing the HTTP Tunnel sseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenees 251 Field Descriptions ssiri neeaaea a aree 251 Configuring HTTP Tunnel sssssssesnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnennnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nnna 252 Field Description S eesosa ea ea ear EE Ot 252 Configuring HTTP Tunnel Proxy cccceecccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesseeneeneeeeeeeees 253 Field DESCHBNGNS xiccicmeitnecauusavade E E 253 Configuring HTTP Tunnel Proxy Advance d cccceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 254 Field SSC PONS E 254 Configuring HTTP Tunnel Destination 0 0 0 cccccccceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 254 Field Descriptions ssc aisesisiei aa i E 255 SERA 257 EEN 257 Ekel 257 Field Deserteur ee 257 Keys and COT ME 259 Chapter 10 Configuring I O Interfac
433. seconds Dial Retry 2 Modem v Phone Configure the following parameters Signals high when Enable Message of the Day MOTD Enable TCP Keepalive This option has the following impact based on the state of the TruePort connection TruePort Lite Mode When enabled the EIA 232 signals remain active before during and after the TruePort connection is established When disabled the EIA 232 signals remain inactive during and after the Trueport connection is established e TruePort Full Mode When enabled the EIA 232 signals remain active before and after the TruePort connection and the TruePort client will control the state of the signals during the established TruePort connection When disabled the EIA 232 signals remain inactive before and after the TruePort connection and the TruePort client will control the state of the signals during the established TruePort connection Default Enabled Enables disables the display of the message of the day Default Disabled Enables a per connection TCP keepalive feature After the configured number of seconds the connection will send a gratuitous ACK to the network peer thus either ensuring the connection stays active OR causing a dropped connection condition to be recognized This parameter needs to be used in conjunction with Monitor Connection Status Interval parameter found in the Serial Advanced Advanced Settings tab The interval specifies the inactivity period be
434. seeeseeeeeeneesneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 362 PROS E E 363 VPN Client to Network ssssssannnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 365 Configuring HTTP Tunnels ebe 366 Se rial t Serial assesses cndacssisseteresencnnerewewcactvenccetecaverrtocsteeceenceeretanaae aetecede 366 Serial to HOST acess cae eect aana eree aaa Ea Haaa aaa AENA EEEE EENE 368 Hostato Eeer eeEEEeseeeeee eege 370 T nnel Relay sees cesar dre tete etches gnaoi esanean daadaa iniaa 373 Appendix A RADIUS and TACACS RRE 377 Introduction E 377 RADIUS eieren e ee EaR EEEa REE 377 Supported RADIUS Parameters cccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 377 Accounting E E 381 20 Table of Contents Mapped RADIUS Parameters to IOLAN Parameters seess 382 Perle RADIUS Dictionary Example ccccccccseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneneeeeeeeeeees 384 WR EE AA Oa 386 Accessing the IOLAN Through a Serial Port Users RER 386 Accessing the IOLAN Through a Serial Port User Example Settings388 Accessing the IOLAN from the Network Users en 389 Accessing the IOLAN from the Network User Example Settings 390 Appendix B SSL TLS Ciphers sccceeeseeeeeeeeeeneees 391 rtl 391 Valid SSL TLS Ciphers ccc scsi cece cesenenscceeceeuaciccniccsianetapbecess 391 Appendix C Virtual Modem AT Commands 393 Virtual Modem Initialization Commands bk 393 Appendix D Pinouts and Cabling Diagrams 395 Serial PIN
435. set to 2 Settings when Perle User Service is set to 3 Settings when Perle User Service is set to 4 Settings when Perle User Service is set to 5 Settings when Perle User Service is set to 6 RADIUS and TACACS 387 TACACS Accessing the IOLAN Through a Serial Port User Example Settings The following example shows the parameters that can be set for users who are accessing the IOLAN from the serial side These settings should be included in the TACACS user configuration file Service EXEC priv lvl x 12 15 8 11 4 7 Admin Normal Restricted Menu ae Ee Sk tk x mx timeout x x session timeout in seconds idletime x Idle timeout in seconds x Il Telnet Rlogin TCP Clear SLIP PPP SSH 6 SSL_RAW f not specified command prompt Perle User Service x ll DG GH CO Depending on what Perle User Service is set to service telnet addr X x x x ipv4 or ipv6 addr port tcp port ll x service rlogin addr x x x x ipv4 or ipv6 addr service tcp_clear addr X x x x ipv4 or ipv6 addr port x tcp port service slip routing x x true Send and Listen x false None addr X x x x ipv4 addr RADIUS and TACACS 388 TACACS service ppp routing x x true Send and Listen x false None addr X x x x ipv4 or ipv6 addr pep vj slot compres
436. sh v gene a Cipher Opts AES e ES Cipher Opt4 CAST Mi None v Cipher Opt5 Arcfour v Authentication Keyboard RSA BE Interactive Configure the following parameters Enable Compression Auto Logon Name Password Host HTTP Tunnel SSH 1 enable SSH1 Cipher SSH 2 enable SSH2 Cipher Enables compression of all data Compression of data is desirable on slow connections however on faster networks compression will degrade overall data transmission rates Default Disabled When checked the IOLAN will automatically log into the SFTP server using the Name field If Keyboard Interactive is checked the IOLAN will also send the configured Password field Default Disabled Enter the user name that will be used to automatically log into the SFTP server Enter the password that will be used to automatcially log in the SFTP server Select the host entry from the IOLANs host table which corresponds to the SFTP server Select the HTTP tunnel to be used for this traffic Enable to negotiation of the SSH1 protocol Select the encryption cipher to be used if the SSH1 protocol is used Valid options are 3DES or Blowfish Enable to negotiation of the SSH2 protocol Select the encryption cipher s to be used if the SSH2 protocol is used You can provide up to five values in order of preference Valid options are 3DES Blowfish AES CAST and Arcfour 331 Management Authent
437. signer of the remote X 509 certificate has not already been included in the CA list file that has already been downloaded to the IOLAN you need to add append the signer of the X 509 certificate to the CA list file and then download the file to the IOLAN by selecting Tools Advanced Keys and Certificates In the Keys and Certificates window select Download SSL TLS CA and the file name and click OK Note that this file must be a concatenation of all certificate signers required for any SSL TLS LDAP SSH and or IPsec connections 4 Enable the IPsec service found in Security Services Host to Host The following example shows how to configure two IOLANs to work as VPN gateways for a host to host IPsec tunnel NAT Traversal NAT_T is enabled in this example on both sides because the VPN tunnel is going private network to public network to private network In this example both of the IOLAN VPN gateways have a DHCP assigned IP address Left External IP Address External IP Address Right IOLAN VPN 196 15 23 56 199 24 23 88 IOLAN VPN Gateway DHCP assigned IP en Unencrypted Data 172 16 45 99 IPsec Tunnel Encrypted Data Gateway Router DHCP assigned IP Ro 192 168 45 99 Unencrypted Data 172 16 45 23 1 The following window configures the Left IOLAN VPN Gateway IPsec Tunnel IPsec Tunnel Name Let Authentication Method Shared Secret Secret anes Local Device IOLAN Lett O Right Lo
438. sion x x true or false callback dialstring x x number to callback on service ssh addr x x x x ipv4 or ipv6 addr port x tcp port service ssl raw addr X x x x ipv4 or ipv6 addr port x tcp port Accessing the IOLAN from the Network Users This section describes the attributes which will be accepted by the IOLAN from a TACACS server in response to an authentication request for Reverse Users The TACACS service needs to be set to EXEC raccess or just raccess on the well known port Name Value s Description priv lvl 12 15 Admin The IOLAN privilege level 8 11 Normal 4 7 Restricted 0 3 Menu Perle _Line_Access_ port number For the specified line provides the User s 0 Disabled Line Access rights 1 ReadWrite 2 ReadInput 3 ReadInputWrite 4 ReadOuptut 5 ReadOutputWrite 6 ReadOutputInput 7 ReadOuputWrite timeout 0 4294967 Session timeout in seconds idletime 0 4294967 Idle timeout in seconds Perle Clustered Port Access 0 Disabled Control access to clustered ports 1 Enabled RADIUS and TACACS 389 TACACS Accessing the IOLAN from the Network User Example Settings The following example shows the parameters that can be set for users who are accessing the IOLAN from the Ethernet side These settings should be included in the TACACS user configuration file Settings for telnet SSH access service raccess
439. slave entry you need to click the Edit button to configure the individual serial port settings Clustering Slave Settings Server Name accounting IP ddress 1 1 1 1 Port Name Slave Port Master Port Protocol port 1 1 1 1 10001 Telnet If you click the Retrieve Port Names button the DeviceManager will connect to the clustering slave IOLAN and download all the serial port names you can change the names and other settings when you click the Edit button Editing Clustering Slave Settings Change the individual serial port settings Slave Port Settings window Slave Port Settings Port 1 Port Name Slave TCP Pot 10001 Master TCP Port 1024 Protocol Telnet OK Cancel Configure the following parameters Port Name Specify a name for the port Default A combination of the port number the symbol and the IP address for example port1 172 22 23 101 307 Clustering Slave List Slave TCP Port Specify the TCP Port number configured on the Slave IOLAN that is associated to the port number you are configuring Range 1 99999 Master TCP Port Specify the TCP port number you want to map to the Slave IOLAN TCP Port User s will use this TCP port number to access the Slave IOLAN s port Default 1024 and then increments by one for each new slave entry Protocol Specify the protocol that will be used to access the port Data Options SSH Telnet Default Telnet 308 Configuring the Option
440. ster will be referred to as Slave IOLANs Users can also access slave serial ports using EasyPort Web EasyPort Web is automatically launched when a user types in the IP address of the Master IOLAN in a web browser If the user has Admin privileges the WebManager will first be displayed with an option to proceed to EasyPort Web The Clustering Slave List window displays the slave IOLAN entries and the number of ports on those slave IOLANs Clustering Slave List Name IP Address of Ports The following buttons are available Add Button Click this button to display a window to configure and add a new Slave IOLAN s configuration to the clustering group See Adding Clustering Slaves on page 306 for more information Delete Button Select a Slave IOLAN and click this button to delete it from the clustering group Advanced Button Select a Slave IOLAN and click this button to configure the individual Slave IOLAN s serial ports See Advanced Clustering Slave Options on page 307 for more information IOLAN SDS SCS STS MDC User s Guide Version 4 5 305 Clustering Slave List Adding Clustering Slaves Overview When you add a clustering slave IOLAN entry you are adding the IOLAN that users will access through this master IOLAN Field Descriptions New Clustering Slave Server Name IP Address Number of Potts 1 Starting Slave TCP Port 10001 Starting Master TCP Port 1024 Protocol Telnet Cancel Con
441. t 256 Determines the routing mode RIP Routing Information Protocol used on the SLIP interface as one of the following options e None Disables RIP over the SLIP interface Send Sends RIP over the SLIP interface e Listen Listens for RIP over the SLIP interface e Send and Listen Sends RIP and listens for RIP over the SLIP interface This is the same function as the Framed Routing attribute for RADIUS authenticated users Default None When enabled Van Jacobson compression is used on this link When enabled C SLIP or compressed SLIP is used When disabled plain SLIP is used C SLIP greatly improves the performance of interactive traffic such as Telnet or Rlogin If your user is authenticated by the IOLAN this VJ compression value will be overridden if you have set a Framed Compression value for a user If your user is authenticated by RADIUS and the RADIUS parameter Framed Compression is set in the RADIUS file the IOLAN will use the value in the RADIUS file in preference to the value configured here Default Enabled 201 Serial Port Profiles Session Strings Direct Connect Dial In Dial Out Dial In Out Dial Timeout Dial Retry Modem Phone Controls the sending of ASCII strings to serial device at session start as follows Send at Start H configured this string will be sent to the serial device on power up of the IOLAN or when a kill line command is issued on this serial port
442. t Enabled Syslog Client Syslog client process in the IOLAN Default Enabled Modbus Modbus daemon process in the IOLAN listening on port 502 Default Enabled SNMP SNMP daemon process in the IOLAN listening on UDP port 161 and sending traps on UDP port 162 Default Enabled 257 Services DeviceManager WebManager HTTP WebManager HTTPS SSH Server NTP SNTP Client Dynamic Routing RIP IPsec Allow Ping Responses DeviceManager daemon process in the IOLAN If you disable this service you will not be able to connect to the IOLAN with the DeviceManager application The DeviceManager listens on port 33812 and sends on port 33813 Default Enabled WebManager daemon process in the IOLAN listening on port 80 Default Enabled Secure WebManager daemon process in the IOLAN listening on port 443 Default Enabled If you are using the WebManager in secure mode HTTPS you need to download the SSL TLS private key and certificate to the IOLAN You also need to set the SSL Passphrase parameter with the same password that was used to generate the key See Keys and Certificates for more information SSH daemon process in the IOLAN listening on TCP port 22 Default Enabled Simple Network Time Protocol client process in the IOLAN NTP SNTP client listens on UDP port 123 Default Enabled Dynamic Routing daemon process in the IOLAN listening on port 520 521 Default Enabled IPsec daemon process in th
443. t If the user is connected to the IOLAN itself then a port number of 0 is sent Indicates the service to use to connect the user to the IOLAN A value of 6 indicates administrative access to the IOLAN Supported values are e 1 Login e 3 Callback Login Equivalent to the IOLAN User Service set by Type 15 Login Service 2 Framed 4 Callback Framed Equivalent to the IOLAN User Service set by Type 7 Framed Protocol 7 NAS prompt 9 Callback NAS prompt Equivalent to IOLAN User Service DSPrompt e 6 Administrative User e 11 Callback Administrative User Equivalent to IOLAN User Service DSPrompt and the User gets Admin privileges For LOGIN and CALLBACK service types the IPv4 address of the login host is sent to the radius accounting host For reverse telnet and reverse ssh the IP address of the client will be sent All other server type do not send this field If the identifier is configured then this field will be sent Indicates if this is the beginning or end of a session Supported values are 1 Start 2 Stop Number of bytes which were received from the user during this session Number of bytes where were transmitted to the user during this session A string which identifies the session The same string must be used in the start and stop messages Indicates how the user was authenticated Supported values are 1 Local 2 RADIUS RADIUS and TACACS 381 RADIUS Type Name Description
444. t RJ45 only this model is a medical unit compliant with IEC IOLAN SDS SCS STS MDC User s Guide Version 4 5 27 IOLAN Features IOLAN Features 60601 1 and has galvanically isolated EIA 232 serial ports The MDC model has the advanced secure IOLAN feature set in addition to the general IOLAN functionality e HL Offered as a 4 port unit RJ45 only this model is a Hazard Location model The SDS HL model is suitable for use in Class I Divison 2 groups A B C D or unclassified locations NOTE In order to comply with the ATEX directive the IOLAN SDS4 HL must be installed in an ATEX certified IP54 min enclosure and the IOLAN SDS4 HL must be installed so that the unit s labelling is visible e See Hardware for information about the hardware specifications for your IOLAN model See Software for a list of the basic and advanced software features The IOLAN is a communications server used for making serial network connections It attaches to your TCP IP network and allows serial devices such as modems terminals or printers to access the LAN It also allows LAN devices to access devices or equipment attached to IOLAN serial ports This section highlights the hardware and software components you can expect to find in your IOLAN model Hardware Hardware Features IOLAN Models Desktop Rack Mount Medical lunit E wt Q Se A S A z cl vi N N nN nN N N N N N N Qa Ala E 2 12 lA
445. t 93 a Lal EE 94 MVNO eebe 94 Field Hee 94 Adding Editing a Custom IPv6 Address AAA 96 Advanced WE 97 COVER VICW eegener ed 97 Field TSS ii OI cei cccer eeoa r EEEE OEE EAEE 97 AVIN CE DE 100 Host Table Ee 100 CV OWN esa i E E REAR T R E 100 e Heel EE 100 Field Descriptions eee neem ie eE E E E EREE EEEE 100 ee ME ER nenna 101 Ro t EASE ticcas ahsausecmeata e a a a aaa AEA neato 102 EEN 102 e Tele E 102 Field DG SC ri ONS ossitats 102 Adding Editing Fouteg 2 es testureteueteneueaegegegetee Eege geed 103 BON SVN FE 104 RN cease ite a e a A a a Aaa e ai 104 DEET 104 Field Description Seriosa e E E 104 Editing Adding DNS WINS Genverg 105 a A tba base EE E E E E E E EE 105 EE 105 MMI LG TAM cs ops rE EEEE E aE EE 105 Field SSC E 106 AA ten TE 107 OVE VIC W Eet 107 F nctionalty og tans ot ese firearm Ramet bces eda naeecaeesdesai da dsacedeeteaniacieadaatan 107 e Ree e E 107 Account le te E 108 Cipher Suite Field Descriptions ccccceeecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 109 Adding Editing a ele 110 Validation Criteria Field Descriptions sssaeenannnnnennnneneeneeeeeenneeen nn 111 IPv6 Tree 112 Table of Contents VEN VICW eenegen 112 e Re E 112 Adding Editing an IPv6 Tunnel ccccceeeeeececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenennnnees 113 Chapter 7 Configuring Serial Ports ccccsseeeeseeeees 114 ee dr eesis aaka iea 114 Seral PONS i T E A 114 EEN 114 Functionality risorsi deen DEE ee 114 Edi
446. t Cycle Rebooting the IOLAN takes a long time If you are not using DHCP BOOTP disable this within the Server Services otherwise the IOLAN waits to timeout for a request to DHCP BOOTP Troubleshooting 441 SSL TLS SSL TLS If you are experiencing problems obtaining a successful SSL TLS connection you can set your Syslog Level to Notice and view the syslog for the following messages Line not SSL enabled Abort connection when a user who is configured for Service SSL_RAW tries to login on the serial port The user has been configured for an SSL_RAW connection but the line has not been configured to enable SSL To resolve this either enable the line for SSL or change the user s Service to TCP_CLEAR if SSL is not wanted Could not obtain peer s certificate e User has selected a cipher key exchange of ADH anonymous Diffie Hellman and enabled Peer verification ADH does not use certificates so they will not be sent in an SSL TLS handshake Disable Peer Verification or change to a cipher suite that uses certificates e User has selected Peer Verification on the configured SSL TLS server and has not configured a certificate for the client Either disable peer verification on the SSL TLS server or configure a certificate for the SSL TLS client SSL_accept failed on the SSL TLS server device e The device has failed to accept an SSL TLS connection on top of a TCP connection that has just been established This could indicate th
447. t by text strings to the connected device Default Disabled String that is sent to the serial device when a connection succeeds Default CONNECT lt speed gt for example CONNECT 9600 String that is sent to the serial device when a connection fails Default NO CARRIER When enabled the connection status is sent to the connected device using the following numeric codes 00K 1 CONNECTED 2 RING 3 NO CARRIER 4 ERROR 6 ITERFACE DOWN 7 CONNECTION REFUSED 8 NO LISTENER Default Enabled 173 Serial Port Profiles Advanced Tab Field Descriptions General Advanced Hardware Email Alert Packet Forwarding SSL TLS Advanced Virtual Modem Settings Modem Setup Echo characters in command mode Hardware Signal Assignment DCD Signal DTR Signal RTS Signal AwaysOn AwaysOn Aways On On when host connection QOActsasDCD Ads as DCD O aivt O Acts as RI O Acts as RI Additional modem initialization Virtual Modem Features C Enable Message of the Day MOTD J Enable TCP Keepalive AT Command WS Reapers Delay 250 milliseconds Session Strings Send at Statt Delay after Send 10 milliseconds Configure the following parameters Echo characters in When enabled echoes back characters that are typed in equivalent to command mode ATEO ATE1 commands Default Disabled DTR Signal Always Specify this option to make the DTR signal always act as a DTR signal On Default Enabled DTR Si
448. t if there is no information on the internet pertaining to your USB modem When searching the internet look for usb_modeswitch VVVV pppp vvvv is the vendor Id and pppp is the product Id from output above Output Manufacturer manufacturer name Product product name Vendor id id Stor Prod Id id In database No Failed to initialize USB modem Device configuration not found in our list of supported USB modems Please try another USB modem device or contact Perle customer support with the device information above Action The information for this USB modem is not in our database This could be due to the fact that this is a new model introduced after this version of software was issued Try a different USB modem or search the internet linux community for a usb_modeswitch configuration file for that vendor and product id Contact Perle support if there is no information on the internet pertaining to your USB modem When searching the internet look for usb_modeswitch vvvv pppp vvvv is the vendor Id and pppp is the product Id from output above Output Manufacturer manufacturer name Product product name Vendor id id Modem Prod Id id USB modem appears to be functioning normally If connection problems persist please review your USB modem configuration APN PIN PHONE Ai Action As far as the driver can tell the USB modem is functioning correctly At this point if you are not able to establish a connection
449. t number that the slave is connected to e master_uid is the UID that the TCP Modbus Master uses e slave_uid is the UID that the Modbus slave uses Line format for UID ranges is port master_start master_end slave_start slave_end e port is the IOLAN port number that the slave is connected to master_start is the first master UID in the range master_end is the last master UID in the range slave_ start is the first slave UID in the range slave_end is the last slave UID in the range Configuring the Modbus UID Translation Feature 1 On the serial port Modbus Gateway configure Modbus slave Configuration parameters such as UID range and UID Address Mode will be ignored in this mode of operation IOLAN SDS SCS STS MDC User s Guide Version 4 5 447 Configuring the Modbus UID Translation Feature 2 Down load the modbus_remap file that you created to the IOLAN using e Device Manager use tools advanced custom files dialog download other file e Web Manager use administration custom files page other file e CLI use the command netload customapp file command Modbus Remapping 448 Symmetric Key File Symmetric Key File This section defines the layout of the NTP SNTP Symmetric Key file that must be downloaded to the IOLAN in order to use NTP SNTP server authentication feature Each line of the NTP SNTP symmetric key file consists of three fields a key ID in the range 1 to 65 534 inclusive a key type and a mes
450. t tool WebManager a web browser HTTP HTTPS option for configuring managing the IOLAN Menu a window oriented menu interface for configuration and user access CLI a Command Line Interface option for configuration management and user access SNMP allowing remote configuration via SNMP as well as statistics gathering DHCP BOOTP a method of automatically updating the IOLAN IOLAN interface for IOLAN users IOLAN models with 16 ports or fewer can be configured using the IOLAN menu General Features Basic IOLAN software features are available on all IOLAN models IPv6 support Support for TCP IP and UDP protocols including telnet and raw connections Printer support via LPD and RCP Virtual modem emulation Introduction 29 IOLAN Features Security Fixed tty support for several operating systems using Perle s TruePort utility DHCP BOOTP for automated network based setup Dynamic statistics and line status information for fast problem diagnosis Multisession support when accessing the IOLAN from either the serial port or the network Modbus master slave gateway support An SDK for custom programs and plugin support T O interface on the IOLAN I O models Analog Temperature Digital and Relay Ability to disable services for example Telnet TruePort Syslog SNMP Modbus HTTP for additional security e Ability to enable Ping responses Advanced Features Advanced IOLAN software features can be found on
451. te itself with a username and a response based on a hash of the secret password A timer operates during which successful authentication must take place If the timer expires before the remote end has been authenticated successfully the link will be terminated MD5 CHAP and Microsoft MS CHAPv1 MS CHAPv 2 are supported The IOLAN will attempt MS CHAPv2 with MPPC compression but will negotiate to the variation of CHAP compression and encryption that the remote peer wants to use Default CHAP 194 Serial Port Profiles User Password Remote User Complete this field only if you have specified PAP or CHAP security protocols in the Authentication field and you wish to dedicate this line to a single remote user who will be authenticated by the IOLAN or e you are using the IOLAN as a router back to back with another IOLAN When Connect is set to Dial Out or both Dial In Dial Out are enabled the User is the name the remote device will use to authenticate a port on this IOLAN The remote device will only authenticate your IOLAN s port when PAP or CHAP are operating You can enter a maximum of sixteen alphanumeric characters for example tracy201 When connecting together two networks enter a dummy user name for example DS_HQ Note If you want a reasonable level of security the user name and password should not be similar to a user name or password used regularly to login to the IOLAN External authentication can not be us
452. temperature or I O model you will see two console switches Console Serial Switch 1 is used to determine the console serial setting for Port 1 and the Console Serial Switch 2 is not used e Reset The inset RESET button will reboot all IOLAN desktop and rack mount models if pushed in and released quickly It will reset the IOLAN to factory defaults if pushed in and held for more than three seconds The RESET button is not available on medical unit models You can learn more about the Reset button in Resetting the IOLAN to the Default Configuration e Serial Activity All IOLAN models except medical unit models have an LED that blinks for serial activity e Tx Blinks with transmit serial activity There is a Tx LED for each serial port e Rx Blinks with receive serial activity There is an Rx LED for each serial port e KEthernet The Ethernet connector SCS and SDS8 16 32C models have dual Ethernet This section describes the components found on the IOLAN 1 port models Console Serial Switch Reset External Power Supply Ethernet Power Ready Link 10 100 Activity LAN Serial Activity Hardware and Connectivity 37 Getting to Know Your IOLAN The 1 port IOLAN has one serial connection that is one of the following connectors DB25 male DB25 female RJ45 or DB9 male 2 Port This section describes the components found on the IOLAN 2 port models Console Serial Switch Reset External Power Supply P
453. tename User name Password Device type Service type N A Inactivity N A Phone number Login script N A Service type e Inactivity e Login script e When you select access Remote site devices the following fields are not available on the Remote Site Device Screen Administrator REMOTE SITE DEVICES SCREEN REMOTE ADMIN Type IP Addresses Src Addr N A Dst Addr N A Modem Config H Dial Comm N A Hang Up N A PPP Configuration Dialer Configuration Restart timer 3 Dial Timeout 45 Max Retries 10 Dial Retries 2 Inactivity 0 IP Address Sre Address IP Address Dst Address Modem Dial Comm Modem Hang Up Configuration Methods 73 IOLAN Interface When you select server the following fields are not available on the Server Configuration menu Administrator SERVER CONFIGURATION REMOTE ADMIN Name wchiewsds2 Debug mode N A IP address 172 16 22 7 H Subnet mask 255 255 0 0 Ethernet address 00 80 d4 88 88 88 Ethernet speed AUTO H Language English Identification Lock Disabled Password limit 3 CR to initiate N A SNAP encoding N A Boot host Boot diagnostics N A Boot file Init file MOTD file Domain name H Name server H NS Port N A WINS server H e Debug mode e CR to initiate e SNAP encoding e Boot diagnostics e NS Port A new parameter was added Interface to the to Port Setup Menu to specify
454. the Alarm Settings button to specify the trigger and clear levels for the alarms Notice that the Analog Alarm Settings window has two alarm configuration views a basic alarm view and an advanced alarm view See Alarm Settings for field descriptions 285 Channels Alarm Settings Analog and Temperature input models support an Alarm mechanism in which you can specify up to five severity levels of alarm triggers and clear levels the alarm triggers clear levels can activate in either increasing or decreasing severity levels Each time an alarm is triggered or cleared you can specify any combination of the following to be initiated e An SNMP trap Anemail message e A message to syslog Basic Analog Alarm Settings The basic Analog Alarm Settings window allows you to configure one severity alarm whereas the advanced window allows you to configure up to five severity alarm levels Analog Alarm Settings Basic Settings Ll Trigger alarm when input value is Alarm Actions Configure the following parameters Trigger alarm when Specify the value that will trigger an alarm the measurement is based on the input value is Type and Range that you specify This value must not fall within the scope of the value used to clear an alarm Clear alarm when Specify that value that will clear an alarm the measurement is based on the input value is Type and Range that you specify This value must not fall within the scope of the v
455. the IOLAN you can disable the Telnet Server service therefore disabling daemons can also be used as an added security method for accessing the IOLAN By default all daemon and client applications are enabled except IPsec and running on the IOLAN Field Descriptions Network services that can be enabled disabled to enhanced network security Network Services V Telnet Server listening on TCP port 23 V TruePort Full Mode listening on UDP port 668 VJ Syslog Client sends on UDP port 514 V Modbus default listening on UDP TCP port 502 V SNMP listening on UDP port 161 and sending traps on UDP port 162 v DeviceManager listening on UDP port 33812 and sending on UDP port 33813 v WebManager HTTP listening on TCP port 80 v WebManager HTTPS listening on TCP port 443 v v v SSH Server listening on TCP port 22 NTP SNTP Client listening on UDP port 123 Dynamic Routing RIP listening on UDP port 520 521 IPsec listening and sending on UDP port 500 Network Filtering v Allow Ping Responses Enable disable the following options Telnet Server Telnet daemon process in the IOLAN listening on TCP port 23 Default Enabled TruePort Full The TruePort daemon process in the IOLAN that supports TruePort Full Mode Mode on UDP port 668 You can still communicate with the IOLAN in Lite Mode when this service is disabled Defaul
456. the Tunnel Server The TCP port that the IOLAN will use to connect to the Tunnel Server Default 10000 serial port number so serial port 5 is 10005 Enables a per connection TCP keepalive feature After the configured number of seconds the connection will send a gratuitous ACK to the network peer thus either ensuring the connection stays active OR causing a dropped connection condition to be recognized This parameter needs to be used in conjunction with Monitor Connection Status Interval parameter found in the Serial Advanced Advanced Settings tab The interval specifies the inactivity period before testing the connection Default Disabled 170 Serial Port Profiles Advanced Tab Field Descriptions General Advanced Hardware Email Net Packet Forwarding SSL TLS Advanced Serial Tunneling Settings Break Lenath D milliseconds Delay After Break 0 milliseconds Session Strings Send at Start Send at End Delay ater Send 10 milseconds Configure the following parameters Break Length Delay After Break Session Strings When the IOLAN receives a command from its peer to issue a break signal this paramters defines the length of time the break condition will be asserted on the serial port Default 1000ms 1 second This parameter defines the delay between the termination of a a break condition and the time data will be sent out the serial port Default Oms no delay Controls
457. this key if you do not want to authenticate the peer device but you want the data encrypted on the SSL TLS connection Default Any 126 Serial Port Profiles HMAC Select the key hashing for message authentication method for your encryption type Data Options e Any e MD5 e SHAI Default Any Validation Criteria Field Descriptions If you choose to configure validation criteria the information in the peer SSL TLS certificate must match exactly the information configured in this window in order to pass peer authentication and create a valid SSL TLS connection SSL Validation Criteria CO Country CO State Province O Locality C Organization C Organization Unit C Common Name C Email Configure the following parameters Country State Province Locality Organization Organization Unit A country code for example US This field is case sensitive in order to successfully match the information in the peer SSL TLS certificate Data Options Two characters An entry for the state province for example IL This field is case sensitive in order to successfully match the information in the peer SSL TLS certificate Data Options Maximum 128 characters An entry for the location for example Chicago This field is case sensitive in order to successfully match the information in the peer SSL TLS certificate Data Options Maximum 128 characters An entry for the organization for e
458. tination Type Host O Network Default IP Address 204 16 25 72 We also need to create a Gateway entry using the same PPP IPv4 local IP address Any traffic that goes through the gateway will automatically cause PPP to dial out Gateway Host ppp_gw v Host Entry Host Name DD Om IP Address 195 16 20 23 Fully Qualified Domain Name resolved by DNS server Close Setting Up Printers The IOLAN can communicate with printers on its serial ports using LPD and RCP protocols as well as print handling software using TCP IP Remote Printing Using LPD When setting up a serial line that access a printer using LPD do the following 1 Set the serial port to Printer and configure the Speed Flow Control Stop Bits Parity and Bits parameters so that they match the printer s port settings Save your settings and restart the serial port Verify that LPD has been configured on the network host To configure LPD on the network host you need to know the name or IP address of the IOLAN and the print queue either raw_p lt port_number gt for a raw data connection or ascii_p lt portnumber gt for an ASCII character connection If you want to direct output to a hunt group omit the port number s For example raw_p or ascii_p You can optionally append dor E to the queue name to add a lt control d gt or lt form feed gt to the end of the print job 4 To execute a print job on a UNIX Linux system use the following sy
459. ting I O Channels Calibrate Calibrating Analog Input To calibrate an Analog input channel read the section that applies to the type of input you are calibrating Note that calibration will be done for the active channel configuration for example if Channel A1 is set to voltage you cannot calibrate it for current The voltage range configured for this channel will also dictate what is being calibrated For example if this channel is configured for a range of 10V calibrating this channel will calibrate all channels which are configured for 10V During the calibration process you will be asked to apply the minimum and maximum configured range value to the channel for example to calibrate for voltage 10V you will be prompted to first apply 10V and then 10V to the channel Also you cannot actively calibrate disabled channels although for Voltage if you enable the channel and then set it for a range that has already been calibrated for another channel it will also be calibrated 343 Calibrating I O Calibrating Voltage When calibrating the IOLAN Analog input for voltage you will need a calibration meter that is better than 1 volts precision When you calibrate one channel all voltage channels are automatically calibrated for that range if another channel is set for a different range you will need to calibrate that channel separately but all channels that use that range are also automatically calibrated Calib
460. ting from the serial port lt line name gt or SERIAL xx where xx starts at serial port 1 For reverse Telnet and SSH Ethernet sessions ETH REVSESS xx where xx is the serial port being accesses otherwise 00 for a ILOAN management session For Device manager sessions DEVMGR For HTTP sessions HTTP 95 NAS IPv6 Address Response The IPv6 address of the IOLAN 96 Framed Interface Id Response The remote IPv6 interface identifier for the remote end of the PPP link 98 Login IPv6 Host Response8 For LOGIN and CALLBACK service types the IPv4 address of the login host is sent to the radius accounting host 99 Framed IPv6 Route Response When the PPP IPv6 interface comes up the IOLAN will add routes to the user s PPP interface in the same order they were received RADIUS and TACACS 380 RADIUS Accounting Message This section describes the attributes which will be included by the IOLAN when sending an accounting message to the RADIUS server Type Name Description 1 4 5 14 31 32 40 42 43 44 45 User Name NAS IP Address NAS Port Service Type Login IP Host Calling Station Id NAS Identifier Acct Status Type Acct Input Octets Acct Output Octets Acct Session ID Acct Authentic The name of the user to be authenticated IP Address of IOLAN LAN interface If the user is connected to a physical port then the port number of the port is sen
461. tinga Seral EE 115 Copying a S ral E 116 EE n k 117 Serial P rt Profiles scesero E 117 Common RE nnmnnn ennnen nnmnnn nnan 117 EEN EE 117 Hardware Tab Field Descnptpons AAA 118 Email Alert Tab Field Descrptons 120 Packet Forwarding Tab Field Descriptions seeeeeeeeeeseeeeeerree 121 SSL TLS Settings Tab Field Descriptions ceeeeeeeereeeeees 124 Cipher Suite Field Descrptons EEN 125 Adding Editing a ele TT 126 Validation Criteria Field Descpotons 127 Console Management Profile ccceeetcceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseneneeeeeeeeeeees 129 COVER VICW eher 129 FUMING OTANI EE 129 General Tab Field Descriptions EE 129 Advanced Tab Field Descriptions AAA 130 Bg b gt cel e i LE 133 COVER VICW eenegen 133 EREM ore eee mere er eee tase eee PEN ee 133 General Tab Field Descrptons nnn nereenneennnnnnnn nnne 133 Adding Editing Additional TruePort Host 135 Adding Editing a Multihost Entry ccceeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 136 Advanced Tab Field Descriptions AAA 136 TCP Sockets Ge OUT 140 EE 140 FU CHOM ANY EE 140 General Tab RRE E 140 Adding Editing Additional Hosts eeeeeeeeeeeneennesenererrerereeesseseseeeee 142 Adding Editing a Multihost Entry ceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 142 Advanced Tab Field Descriptions AAA 144 Table of Contents UDP Sockets Profile ns seeker ees 146 MON eege 146 GG Dier el E 146 General Tab Field Descriptions EE 149 Adva
462. tion Host DSI 100 100 50 2 Add The following buttons are available Add Button Click the Add button to add an HTTP Tunnel Destination entry to the list 254 HTTP Tunneling Edit Button Delete Button Highlight an HTTP Tunnel Destination entry and click the Edit button to change the entry Highlight an HTTP Tunnel Destination entry and click the Delete button to remove the entry from the list Field Descriptions TTP Tunnel Destination Tune v Services Add New Services Predefined Destination Host O Same as Tunnel M Telnet SSH HTTP HTTPS Device Manager Local IP Alias Custom C Limit access to serially attached devices only Add Protocol Serv Local Local IP Destination Port Limit Access Configure the following parameters if host access via a tunnel is needed Each entry in the list box defines the application and port numbers an external client will use to access the destination host or application Tunnel Destination Add new Services Predefined Services Custom Services Local Port Select the HTTP tunnel to use for this connection The address of an external host on the peer IOLAN s LAN If the destination is a serial port on the Peer IOLAN or the peer IOLAN itself select Same as Tun nel Select either predefined services or custom services Select the service or services required For predefined services you must spec
463. tion Methods 56 DeviceManager DeviceManager Overview The DeviceManager is a Windows based application that can be used to connect to the IOLAN to actively manage and configure it or can create new IOLAN configurations offline See Chapter 5 Using DeviceManager and WebManager for information on configuring managing the IOLAN with DeviceManager Access Platforms Features The DeviceManager can be run from Microsoft Windows NT Windows 2000 Windows Vista Windows Server 2003 Windows 2003 R2 Windows 2008 Windows 2008 R2 Windows XP Windows 7 Windows 8 and Windows Server 2012 DeviceManager can be installed from the product CD ROM or downloaded from the Perle website Unless the IOLAN has already been configured with a Gateway DeviceManager can only access IOLANs in the local subnet The DeviceManager can be accessed by only the admin user DeviceManager supports the following features The ability to download the same configuration file to several IOLANs in one operation The ability to save a configuration file locally in text format in addition to the binary format The ability to create a configuration file without being connected to the IOLAN The ability to open a session to the IOLAN and download a saved configuration file to it The ability to download upload keys certificates to from the IOLAN The ability to download custom files such as new terminal definitions and a custom language files to the
464. to the IOLAN Using DHCP BOOTP eeeeeeeeeeees 66 USING DIC D OO A EE 66 DHCP BOOTP Parameters ccccccccsssssssssssssseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeaaeaaaeeseeees 67 See EEN 68 Klee 68 Access Platforms E 68 EE 68 Connecting to the IOLAN Using SNMP cccccccccseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeees 68 Using the SNMP MIB REENEN 69 ODE PAIN AU E 70 EE 70 Access Platforms EE 70 Connecting to the IOLAN to Use the IOLAN Interface une 70 Using the IOLAN Interface sssssssssssnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnna 70 Changes to the IOLAN Interface cccccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesneneeeeeeeeeeeees 71 Chapter A Getting Started ccccssceeeeesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 75 givers 0 lo to EE 75 Table of Contents Easy Configuration Wizard cccccceessceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 76 Setting Up the Network sisiicnccssnscacncdsnecdscnvcscedasnsncteeniecchsomonnnietees 77 Using DOViGGIM AINA E 77 Using WebManager 2 22 22cc0ss02ssentececscsctessenecnntiinnenencsnccacedanaseccuanceescesses 78 Using a Direct Serial Connection to Specify an IP Address 78 Using a Direct Serial Connection to Enable BOOTP DHOP 79 Using ARP Ping E 80 For an IPv6 NetWork cisco tte cdc cthencdcccdesieacicncice ten sncctceccerenenetdverws 80 Setting Up the Serial Port S cccccccseseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 81 Seting UP WS BES cipa ee 83 Chapter 5 Using DeviceMa
465. trol Overview The Serial Port Power Control window allows you to manage the power plugs that have been associated with the serial devices connected to the IOLAN Field Descriptions Serial Port Device Power Control Manage the serial port device that is being powered by a Remote Power Switch Serial Port Serial Port Name RPS HS pe On Off Cycle The following buttons are available On Button Turns the selected plug on Off Button Turns the selected plug off Cycle Button Turns the selected plug off and then on Power Plug Status Displays a window that provides the plug status for every plug associated with Button the serial port Power Plug Status This Power Plug Status window displays the status of all the plugs associated with a serial port Power Plug Status Serial Port 1 Serial Name My Power Bar Model RPS820 RPS Plug Plug Name Status Click OK to close this window 336 UO Channels UO Channels Overview When the DeviceManager is connected to an I O model IOLAN the I O Status Control option is available You can view the I O status and manually control such options as clearing alarms clearing minimum maximum values resetting the channel s and activating deactivating output 1 0 Channel Status 170 Channel Control Channel Type Description Value Minimum Maximum LatchedYalue Alarm Al Input thermocouple 99 79 89 38 242 43 Level 1 A2 Input Open 59 38 305 25 Level 0 A3 Input Ope
466. try a TLSv1 connection first If that fails it will try an SSLv3 connection If that fails it will try an SSLv2 connection e TLSv1 tThe connection will use only TLSv1 e SSLv3 The connection will use only SSLv3 Default Any SSL TLS Type Specify whether the IOLAN serial port will act as an SSL TLS client or server Default Client Cipher Suite Button Click this button to specify SSL TLS connection ciphers See Cipher Suite Field Descriptions for more information Validate Peer Enable this option when you want the Validation Criteria to match the Peer Certificate Certificate for authentication to pass If you enable this option you need to download an SSL TLS certificate authority CA list file to the IOLAN Default Disabled 124 Serial Port Profiles Validation Criteria Click this button to create peer certificate validation criteria that must be met Button for a valid SSL TLS connection See Validation Criteria Field Descriptions for more information Cipher Suite Field Descriptions The SSL TLS cipher suite is used to encrypt data between the IOLAN and the client You can specify up to five cipher groups Cipher Suite een Min Key Size Max Key Size Key Exchange HMAC Any 40 256 Any Any Delete OK Cancel The following buttons are available on this window Add Button Adds a cipher to the cipher list Edit Button Edits a cipher in the cipher list Delete Button Deletes a cipher from th
467. u update the IOLAN with the new language file new text strings will appear in English If you are already using a language translated from an earlier version you probably want to amend your translation When a language file is updated we will try to maintain the following convention 1 New text strings will be added to the bottom of the file not inserted into the body of the existing file 2 Existing text strings if altered will be altered in sequence that is in their current position in the file 3 The existing sequence of lines will be unchanged Until you have the changes translated new text strings will appear in the Menu or CLI in English 348 Downloading Terminal Definitions Downloading Terminal Definitions All terminal types can be used on the IOLAN Some terminal types which are not already defined in the IOLAN however are unable to use Full Screen mode menus and may not be able to page through sessions properly When installed the IOLAN has several defined terminal types Dumb WYSE60 VT100 ANSI TVI925 IBM3151 VT320 7 and HP700 44 If you are not using or cannot emulate any of these terminal types you can add up to three additional terminal definitions to the IOLAN The terminal definitions can be downloaded from a TCP IP host To download terminal definitions follow these steps 1 2 3 Decide which TCP IP host you are going to use It must be a machine with enabled Configure SFTP
468. ult Disabled Specifies the End of Frame character which defines when the frame is ready to be transmitted The actual transmission of the frame is based on the Trigger Forwarding Rule Range hexadecimal 0 FF Default 0 When enabled creates a sequence of characters that must be received to define the end of the frame if the EOF1 character is not immediately followed by the EOF character the IOLAN waits for another EOFT character to start the EOF1 EOF2 character sequence which defines when the frame is ready to be transmitted The actual transmission of the frame is based on the Trigger Forwarding Rule Range hexadecimal 0 FF Default 0 Determines what is included in the Frame based on the EOF1 or EOF1 EOF2 or Packet based on Trigger or Trigger1 Trigger2 Choose one of the following options e Strip Trigger Strips out the EOFT EOF1 EOF2 Trigger1 or Trigger Trigger2 depending on your settings e Trigger lIncludes the EOF1 EOF1 EOF2 Trigger1 or Trigger Trigger2 depending on your settings e Trigger 1 Includes the EOF1 EOF1 EOF2 Trigger1 or Trigger Trigger2 depending on your settings plus the first byte that follows the trigger e Trigger 2 Includes the EOF1 EOF1 EOF2 Trigger1 or Trigger Trigger2 depending on your settings plus the next two bytes received after the trigger Default Trigger 123 Serial Port Profiles SSL TLS Settings Tab Field Descriptions You can create an enc
469. unication Device Class Abstract Control Model interface dev ttyACMx device node and the USB Serial Converter support for generic GSM and CDMA modems interface dev ttyUSBx device node The IOLAN attempts to initialize the USB modem assuming the CDC ACM type device and after 30 seconds and multiple retries it will try to initialize using the USB serial converter generic GSM CDMA method This latter method requires a USB communication utility called usb_modeswitch that has a database of USB modems of this class Should you have a USB modem that is not in our database but is available by way of the linux internet community please follow instruction below on how to download the file to the IOLAN or contact Perle support for assistance There are also USB modems that require that a different device node be used other than the default dev ttyUSBO device nodes If after validating your USB modem configuration you still do not have wireless connectivity you may need to search through the Linux community using your USB modem s vendor id and product id to determine if an override for the device node is required The usb modem status command will output the information you need to do the search for connectivity issues in the linux community To override the default device name please use the following command usb create modem file devname ttyUSBn where n is an interface number between 4 Should you find it necessary to remove the
470. upply Specifications highest voltage at some point in which case the unit will switch to it No power loss will occur during a switch over DC Power Requirements HV and DHV models The IOLAN can be powered via a DC source The following are the ranges for the DC voltage supported by the unit Minimum 88 VDC Nominal 125 250 VDC Maximum 300 VDC The DC supply s should have adequate over current protection within the closed rack system and comply with local or national standards applicable to the installation territory You need wire gauge 14 to 18AWG to connect the IOLAN rack mount unit to the power source LDC models The IOLAN can be powered via a DC source The following are the ranges for the DC voltage supported by the unit Minimum 18 VDC Nominal 24 60 VDC Maximum 72 VDC You need wire gauge 12 to 18AWG to connect the IOLAN rack mount unit to the power source AC Power Requirements HV and DHV models The IOLAN can be powered via an AC source The following are the ranges for the AC voltage supported by the unit Minimum 85 VAC Nominal 100 240 VAC Maximum 265 VAC You need wire gauge 14 to 18AWG to connect the IOLAN rack mount unit to the power source TELCO NEBS Models LDC models The IOLAN can be powered via a DC source The following are the ranges for the DC voltage supported by the unit Minimum 18 VDC Nominal 24 60 VDC Maximum 72 VDC The Battery Return input terminals of the IOLAN can support eithe
471. ured for the Remote Access PPP or Remote Access SLIP profiles Default Ethernet 1 113 Introduction The Serial section is used to configure the serial ports on your IOLAN The following configuration windows are available e Serial Ports Configures the type of connection that the serial port is being used for This is accomplished by selecting a connection profile and then configuring the applicable parameters for that profile See Serial Ports for more information e Port Buffering Configures serial port data buffering preferences See Port Buffering for more information e Advanced Configures those parameters that are applicable to specific Configuring Serial Ports E Security 3 Authentication SSH SSL TLS E VPN HTTP Tunnel 2 Services Clustering B Option Card 6 System environments You will find modem and TruePort configuration options in addition to others here See Advanced for more information Serial Ports Overview Each IOLAN serial port can be connected to serial device Each serial port can then be configured according to a serial port profile that coincides with the serial device attached to that serial port and how the serial device is accessed used Functionality When you select the Serial Ports navigation option you will see a list with the number of serial ports on your IOLAN As you configure the serial ports the information for ea
472. uring HTTP Tunnels Configure the serial port on IOLAN 2 as follows Serial Port 1 Settings Profile TCP Sockets Change Profile Use TCP Sockets gt General Advanced Hardware Email Alert Packet Forwarding SSL TLS i Select connect to TCP Socket Settings Listen for connection Select the IP host from host table Connect to Hostname P beg zl TCP Port 20001 Match TCP port num HTTP Tunnel tunnel1 v a D ber IP host is listening Connect to Multiple Hosts e on Initiate Connection Automatically O When any data is received O When is reosived Configure connection C Send Name On Connect to use tunnell emt Connections in Both Directions When IOLAN 1 boots it will establish an HTTP tunnel to IOLAN 2 IOLAN 2 will initiate a connection between the serial device and the IP host The connection will use the destination TCP port 20001 The setup for HTTP Tunnel Host to Serial is now complete Host to Host The following example will demonstrate how to setup an IP Host 10 10 100 2 to an IP Host 100 10 50 60 connection via an HTTP tunnel In this example the hosts are doing a TFTP transfer which uses the UDP protocol Because IOLAN 1 is behind the firewall it will need to initiate the tunnel connection to IOLAN 2 For more HTTP tunneling configuration parameters see HTTP Tunneling 370 Configuring HTTP Tunnels
473. urns latched status MB REG DI_SENSOR_ALARM_STATE Indication if input is in alarm state 1 is In Alarm state 0 is Not in Alarm state A write of any value clears the alarm state MB_REG DO SENSOR Status of Digital output 1 is Active 0 is Inactive If Invert Signal is configured on 0 is Active 1 is Inactive This section contains descriptions of I O holding registers MB_REG_HR_DISENSOR_LATCH The latch status of the Digital input 1 is Latched 0 is Not latched A write of any value will clear the latch MB_REG HR DO SENSOR_PULSE_ISW Inactive Signal Width This is how long the channel will remain inactive during pulse mode in increments of 100ms Valid values are 1 9999 The default is 1 100 ms MR REG HR DO SENSOR_PULSE_ASW Active Signal Width This is how long the channel will be active during the pulse mode in increments of 100ms Valid values are 1 9999 The default is 1 100 ms MR REG HR DO SENSOR_PULSE_COUNT The number of times the channel output will pulse Each count consists of an active inactive sequence The default is 1 cycle MB_REG_HR_AI_CLEAR_ALARM_LATCH Used to reset a latched alarm state A write of any value will clear the alarm latch for the specific Analog input MB_REG HR_AI_CLEAR_MAX Used to reset the Analog input maximum value reached A write of any value will reset the maximum MB_REG_HR_AICLEAR_MIN Used to reset the Analog input minimum value reached A write of any value will reset the m
474. ustrial Freezers Analog ll 3 277 Channels Field Descriptions General LO Extension Relay R1 Description Relay Settings Failsafe Action Manual wl Configure the following parameters Description Output Pulse Mode Pulse Count Inactive Signal Width Provide a description of the channel making it easier to identify Data Options Maximum 20 characters including spaces Specify how the channel output will be handled Data Options e Manual You must manually manipulate the channel output e Pulse Activates and deactivates the channel output activity in intervals after it is manually activated e Inactive to Active Delay tThe channel output will remain inactive for the specified time interval after it is manually started e Active to Inactive Delay tThe channel output will go inactive after the specified time interval after it is manually started Default Manual When Output is set to Pulse you can specify the manner of the pulse Data Options e Continuous Continuously pulses active and inactive e Count Pulses an active inactive sequence for the specified number of times Default Continuous The channel output will pulse for the specified number of times each count consists of an active inactive sequence Default 1 How long the channel will remain inactive during pulse mode Range 1 9999 x 100 ms Default 1 100 ms 278 Channels Active Signal
475. ut connections although some modems do support raw data communication When you click on the Modems tab you will see the following Advanced Settings Modems TruePort Baud Rate S Modem Name Modem Initialization String pci_modem AT amp FSO 1 Add Edit If any modems have been configured they will be displayed Adding Editing a Modem You can add new modems or edit existing modems through the following window Modem Name Initialization String Configure the following parameters Name The name of the modem Restrictions Do not use spaces Initialization String The initialization string of the modem see your modem s documentation 210 Advanced TruePort Baud Rate Tab Overview The TruePort utility acts as a COM port redirector that allows applications to talk to serial devices across a network as though the serial devices were directly attached to the server For IOLAN I O models you can also monitor and control I O through the TruePort client Functionality Since some older applications may not support the higher baud rates that the IOLAN is capable of achieving the baud rate can be mapped to a different value on the IOLAN Through TruePort you can map the baud rate of the host COM port to a higher baud rate for the serial line that connects the serial device and the IOLAN See TruePort for more information about the TruePort utility Field Definitions Advanced Settings Modems T
476. ut for RTD you will need a resistor that is better than 05 Ohms accuracy When you calibrate one channel all RTD channels are automatically calibrated for that range if another channel is set for a different range you will need to calibrate that channel separately but all channels that use that range are automatically calibrated 344 Calibrating I O Calibrating Analog Channels Analog Input can be calibrated for Analog and Temperature IOLAN models Calibrate UO Channel Cancel Select the channel you want to calibrate This example uses an A4 model that has channel A1 set to Current with a Range of 0 to 20mA If you have not disabled confirmation messages Tools Options in DeviceManager only you will get prompted to verify channel calibration DeviceManager d Are you sure you want to calibrate the channel Yes Click Yes to proceed with calibration You are now prompted to apply 0 mA to the positive and negative terminals Once that is done click Yes to proceed DeviceManager A Apply 0 mA to A1 terminals Proceed Yes You are now prompted to apply 20 mA to the positive and negative terminals Once that is done click Yes to proceed DeviceManager A Apply 20 mA to A1 terminals Proceed Yes Once calibration is successfully completed click OK to finish the process DeviceManager A Channel successfully calibrated Resetting Calibration Data You can res
477. ute from the Route List 102 Advanced Adding Editing Routes From the Route List tab if you click the Add or Edit button you will be able to add a new or edit an existing route Destination Type Host O Network O Default IP Address Gateway Host None v Cancel Configure the appropriate parameters Type Specify the type of route you want to configure Data Options e Host A route defined for accessing a specific host external to your local network e Network A route defined for accessing a specific network external to your local network e Default A route which provides general access beyond your local network Default Default IP Address When the route Type is defined as Host this field will contain the IP address of the host If the route Type is defined as Network the network portion of the IP address must be specified and the Host port of the address will be set to 0 Example to access network 10 10 20 the address 10 10 20 0 would be specified in this field Format IPv4 or IPv6 address IPv4 Subnet Mask When the route is a Network route you must specify the network s subnet mask IPv6 Prefix Bits If the IP address is IPv6 then you must specify the network s prefix bits Range 0 128 Host Select this option when a host is being used at the route gateway Default Enabled None 103 Advanced DNS WINS Interface The Interface list is comprised of configure
478. vel control voltage The Relay output channels work as a physical on off switch and are used to drive higher voltage devices with a lower controlling voltage You can configure the following Relay output channel options e You can choose to manually activate deactivate the Relay output e You can choose to manually activate deactivate the Relay output and then specify that the Relay output will either pulse you get to specify the active and inactive pulse times continuously or for a specified number of pulse counts e You can choose to manually activate deactivate the Relay output and then specify a delay before the output goes from inactive to active or active to inactive e You can also specify a failsafe action that can either active or inactivate the Relay output when the failsafe timer is triggered see Failsafe Timer Functionality for more information In an industrial freezer warehouse the IOLAN A4R2 is used to monitor humidity transducers which are used to help prevent freezer burn If the humidity reaches a certain percentage monitored by an Analog channel a syslog message is sent to the Monitoring Application causing the Relay channel to activate an internal freezer dehumidifier The Relay channel is deactivated when the Analog channel sends a clear syslog message to the Monitoring Application and the Relay channel is deactivated A4D2 Relay Relay UO Analog Relay Monitoring Application amp ST Ind
479. way is DHCP assigned and cannot be known Also note that Boot Action on the Left IOLAN VPN gateway is set to Start meaning that it will try to initiate the VPN connection while the Boot Action on the Right IOLAN VPN gateway is set to Add which will listen for a VPN connection request 3 Enable the IPsec service found in Security Services 364 Configuring a Virtual Private Network VPN Client to Network The following example shows how to configure a VPN client to network IPsec tunnel In this example the IOLAN will accept VPN connections from multiple VPN clients on private networks that want to access the public 199 24 0 0 subnetwork through the VPN gateway NAT Traversal NAT_T is disabled in this example on both sides because the VPN tunnel is going private network to public network Initiate Communication D D D ag e VPN Client Broadband EN Router Router A a genee 172 16 45 99 Right 172 16 45 45 199 24 10 1 199724 10 10 IPsec Tunnel Encrypted Data Unencrypted Data 199 24 45 87 199 24 45 12 Configure the IPsec tunnel in the IOLAN IPsec Tunnel IPsec Tunnel Name VPNClient to Net Authentication Method Shared Secret Secret eeeee Local Device IOLAN O Left Right Local Remote IPAddress 19924 1010 IP Address External IP External IP Address Address Nei Hop 199 24 10 1 Net Hop 0 0 0 0 Host Network 499 24 0 0 Host Network 9 9 9 0 Address e ge Add
480. within the brackets must be 3 digits long example 003 not 3 e Delay after Send Jr configured a delay time is sent to the device This delay can be used to provide the serial device with time to process the string before the session is initiated Range 0 65535 ms Default 10 ms If the device is remote and will be dialing in via modem or ISDN TA enable this parameter Default Disabled If you want the modem to dial a number when the serial port is started enable this parameter Default Disabled The number of seconds the IOLAN will wait to establish a connection to a remote modem Range 1 99 Default 45 seconds The number of times the IOLAN will attempt to re establish a connection with a remote modem Range 0 99 Default 2 The name of the predefined modem that is used on this line The phone number to use when Dial Out is enabled 145 Serial Port Profiles UDP Sockets Profile Overview The UDP profile configures a serial port to send or receive data to from the LAN using the UDP protocol Functionality You can use UDP profile in the following two basic modes The first is to send data coming from the serial device to one or more UDP listeners on the LAN The second is to accept UDP datagrams coming from one or more UDP senders on the LAN and forward this data to the serial device You can also configure a combination of both which will allow you to send and receive UDP data to from the LAN Se
481. wnload a file to the IOLAN You can download a custom factory default file to the IOLAN using any of the configuration methods In DeviceManager you must connect to the IOLAN and then select Tools Advanced Custom Files Custom Factory Default Configuration and then specify the file In WebManager you must connect to the IOLAN and then select Administration Reset Factory Defaults Set Current Configuration as Factory Default Download the current configuration to the IOLAN You can specify the configuration that you are working with on as the custom factory default configuration using any of the configuration methods you must be connected to the IOLAN In DeviceManager select Tools Advanced Set Factory Default to IOLAN In WebManager select Administration Reset Factory Defaults Get and Set Factory Default Configuration File 342 Downloading IOLAN Firmware Resetting the IOLAN to the Default Configuration The RESET button is available on all IOLAN models except medical unit models The button allows you to reset the IOLAN to its Perle or custom factory default configuration The Power Ready LED color and the resetting of the IOLAN default configuration vary depending on how long you press and hold the RESET button as shown in the table below When you press and hold the RESET button for LED color IOLAN system status Less than 3 seconds Blinking amber Reboots Between 3 and 10 Blinking amber then turns Reboots and
482. word Level To quickly add a user fill out the field in the General tab and click OK See Chapter 8 Configuring Users for more information about the other user parameters you can configure Getting Started 83 Using DeviceManager and WebManager Introduction The DeviceManager and WebManager IOLAN managers have been designed to be very similar to use DeviceManager is a Windows based application and WebManager is a browser based application Both options use the IOLAN s IP address to access the IOLAN the DeviceManager can be used to assign an IP address to a new IOLAN and the WebManager requires that the IOLAN already have an IP address before it can be used to configure the IOLAN When using WebManager you are required to click the Apply button each time you make a change to a configuration window tab In DeviceManager you must download your configuration changes to the IOLAN either periodically or after you are done with the configuration changes From both managers you must reboot the IOLAN in order for you configuration changes to take effect IOLAN SDS SCS STS MDC User s Guide Version 4 5 84 Navigating DeviceManager WebManager Navigating DeviceManager WebManager The DeviceManager and WebManager have very similar navigation methods The left hand side of the manager is the navigation tree and the center is the configuration area The DeviceManager has menu and quick access buttons whereas the WebMa
483. xample Accounting This field is case sensitive in order to successfully match the information in the peer SSL TLS certificate Data Options Maximum 64 characters An entry for the unit in the organization for example Payroll This field is case sensitive in order to successfully match the information in the peer SSL TLS certificate Data Options Maximum 64 characters 127 Serial Port Profiles Common Name An entry for common name for example the host name or fully qualified domain name This field is case sensitive in order to successfully match the information in the peer SSL TLS certificate Data Options Maximum 64 characters Email An entry for an email address for example acct anycompany com This field is case sensitive in order to successfully match the information in the peer SSL TLS certificate Data Options Maximum 64 characters 128 Serial Port Profiles Console Management Profile Overview The Console Management profile provides access through the network to a console or administrative port of a server or router attached to the IOLAN s serial port This profile configures the IOLAN s serial port to set up a TCP socket that will listen for a Telnet or SSH connection from the network Functionality Use the Console Management profile when you are configuring users who need to access a serial console port from the network Serial Console Port Connect SS Server IOLAN Router Admi
484. y UDP Entry 2 All hosts that have an IP Address that falls within the range of 172 16 1 75 to172 16 1 80 and who listen to UDP Port 33009 will receive UDP data from the serial device No UDP data originating from the hosts defined by this entry will be forwarded to the serial device UDP Entry 3 All hosts that have an IP address that falls within the range of 172 16 1 1 to 172 16 1 20 and listen to Port 33001 will be sent the data from the serial device in UDP format The serial device will only receive UDP data from the hosts in that range with a source UDP Port of 33001 The IOLAN will listen for data on the port value configured in the Listen for connections on UDP port parameter 10001 in above example UDP Entry 4 148 Serial Port Profiles This entry is disabled since Direction is set to Disabled General Tab Field Descriptions General Advanced Hardware Email Alert Packet Forwarding UDP Socket Settings Listen for connections on UDP port Host Range Direction Start IP Address End IP Address UDP Port 1 Both sei 00 00 v0 00 Auto Leam v 2 Disabled sl 3 Disabled v 0000 0 4 Disabled zi Configure the following parameters Listen for connections on UDP port Direction Start IP Address End IP Address UDP Port The IOLAN will listen for UDP packets on the specified port Default 1000 lt port number gt for example 10001 for serial port 1 The direction in which informatio
485. y hashing for message authentication method for your encryption type Data Options e Any e MD5 e SHAI Default Any Validation Criteria Field Descriptions If you choose to configure validation criteria the information in the peer SSL TLS certificate must match exactly the information configured in this window in order to pass peer authentication and create a valid SSL TLS connection SSL Validation Criteria CO Country CO State Province O Locality C Organization C Organization Unit C Common Name C Email Configure the following parameters Country State Province Locality Organization Organization Unit A country code for example US This field is case sensitive in order to successfully match the information in the peer SSL TLS certificate Data Options Two characters An entry for the state province for example IL This field is case sensitive in order to successfully match the information in the peer SSL TLS certificate Data Options Maximum 128 characters An entry for the location for example Chicago This field is case sensitive in order to successfully match the information in the peer SSL TLS certificate Data Options Maximum 128 characters An entry for the organization for example Accounting This field is case sensitive in order to successfully match the information in the peer SSL TLS certificate Data Options Maximum 64 characters An entry for the unit i
486. y is pressed the IOLAN translates this into a telnet break signal which it sends to the host machine e Break Interrupt On some systems such as SunOS XENIX and AIX a break received from the peripheral is not passed to the client properly If the client wishes to make the break act like an interrupt key for example when the stty options ignbrk and brkintr are set Default None 131 Serial Port Profiles Session Strings Dial In Dial Out Dial Timeout Dial Retry Modem Phone Controls the sending of ASCII strings to serial devices at session start and session termination as follows Send at Start If configured this string will be sent to the serial device on power up of the IOLAN or when a kill line command is issued on this serial port If the monitor DSR or monitor DCD options are set the string will also be sent when the monitored signal is raised Range 0 127 alpha numeric characters Non printable ascii characters must be entered in this format lt 027 gt The decimal numbers within the brackets must be 3 digits long example 003 not 3 e Send at End If configured this string will be sent to the serial device when the TCP session on the LAN is terminated If multihost is configured this string will only be send in listen mode to the serial device when all multihost connections are terminated Range 0 127 alpha numeric characters Non printable ascii characters must be entered in this fo
487. y of the week Custom App Plugin Advanced Overview You can create custom applications for the IOLAN by using the Perle SDK See the SDK Programmer s Guide the SDK and guide are accessible via a request form located on the Perle website at www perle com supportfiles SDK_Request shtm1 for information about the functions that are supported You must download the program and any ancillary files to the IOLAN and set the Serial Port Profile to Custom App Plugin to run a custom application You must also specify the program executable in the Command Line parameter A custom application or plugin can be run on the serial port In this situation the application will start once the serial port is activated and operate solely on the context of that serial port and any network communications related to that serial port You could run a different custom application on each serial port The serial port custom application or plugin is configured by specifying the Custom App Plugin profile for the serial port The system level custom application or plugin will begin execution immediately following the system startup It runs on the context of the whole system and can access network communications as well as any or all serial ports Field Description Custom Application Plugin Settings To install a custom application 1 Download the application files to the IOLAN using Tools gt Advanced gt Custom Files gt Download Custom App Plugin 2 Specif
488. y the command line below Command Line 3 Reboot the IOLAN Configure the following parameter Command Line The name of the application that has been already been downloaded to the IOLAN plus any parameters you want to pass to the program For example using sample outraw program this is sample program supplied with the SDK you would type outraw s 0 192 168 2 1 10001 Acct 10001 if you were starting the application on the Server notice the s 0 parameter specifies serial port 1 to this particular application Field Format Maximum of 80 characters Overview Review the configuration options in the Advanced page to determine if any of them apply to your implementation 326 Management Advanced Tab Field Descriptions Advanced Bootup Files Message of the Day MOTD TFTP SFTP Console Port Advanced Login Settings C Use System Name in Prompts EasyPort Web Telnet SSH Client O Java JavaScript Configure the following parameters Bootup Files Tab Field Descriptions Use System Name in Prompts Display Login Banner Use Custom Login Prompt Bypass Login Password Use a Generic WebManager Login Screen Password Retry Limit Displays the System Name field value instead of default product name When enabled the Server Name is displayed in the IOLAN login prompt CLI prompt WebManager login screen and the heading of the Menu Default Disabled This parameter concerns the b
489. yption method being used for traps This is the current engine ID The Engine ID is a string which uniquely identifies this SNMP agent When this field is selected the firmware will use the default Engine ID The default Engine ID is the MAC address of the Ethernet interface to ensure that the Engine ID is unique to this agent 322 Management Time V3 Create The string entered in this field will be combined with the defined string in hex EngineID Using of 800007A E04 to form the Engine ID Ensure each string is unique for each String OLAN on your network Overview You can set standard and summer time daylight savings time in the IOLAN You can specify the summer time settings as absolute on a fixed date and time or relative on something like the third day of the third week at this time in June Functionality The IOLAN has a real time internal clock allowing the date and time to be set and viewed It will maintain the time over a short power outage and after reboots of the IOLAN If you do not set the time it will start the clock at the factory set time When you set the IOLAN s time the connection method and time zone settings can affect the actual internal clock time that is being set For example if you are connecting to the IOLAN through the DeviceManager and your PC s time zone is set to Pacific Standard Time GMT 8 00 and the IOLAN s time zone is set to Eastern Standard Time GMT 5 00 the IOLAN s time is

Perle Systems Sds4 User's Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents